VMC SERIES VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER - پانچ | لوله …online-abzar.com/files/VMC-electrical.pdf · · 2017-01-03VMC SERIES VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER OPERATION MANUAL

VMC SERIES VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER

OPERATION MANUAL

(ELECTRICS)

SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL CO., LTD

CHINA CZECHVERTICAL MACHINE TOOLDEPT

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works I

This document is applied to Model VMC650e、VMC700、VMC850、VMC850e、VMC1000、

VMC1100、VMC1300、VMC1600、VMC700B、VMC850B、VMC1000B、VMC1100B、

VMC1300B、VMC1600B、VMC2100B、VMC700P、VMC850P、VMC1000P、VMC1100P、

VMC1300P、VMC1600P vertical machining center FANUC 0I,18I,21I numerical control

system

This machine tool is in conformity to GB/5226.1 standard.

Serious Statement

The contents in this document are all functions with our

machine. Some of these are option functions that not every

machine is provided with. So functions about the machine you

buy are according to <Machine Selling Compact>.

VMC Seies Prefacr e

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works II

Warning Read and study the security policies carefully before the product configuration, operation, and maintenance. Failure to comply with the relevant security policies and other warnings described in the operating manual may cause death or injury. The Manual is applicable only to VMC Series. In order to prevent accident caused by erroneous operations, marks are prefixed to the warnings in the manual.

Meanings of the marks are as follows. Please understand the content thoroughly before reading the main text.

Danger: The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause imminent danger of death or

severe injuries.

Warning: The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of death or

severe injuries.

Attention: The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of minor or

moderate injuries.

Attention: The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of loss of

property other than the product.

Important: This is to remind the operators not to damage the product

Supplementary

information: This is a reference for the effective use of the product

Any reproduction of this manual by any means is prohibited. Appearance and specifications of the machine may change subject to

improvements. We have attempted to describe the situations in the manual as many as possible. However, it will take up excessive pages in the manual to specify all do's and dont's, and thus not all is enumerated. Therefore, any issue that is not specified shall be understood as “dont’s”. Any questions on an unmentioned operation shall be consulted with us.

VMC Series Preface

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works III

Preface 1. Purpose of Using the Machine

VMC Series Machines are machining center tools controled by the CNC

(computer numerical control device) for cutting, which can carry out milling,

drilling, boring, and tapping.

Please do not use the machine tools for other purposes.

2. User Definition 2.1 Operator

Machine operators are referred as “operators” within the manual.

“Operators” must read the manual and fully understand the content. The

operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding the content of

the manual will not only endanger the operator, but also bring great harm to

the people around.

In addition, the “operator” shall not conduct the following operations.

（1） Removal of removable cover plates (fixed cover plate) with tools

（2） Machine installation and moving operations

（3） Machine tool repair

Routine Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance Staff

The staff in question should be professionally trained in our company, or

should have the same level of expertise, and has been qualified by the

owner enterprise.

“Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” must read the

manual and fully understand the content. The operation of the machine tool

in the absence of understanding the content will not only endanger the

operator, but also bring great harm to the people around.

Moreover, routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff shall not

conduct the following operations.



Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff must adhere to the

following “Maintenance Precautions.

VMC Seies Prefacr e

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works IV

Maintenance Precautions Warning

Before the baffle plate is removed for the purpose of maintenance, the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet must be disconnected. Otherwise, the machine may bring injuries or electric shocks due to unexpected movements.When connecting the power supply after the removal of the cover plate for maintenance operations, it is necessary to make sure whether there is other staff nearby Otherwise, the machine may bring injuries or electric shocks due to unexpected movements.In the process of carrying out maintenance operations, a sign should be hung near the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet, which shows that no one except for the operators is allowed to connect the power supply. In the process of maintenance operation, as well as when the maintenance operation is done and the power is connected to run the machine, it is important to confirm whether there are forgotten tools in the machine. Otherwise, the machine movement may hit the tools flying to hurt people around. In the process of electrical adjustment with the cover plate removed, tools with fully electrical protection (resin screwdrivers, etc.) should be applied. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. After the maintenance operation is ended, all the components including screws disassembled should be fitted. Otherwise, safety devices may not work properly or correctly that cause electric shocks or injuries. During the process of replacing the parts (Batteries for the separated absolute pulse encoder), the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet should always be disconnected.Otherwise, damages to the parts or electric shocks may happen.The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine should be only conducted by the “maintenance staff”, and “routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused.

2.3 Maintenance Staff

Maintenance staff should meet the requirements of having adequate

mechanical or electrical knowledge and training experences by the

manufacturer, or should have have the same level of expertise and have

been qualified by the owner enterprise.

The “maintenance staff” is responsible for:



The “maintenance staff” must read the manual and fully understand the

content. The operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding

the content will not only endanger the maintenance staff, but also bring

great harm to the people around.

Be sure to comply with the "Maintenance Precautions" above. Espacialy for

the skilled staff, more attention should be paid to avoid accidents caused by

mindlessness.

3. Contents of the Manual The manual includes instructions on VMC series.

The Manual for the Machine is as follows:

VMC Series Operation Manual – the manual herein. The manual is

dedicated to the usage and maintenance of the machine.

★ ★ ★

The content of the manual is as follows:

Safety policies are to describe the machine safety policies, warnings, and

VMC Series Preface

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works V

marks.

I Overview………….. Explains the subjects, names of various parts and

mechanical material adopted along with the

machine.

II Setting method……Explains how to operate the first-time installation

and displacement of the machine tool.

III Routine Run…... .Descriptions on process and operation.

IV Operation details…Itemized descriptions on available operations of the

machine

Appendix……………… .Main specifications and various kinds of charts,

information.

Please be sure to refer to the security section when using the machine.

Miscellaneous operations available are contained in III and for the operation

of NC, please refer to the manual (2) above.

Moreover, the manual is sensitive to the buttons on the control panel. (For the

buttons please refer to “I - 3”)

·Softkey displayed on the screen[ _ ]

(Example) [PARAMETER] (Parameter), [ALARM] (alarm) etc.

·Hardkey on the operating panel <_>

(Example) <RESET> (reset), <INPUT> (input) etc.

VMC Seies Prefacr e

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VI

Safety Policies

Before using the machine, it is necessary to read and fully understand the

contents of the safety issues and relevant functions. Operations without full

understanding of the content may lead to unexpected accidents.

Please use the machine with full understanding of the content.

When using the machine, if the state or local governments has provided

regulations on health and sanitation and safety, the regulations must be

followed.

1. Machine Safety Features

To keep operators from risks, VMC series machine adopts an interlocking

system that stops the machine in the event the protective door is open.

Protective door interlocking system comprises electromagnetic lock

switches, control loop, and software.

An internal light that illuminates the processing region is provided within

the protective door.

（A） Electromagnetic Lock Switch

Electromagnetic lock switches are provided on the upperright part

of the protective door.

When the protective door is opened, the spindle and the XYZ

axes will be stopped. After the movement of XYZ axes is stopped,

the protective door will be opened by the electromagnetic lock

switch that is unlocked.

（B） Mode Selection Lock

CE Marking specifications, with a software-based mode selection

lock.

（C） Fixed baffle plate

A machine fixed baffle plate is provided to contain the motion

part of the machine.

（D） Emergency Stop Button

The button is at the very lowest part of the control panel. Please

refer to “III Routine Run 3. Emergency Stop”.

Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in

the event of the failure of the machine. The button is ready to be

pressed at any time when necessary. Nothing shoud be covered

on the emergency stop button.

VMC Series Preface

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VII

2. Warnings

Warning

Before the configuration, operation, and maintenance of the machine, please read carefully the pages related to safety policies. Failure to comply with the contents described in the safety policies and other warnings contained in the operating manual may cause death or injury.

a) Dangers associated with the machine

Warning When opening the protective door, special attention should be paid to avoid touching the moving parts such as the platform and the tool changer etc. Otherwise, clip wounds may happen. Do not enter into the machine with the entire body. When entering into the machine with the entire body, other staff may not be able to identify an on-going maintenance, and on some conditions, other staff may start the machine due to the ignorance of the staff within the machine. Please wear protective goggles when starting the blower with the protective door open. Chips blown in eyes may lead to blindness.Please erase the coolant and lubricants (grease, oil) from both hands. Coolant and lubricants stained hands will become very slippery, so it will be difficult to carry work-pieces, using and operating machine, resulting in injuries and damage to the work-pieces.Do not use the cross screwdriver to open the protective door with the power connected. Even when the tools are rotating, the processing region is accessable, and thus sometimes injuries may happen. When the power supply is on, use the protective door open and close button to control the protective door.Never overload the machine. The weight exceeding the maximum load will bring damage to the platform, injuries to the staff, or the damage to the work-pieces and fixtures. When opening the machine protective door, it is necessary to prepare the loop disconnecting the power between the motor and the control unit. The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine should be only conducted by the “maintenance staff”, and “routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused.

Attention

Sharp corners and burrs on processed and unprocessed work-pieces should be noticed. They may cause injuries. Gloves or other protective equipment are necessary. When using or replacing the tools, pay attention to the sharp parts that may cause injuries. When using tools, please wear protective equipment such as gloves etc. When disposing chips, be careful to avoid injuries. Gloves or other protective equipment are necessary. The disposal of tools should comply with relevant regulations on the disposal of hazardous materials. Arbitrary discarding will lead to injuries if touched by other people.

Attention

Work-pieces should be properly clamped on the fixture for processing. Moreover, the fixture should be kept fixed on the working table. A work-piece in processing that is not completely fixed may come off the fixture and fly out to damage the work-piece and the machine.

VMC Seies Prefacr e

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works VIII

Before processing, it should be recognized that the tool has been effectively installed in the tool component. If the installation is improper, the tool may come off and damage the work-piece and the machine. Before processing, confirmation should be made to ensure that the tool is not worn and broken. Otherwise, the debris of the tool flying out may damage the machine. Before processing, confirmation should be made to ensure that the tool component is effectively installed on the clamp of the tool magazine in accordance with the instructions. If the installation is improper, the tool component may come off and fly out to damage the work-piece and the machine.

b) Danger associated with Electric

Operation and Adjustment Process

Warning

Due to the dangerous existence of unexpected machine tool movements causing risks of injuries or electric shocks, the operation must comply with the following matters. In the configuration operations, the main breaker (out of the electrical cabinet)

should be disconnected. Before the baffle plate is removed for the purpose of maintenance, the circuit

breaker in the electrical cabinet must be disconnected. In the maintenance and configuration of optional components, the circuit breaker

in the electrical cabinet and of the optional components should be disconnected. When connecting the power supply after the removal of the cover plate for

maintenance operations, it is necessary to make sure whether there is other staff nearby

The assembly of the Z-axis motor should be carried out when the main power of the machine is off. Otherwise, unexpected injuries or electric shock may happen. In the process of carrying out maintenance operations, a sign should be hung near the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet, which shows that no one except for the operators is allowed to connect the power supply. In the process of maintenance operation, as well as when the maintenance operation is done and the power is connected to run the machine, it is important to confirm whether there are forgotten tools in the machine. Otherwise, the movement of the machine may lead to the jam of the tool or damage to the machine, or injuries caused by flying tools. In the process of electrical adjustment with the cover plate removed, tools with fully electrical protection (resin screwdrivers, etc.) should be applied. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. After the maintenance operation is ended, all the components including screws disassembled should be fitted. Otherwise, safety devices may not work properly or correctly that cause electric shocks or injuries.The use of the machine should be instantly stopped in the event the power cable and the connection cable are damaged. Otherwise, electric shocks or fire may happen. Before the replacement of the damaged cable by the maintenance staff, the machine may not be used. Before the disassembled cables are installed properly, the power supply of the machine should not be connected. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. During the process of replacing the parts, the circuit breaker (except for the batteries for the separated absolute pulse encoder) in the electrical cabinet should always be disconnected . Otherwise, damages to the parts or electric shocks may happen. In the process of replacement of fuses and batteries, the power must be cut off through the main circuit breaker. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen.

Warning

The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine should be only conducted by the “maintenance staff”, and “routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff” is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused.

VMC Series Preface

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works IX

It should be noticed that although the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet is disconnected, the power supply at the circuit breaker side is still connected. Moreover, it should be noticed that there are electrical risks in the following devices connected to the main circuit breaker side.

1. When an external transformer is installed 2. When external non-standard equipment is installed

Inside the electrical cabinet, even after disconnection of the main circuit breaker, residue voltage still exists in some of the parts, so there is a danger of electric shock. The operation necessary to contact the inside of the electrical cabinet should only be conducted by the staff with full electrical knowledge. Do not touch the electrical cabinet with wet hands. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. Do not pour liquid onto the operating panel and the electrical cabinet. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen. Users of pacemakers should keep a distance from the machine. Otherwise, the pacemaker may be affected.

c) Dangers of Heat

Warning

Inside the electrical cabinet, even after disconnection of the main circuit breaker, residue voltage still exists in some of the parts, so there is a danger of electric shock. The operation necessary to contact the inside of the electrical cabinet should only be conducted by the staff with full electrical knowledge. It should be noticed that in the operation, as well as the just-concluded shutdown, the machine parts as follows should not be touched. Some parts of the machine may remain in high heat and may cause scald. When it is necessary to touch the parts with high heat, heat-resistant gloves are needed.

Servo motro of the axes (X, Y, Z axis, auxiliary axis); Spindle Motor; Coolant motor.

When the power supply is on and after a short while after the disconnection of the power, it should be noticed that the following positions on the machine should not be touched. Some positions on the machine may remain in high heat and may cause scald. When it is necessary to touch the parts with high heat, heat-resistant gloves are needed.

Power cord; Internal hot parts in the electrical cabinet (transformers, heat sinks).

d) Dangers in the Operation

Warning During the installation, if the components weigh obviously more than 20kg, seem uneasy to be lifted with bare hands, or they are heavy when trying to lift, please use a crane. If they are lifted with bare hands, waist will undertake more burden and they may bring injuries when falling down. In the establishment where the machine is used, adequate lighting should be provided to ensure a safe state, on which components of the machine can be clearly seen. Operating in a dim place will lead to the wrong operation, which leads to accidents. In the place where the machine is running, more than 300 lux of illumination should be ensured. Supplementary component “light inside the machine” can be installed. Do not conduct the operation with an unnatural posture such as assembling and disassembling work-pieces far away from the table. The posture in question may bring increased burden on the waist, and a falling work-piece, etc. may lead to unexpected injuries. The table should be moved nearby before conducting operations. For the operations in height, in order to reduce the possibility of falling down, a ladder should be used to ensure a foothold. Stepping on the machine or other objects (stools or desks) that are not used as mounting platforms may likely lead to loss of balance, bringing unexpected accidents. Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event of the failure. The button should be ready to be pressed at any time when necessary. Nothing shoud be covered on the emergency stop button. The cause that triggers the emergency stop should be eliminated before the clearance of the emergency stop. Otherwise, the danger may happen again to bring injuries.

VMC Seies Prefacr e

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works X

Connections of the emergency stop to the external equipment should be effectively implemented. Accidents with inadequate connections may lead to injuries or damage to the tools due to malfunctioning of the emergency stop device. It is allowed to control 1 or 2 servo motors as the 4th and 5th axis (auxiliary axis). Auxiliary axes must be configured on the working table. With the axes in other positions, the operator will not be protected by the fixed baffle plate and the protective door and may thus be injured.

The machine should be installed to ensure the maintenance space. For the maintennce space, please refer to “II. Configuration Method 3.

e) Clothing

Warning

Operations of the operating panel and the display with gloves on should be avoided. Operations of the operating panel and the display with gloves on may cause mistakes while pressing keys and pressing more than one key. Thus, a wrong operation of the machine may happen that leads injuries or the damage to the work-piece and the machine. In order to prevent the accident of being caught in the machine in operations, the safety clothes as shown below should be worn. A cap is always required. Long hair may be caught in the machine and affect sight, so it must be tied up in the cap; Safety shoes are always required; Protective glasses should be used; Buttons at the ends of sleeves should be fastened; No necklaces and bracelets; No scarves.

f) Configurations on Power-up, Operations inside the Machine, and Parameter Settings

Warning

The operator should not open the electrical cabinet. The high voltage parts inside may lead to an electric shock. When connecting the power supply, the operation should be conducted through the main breaker (out of the electrical cabinet) and the power switch (on the operating panel). The operator is not allowed to remove the fixed baffle plate. Parts of high-speed rotation and moving parts are installed inside. The removal of the fixed baffle plate may bring the following dangers. Dangers of touching the parts of high-speed rotation and moving parts; Broken tools and debris of work-pieces may fly out; The chips may fly out; The coolant may spray out of the machine; Noises may be released;

The operator is not allowed to open the protective door with the power on. Otherwise, the safety device may not work properly to lead to injuries.

When needing to open the protective door with the power off, please entrust the maintenance staff. Operations with inadequate expertise may lead to injuries due to unexpected movement of the machine. The modification of the parameters should be conducted by the staff with adequate expertise. In some cases the interlock system may not work when modifying parameters, and thus the dangers of injuries may increase. The availability of the interlocking system should be confirmed when modifying parameters.

g) Warnings on Fire

Danger

Do not use the coolant with low flash point (2nd oil family with flash point lower than ℃). Otherwise fire may happen. Even the coolant of 3rd oil family (with a flashpoint between 70℃ and 200℃) and 4th oil family (with a flash point higher than 250℃) may be ignited, so it is necessary to pay enough attention to the state and method of use, such as controlling the production of smoke.

VMC Series Preface

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XI

Flammable and incendiary materials such as dilute agent, gasoline, paper, wood, cloth, fiber, and aerosol sprays are not allowed around or near the machine (including power cables and connection cables). These materials may be iginted by the heat of the chips and sparks.

Warning

Guard against fire when using flammable work-pieces. They should be processed with appropriate tools on appropriate conditions. On the processing conditions that are not suitable with worn tools may cause fire due to heat in cutting. Moreover, the sparks caused by broken tools that splash onto the chip may cause fire. Please refer to the information provided by the tool manufacturers to perform processing with appropriate tools and on appropriate conditions.

The machine must be stopped when the tool is damaged. Otherwise, the residual tools in the work-piece and the Z-axis (spindle nose) may produce sparks due to friction, and thereby lead to a fire of chips. Do not use the machine with sparks splashing. Otherwise fire may happen. Procedures and various types of settings should be fully confirmed in advance to make sure the movements, eliminating the interference between the fixtures in order to avoid imposing heavy loads to the tools. Chips should be cleaned. If the internal chips stack inside the machine, the potential fire danger will increase. Cleaning should be conducted on a regular basis, so as not to remove chip stacking. Oil mist and dust are not allowed around the machine. Otherwise, fire will be caused due to sparks.

Warning

While processing a plammable work-piece, machine state should always monitored in case of fire for appropriate and timely measures. A fire extinguisher is ncessary nearby for a sudden event of fire. Moreover, it is recommended that an automatic fire extinguisher be installed on the machine.

The material that is suitible for the automative fire extinguisher is as follows. Materials other than the followings may not be sensitive to the automative fire extinguisher. Resin; Foam resin; Sawdust; Cotton; Water-soluble cutting liquid; Non-water-soluble flammable liquids (gasoline, lamp oil, cutting oil, machine oil, and lubricants. Almost all the non-water-soluble hazardous material).

Clean regularly the piping and wiring (especially the sensor and nozzle) within the automatic fire extinguisher. Of particular note is that the chips and cuting liquid attached to the sensor and nozzle will affect the sensing of the occurrence of fire and the spraying of liquid. The use of the machine should be instantly stopped in the event the power cable and the connection cable are damaged. Otherwise, electric shocks or fire may happen. Before the replacement of the damaged cable by the maintenance staff, the machine may not be used. There must be enough space around the cable clip. If the ceiling, walls, beams, and other items (such as customer-owned roof that is different from the genuine FANUC product, etc.) of the building where the machine is set in are too close to the cable, the possibility of fire and electric shock may increase when the power cord in the cable clip is broken. Adequate coolant should always be guaranteed. Inadequate coolant may cause rise of temperature that leads to fire or damage to the tools and work-pieces.

The roof is recommended. The roof is for the following purpose: in case of fire, the roof is able to prevent the fire from spreading to the ceiling of the building and reduce the spread speed; the roof also reduce the amount of oxygen within the cutting lquid baffle plate to accelerate the extinguishing of fire to promote the effectiveness of the automatic fire extinguisher.

VMC Seies Prefacr e

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XII

h) Maintenance

Warning

Inspection and maintenance should be carried out regularly. The inspection items described in the maintenance sections of the manual must be implemented. Otherwise, the machine will cause death or injuries, or damage due to the failure. Maintenance of the replacement parts should be in accordance with the implementation of the elements contained in the manual. Improper use of parts or wrong replacement methods will lead to machine failure or injuries.

i) Setting and Operation of the Machine

Warning

The machine should be placed in a leveled environment. If the machine is placed in an unstable environment, the machine may move to bring unexpected injuries. The floor must in accordance with the following conditions while setting the machine.

Even for heavy objects of 2.5t, the ground will not be deformed and there will not be any problem; The floor should be leveled without any uplift or depression; The floor should be very hard, and even if imposed with 1.5 Mpa (15kgf/cm²), the floor will not deform; The floor should be flat; The floor should not deteriorate with the passage of time; The floor should not deteriorate with changes in the environment due to day-to-day use.

Confirm that the Z axis (spindle nose) won’t descend before opening the protective door. In some extreme cases, the Z axis may descend due to failure of the Z axis brake. It is necessary to notice if the Z axis descend after opening the protective door. The operation below the Z axis requires a wood block that is placed between the working table and the Z axis in case of failures to support the Z axis from descending. Confirm if the spindle has stopped before opening the protective door while the power is off. When disconnecting the power in the rotation of the axis, due to the inability to control and stop the spindle, which will continue to rotate because of inertia, the chips may fly out, or injuries may happen if touching the spindle. Pay attention to the descending of the Z axis (spindle nose) when disassembling the Z axis motor. When the motor is being disassembled, the Z axis may descend because the brake integrated in the motor is also removed. This may lead to injuries by being caught. For the removal of the motor, binds can be employed to fix the working table and the Z axis. For the first time using the embedded Ethernet function, please contact your network administrator for advice, and pay attention to the IP address settings and make full communication tests. If the IP address is incorrect, failures may happen in the communication of the network that lead to wrong operation in other machines, so full attention should be paid.Cranes, slings, or steel cables for hoisting the machine should be of the capacity over the weight of main machine part. Keep the machine in balance when hoisting.

VMC Series Preface

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XIII

3. Warning Labels and Signs

Pay more attenion to the parts with labels in the day-to-day operations.

The machine is with the following labels on.

The warning labels should be kept in a state that convenient to be recognized

and read. Never stain, damage, or remove the warning labels.

In case that the labels are lost or unable to be read, please contact the nearest

Shenyang Machine Tool or distributor.

Coordinate label：

Z

Handling label

The machine tool should be lifted by the figure!

请按图示方式吊运机床

警告WARNING!

VMC Series Contents

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XIV

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL (GROUP) CO., LTD. ........................................................................ I

PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................ III

SAFETY POLICIES ............................................................................................................................... VI

1. MACHINE SAFETY FEATURES ................................................................................................... VI

2. WARNINGS........................................................................................................................................ VII

3. WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS ................................................................................................ XIII

Ⅰ. OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................... - 1 -

1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................................... - 2 -

1.1 FEATURES ..................................................................................................................................... - 3 -

1.2 USE OF THE MACHINE ................................................................................................................. - 3 -

2 BASIC OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................... - 4 -

Ⅱ. ROUTINE RUN .............................................................................................................................. - 5 -

1 POWER ON/OFF .............................................................................................................................. - 6 -

1.1 POWER ON .................................................................................................................................... - 7 -

1.2 POWER OFF .................................................................................................................................. - 8 -

2 EMERGENCY STOP ........................................................................................................................ - 9 -

3 OPEN/CLOSE THE SAFETY DOOR .......................................................................................... - 10 -

3.1 LOCKING THE SAFETY DOOR .............................................................................................. - 10 -

3.2 OPERATION LIMIT WHEN SAFETY DOOR IS OPEN ...................................................... - 10 -

3.3 RELEASE THE SAFETY DOOR LOCKING WHILE RUNNING ...................................... - 11 -

4 PREPARATION PROGRAM (CNC OPERATION) .............................................................................. - 12 -

5 DRY RUN ......................................................................................................................................... - 13 -

5.1 DRY RUN ...................................................................................................................................... - 13 -

5.2 STEPS OF DRY RUN .................................................................................................................. - 13 -

5.3 DRY RUN SPEED ........................................................................................................................ - 13 -

6 AUTOMATIC RUNNING (CNC OPERATION) ............................................................................................. - 15 -

6.1 START OF AUTOMATIC RUNNING ....................................................................................... - 15 -

6.2 STOP OF AUTOMATIC PROGRAM ....................................................................................... - 15 -

6.3 RESTART OF AUTOMATIC RUNNING ................................................................................. - 16 -

Ⅲ.OPERATION DETAILS ............................................................................................................... - 17 -

1 CREATE PROGRAMS .................................................................................................................. - 18 -

1.1 EDIT PROGRAMS ...................................................................................................................... - 18 -

1.1.1 CREATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................ - 18 -

1.1.2 MODIFYING PROGRAMS ..................................................................................................... - 18 -

1.1.3 DELETING PROGRAMS ........................................................................................................ - 23 -

1.1.4 CONFIRMING PROGRAM NO. IN THE MEMORY ........................................................ - 24 -

VMC Series Contents

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XV

1.1.5 CALLING PROGRAMS IN THE MEMORY ....................................................................... - 24 -

1.2 PROGRAMMING ........................................................................................................................ - 25 -

1.2.1 SPINDLE FUNCTION (S FUNCTION) ................................................................................. - 25 -

1.2.2 AUXILIARY FUNCTION (M FUNCTION) .......................................................................... - 25 -

1.2.3 TOOL FUNCTION (T FUNCTION) ....................................................................................... - 27 -

1.2.4 SPINDLE ORIENTATION (M19 FUNCTION) .................................................................... - 27 -

1.2.5 RIGID TAPPING CYCLE (M29 FUNCTION) ..................................................................... - 27 -

2 DISPLAYING & CHANGING PARAMETERS ................................................................................ - 34 -

2.1 DISPLAYING PARAMETERS ................................................................................................... - 34 -

2.2 CHANGING PARAMETERS (BY MDI PANEL) .................................................................... - 35 -

2.3 CHANGING OFFSET DATA ..................................................................................................... - 36 -

2.4 CHANGING DATA OF WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ...................................... - 37 -

2.4.1 SETTING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM .......................................................... - 37 -

2.4.2 SELECTING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM .................................................... - 37 -

2.4.3 CHANGING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ..................................................... - 39 -

2.5 CHANGING USER MACRO PROGRAM VARIABLE ......................................................... - 41 -

2.5.1 USER MACRO PROGRAM VARIABLE .............................................................................. - 41 -

2.5.2 SETTING DISPLAYED VARIABLE VALUE ....................................................................... - 44 -

3 MANUAL OPERATIONS .............................................................................................................. - 45 -

3.1 OPERATION OF THE SPINDLE ............................................................................................. - 45 -

3.2 MOVEMENT OF EACH AXIS .................................................................................................. - 45 -

4 AUTOMATIC RUNNING .............................................................................................................. - 46 -

4.1 MDI RUNNING ............................................................................................................................ - 46 -

4.2 OPERATION OF MEMORY ..................................................................................................... - 49 -

4.3 REMOTE CONTROL RUNNING ............................................................................................. - 51 -

4.4 SETTING AND OPERATION ABOUT AUTOMATIC RUNNING ..................................... - 53 -

4.4.1 SINGLE-BLOCK PROGRAM ................................................................................................ - 53 -

4.4.2 RE-START AUTOMATIC RUNNING AFTER FEED HOLDING OR STOP ................ - 54 -

4.4.3 EXECUTION OF MANUAL RUNNING DURING AUTOMATIC RUNNING .............. - 54 -

4.4.5 CUTTING FEED OVERRIDE SWITCH .............................................................................. - 54 -

4.4.6 M01 STOP .................................................................................................................................. - 54 -

4.4.7 OPTIONAL PROGRAM-BLOCK SKIP ............................................................................... - 54 -

4.4.8 RAPID MOVEMENT OVERRIDE ........................................................................................ - 55 -

4.4.9 MACHINE LOCK ..................................................................................................................... - 55 -

4.4.10 M.S.T.LOCK ............................................................................................................................ - 55 -

4.4.11 HANDLE INTERRUPT ......................................................................................................... - 55 -

4.4.12 PROGRAM RESTART .......................................................................................................... - 56 -

5 TOOL CHANGE .............................................................................................................................. - 57 -

5.1 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE................................................................................... - 57 -

5.1.1 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF TURRET MAGAZINE: ................................ - 57 -

VMC Series Contents

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XVI

5.1.2 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -

5.1.3 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF CHAIN MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -

5.2 TOOL CHANGE EXECUTION WITH M CODES AND T CODES .................................... - 58 -

5.3 TOOL CHANGE OF TURRET MAGAZINE .......................................................................... - 58 -

5.3.1 OPERATION STEPS FOR AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE ................ - 58 -

5.3.2 TOOL CHANGE ACTIONS OF MACHINE TOOL AND MAGAZINE ......................... - 59 -

5.4 TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE TOOL MAGAZINE .................................................................. - 60 -

5.4.1 OPERATION STEPS OF AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE.................. - 60 -


5.5 TOOL CHANGE OF CHAIN ..................................................................................................... - 61 -

5.5.1 OPERATION STEPS OF AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE.................. - 61 -


5.6 TREATMENT OF TOOL CHANGE ERRORS ....................................................................... - 68 -

6 SPINDLE FUNCTION.................................................................................................................... - 70 -

6.1 SPINDLE ROTATING ................................................................................................................ - 70 -

6.1.1 METHOD BY MEANS OF M CODE INSTRUCTION ....................................................... - 70 -

6.1.2 ROTATING SPINDLE METHOD BY MEANS OF SPINDLE KEY ON OPERATION PANEL ................................................................................................................................................. - 70 -

6.1.3 SPINDLE ROTATING WHILE SAFETY DOOR OPEN ................................................... - 70 -

6.2 SPINDLE OVERRIDE ................................................................................................................ - 71 -

6.3 TABLE FOR SPINDLE LOAD .................................................................................................. - 71 -

6.4 ORIENTING OF THE SPINDLE (M19) ................................................................................... - 72 -

6.5 SPEED CHANGE OF SPINDLE ................................................................................................ - 72 -

6.5.1 SPINDLE MECHANICAL SPEED CHANGE ...................................................................... - 72 -

6.5.2 ELECTRIC SPEED CHANGE OF SPINDLE ...................................................................... - 73 -

7 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS OF MACHINE ................................................................................ - 74 -

7.1 HYDRAULIC STATION ............................................................................................................. - 74 -

7.2 CHIP CONVEYOR ...................................................................................................................... - 74 -

7.2.1 SPIRAL CHIP CONVEYOR ................................................................................................... - 74 -

7.2.2 CHAIN CHIP CONVEYOR .................................................................................................... - 75 -

7.3 PAPER STRIP FILTER ............................................................................................................... - 75 -

7.4 LIFTING PUMP ........................................................................................................................... - 75 -

7.5 WORK-PIECE AND TOOL MEASUREMENTS ................................................................... - 75 -

7.5.1 WORK-PIECE MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................... - 75 -

7.5.2 TOOL MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................................... - 76 -

7.6 COOLING OF ELECTRIC CABINET ..................................................................................... - 76 -

7.6.1 CABINET FAN .......................................................................................................................... - 76 -

7.6.2 AIR CONDITIONER ................................................................................................................ - 76 -

7.6.3 HEAT EXCHANGER ............................................................................................................... - 76 -

7.7 MACHINE COOLING AND OIL MIST COLLECTING ...................................................... - 76 -

VMC Series Contents

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XVII

7.7.1 WATER COOLING ................................................................................................................... - 77 -

7.7.2 INNER COOLING .................................................................................................................... - 77 -

7.7.3 AIR COOLING .......................................................................................................................... - 77 -

7.8 MACHINE ILLUMINATION .................................................................................................... - 78 -

7.8.1 ELECTRIC CABINET ILLUMINATION ............................................................................. - 78 -

7.8.2 ILLUMINATION FOR WORK-PIECES ............................................................................... - 78 -

7.9 INTRODUCTION OF MACHINE FIXTURES ....................................................................... - 78 -

7.10 TRANSFORMERS ..................................................................................................................... - 78 -

7.11 LUBRICATION .......................................................................................................................... - 78 -

7.12 WATER GUN AND AIR GUN ................................................................................................. - 79 -

8 DISPLAYING OF ALARM, OPERATION & DIAGNOSIS .................................................... - 80 -

8.1 CNC INTERFACE ....................................................................................................................... - 80 -

8.1.1 ALARM INFORMATION INTERFACE .............................................................................. - 80 -

8.1.2 OPERATION INFORMATION INTERFACE ...................................................................... - 81 -

9 OVER-TRAVEL RELEASES........................................................................................................ - 82 -

10 RELEASE OF TOOL CAPTURE STATUS .............................................................................. - 83 -

11 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA ............................................................................................................... - 84 -

11.1 DISPLAYING THE CONTENTS OF FILES ......................................................................... - 84 -

11.2 SEARCHING FILE .................................................................................................................... - 86 -

11.3 READING FILE ......................................................................................................................... - 87 -

11.4 WRITING FILE ......................................................................................................................... - 89 -

11.5 DELETING FILE ....................................................................................................................... - 90 -

11.6 ALL INPUT/OUTPUT BY THE MEMORY CARD ............................................................. - 91 -

12 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT FUNCTION ............................................................................. - 96 -

12.1 DATA FOR MANAGING TOOL LIFE .................................................................................. - 97 -

12.2 RECORDING, MODIFYING AND DELETING THE DATA FOR MANAGING TOOL LIFE ..................................................................................................................................................... - 98 -

12.3 TOOL-LIFE MANAGEMENT COMMAND APPLIED IN MACHINING PROGRAMS ..... - 100 -

12.4 TOOL LIFE .............................................................................................................................. - 102 -

12.5 PARAMETERS ASSOCIATED WITH TOOL-LIFE MANAGEMENT ......................... - 103 -

13 STATUS INDICATORS ............................................................................................................. - 108 -

14 DRILLING CYCLE FOR SMALL DEEP HOLES .......................................................................... - 109 -

15 HIGH-SPEED SKIP FUNCTION ............................................................................................. - 113 -

16 FIXED CYCLES FOR HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING DRILLING ................................... - 118 -

16.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................. - 118 -

16.2 FIXED CYCLE ......................................................................................................................... - 118 -

16.3 PARAMETER ........................................................................................................................... - 125 -

16.4 NOTICES .................................................................................................................................. - 125 -

17 ORIGIN RESTORATION METHOD & PARAMETERS FOR MACHINE ADJUSTMENT . - 126 -

VMC Series Contents

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works XVIII

APPENDIX ........................................................................................................................................ - 127 -

A LIST OF G CODES ...................................................................................................................... - 128 -

B OPERATION LIST ....................................................................................................................... - 133 -

C ALARM LIST ............................................................................................................................... - 136 -

D RECOMMENDED FLASH CARD .................................................................................................. - 189 -

E EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ................................................................................... - 190 -

F M CODES LIST ............................................................................................................................ - 193 -

G MAIN ELECTRIC PARTS LIST ............................................................................................... - 196 -

H PMC PARAMETERS LIST ........................................................................................................ - 199 -

I LIST OF SOFT SWITCHES ........................................................................................................ - 205 -

J POSITION OF ELECTRIC PARTS ON MACHINE ............................................................... - 206 -

K ELECTRIC ELEMENTS DIAGRAM....................................................................................... - 207 -

L THE LIST OF THE DIRECTIVE B ABOUT SPINDLE ORIENTATION POINT. ......... - 208 -

M THE SETTING UP AND USE OF FUNCTION IN PROHIBITED REGION ..................... - 232 -

N PMC PARAMETERS LIST –MATE ......................................................................................... - 235 -

VMC Series Overview

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 1 -

�. Overview

VMC Series Overview


1 Overview

VMC Series Machine Tools belong to vertical machining centers

controlled by CNC system to realize cutting, like drilling, tapping

and milling. Please don’t use the machine tool for other purposes.

Please don’t use the machine tool for other purposes.

VMC Series Overview


1.1 Features

(1) Linear and curve machining

In milling operations, high-precision linear and curve machining can

be performed from different angles.

(2) Rigid tapping In the rigid tapping with simultaneous feed of the spindle and the Z

axis, the tapping riveting machine is not used so as to carry out

high-speed and high-precision tapping in a short period of time.

(3) Complete NC function

Full NC functions are provided, corresponding to drilling, tapping,

milling, and model machining.

(4) Safety functions

The safety functions of the machine comply with Class 3 of

European safety standard EN954-1. The machine is manufactured according to the Appendix I of Machine

Tool Commands 98/37/EC.

1.2 Use of the Machine

VMC Series Machines are vertical drillers controled by the CNC

(computer numerical control device) for cutting, which can carry out

milling, drilling, boring, and tapping.

Please do not use the machine tools for other purposes.

Cutting performance is subject to the differences of work-pieces,

tools, and coolants. Please refer to the operation manual of tools and

coolants when using the machine.

VMC Series 2.Basic Operations


2 Basic Operations Standard interface for FANUC series over FANUC Series-21I

Function keys are used to select the category of the menu to be displayed. MDI panel is available with following function keys.

PROG

OFFSET

SETTING

SYSTEM

MESSAGE

GRAPH

CUSTOM1

The key can be used to display position display menu.

The key can be used to display program menu.

The key can be used to display offset/setting menu.

The key can be used to display system menu.

The key can be used to display information menu

The key can be used to display graphic menu.

The key can be used to display user-defined menu (dialog macro menu)

Pos

VMC Series Routine Run


�. Routine Run

VMC Series 1. Power On/Off

- China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works - 6 -

1 Power On/Off

The input power supply for the machine tools of this series (standard type) is of

three-phase and four-wire system with 3～380V, 50HZ. In addition, it can also be

changed according to the different voltage requirements of different countries, for

example, the input voltage can be changed into 3～220V, 60HZ, 3～440V, 60HZ or

3～600V, 60HZ.

Fluctuating range:

voltage stabilized voltage for AC power supply is 0.9～1.1 times of rated voltage.

Frequency 0.99～1.01 times of rated frequency (continuous)

0.98～1.02 times of rated frequency (short period)

Harmonics a total of 2~5 harmonic distortions shall not exceed 10% of the voltage

virtual value, and a maximum of total 60～30 harmonic distortions shall not

exceed 2% of additional voltage of wiring.

Unbalanced voltage of three-phase power supply neither negative sequence component

nor zero sequence component of voltage is permitted to exceed 2% of the

positive-sequence component of the voltage, and on the side of the power

supply of the machine, a short-circuit protection device is provided, of which

diameter for inlet wires shall not be less than 16mm² (single phase). The inlet

wiring for general power supply is led from bottom of the electric cabinet, and

under condition that the voltage of power grid does not conform to above

mentioned request, users must add a device for stabilizing voltage, achieving

requested voltage, and otherwise, it is not allowed to use the machine.

Notice: if the input voltage of the machine is in three-phase and five-wire system,

please connect the zero wire on the transformer to the neutral wire instead of to

the granded wier.

Inspection Before Running

In order to assure the safety for operator and machine, please check according to the

following before running the machine to guarantee the safety and service life of the

machine.

1） Check if there is damage to circuits, pipes and connectors.

2） Check if the voltage, frequency and phase sequence of input power supply are all

correct.

3） Make sure all the control switches are correctly installed, with no interference or

obstruct.

4） Switch on the power supply, checking if the spindle fan motor starts to run

normally.

5） Disconnect the main power before leaving.

VMC series 1. Power ON/OFF


1.1 Power On

1) Set the handwheel of the breaker on the cabinet door of the control device to the

position “ON” and to the position where a sound of “click” is heard. (Please make sure

if the cabinet door of the control device is well closed, and if the door is still open, it is

only allowed to close the door at first, and then set the handwheel of the breaker on the

cabinet door of control device to the position “ON”).

Figure 2.1 Breaker is set at the position ON

2) Press the button “POWER ON” on the operation panel, switch on the power.

3) Several seconds after switching on the power supply, “start-up progress bar” (NOT

READY) displayed on the LCD menu will disappear, and the machine is ready to start.

4) Make sure that the cooling equipment in the cabinet is running.

Important

During power ON, except for button “POWER ON”, never press the other buttons

(buttons on MDI panel and operation panel of the machine).

VMC Series 1. Power On/Off


1.2 Power Off

1) Make sure the indicator for button CYCLESTART on the operation panel goes out.

2) Make sure all the movable parts of the machine are stopped.

3) Disconnect the power suply of the Input/Output device connected if any.

4) Press the Emergency-stop button.

5) Press the POWER OFF button to cut off the power of CNC.

6) Turn the hand-wheel on the cabinet of control device to OFF.

Figure 2.2 Breaker OFF

Warning

It should be noticed that although the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet is

disconnected, the power supply at the circuit breaker side is still connected.

Moreover, it should be noticed that there are electrical risks in the following devices

connected to the main circuit breaker side.

1. When an external transformer is installed

2. When external non-standard equipment is installed

Important

During power ON, except for button “POWER ON”, never press the other buttons

(buttons on MDI panel and operation panel of the machine).

VMC Series 2. Emergency Stop


2 Emergency Stop Warning

Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event of the failure of the machine. It is necessary to well prepared so that the button can be pressed at any moment. Nothing shoud be covered on the emergency stop button.

The cause that triggers the emergency stop should be eliminated before the clearance of the emergency stop. Otherwise, the danger may happen again to result in injuries.

The button is used to instantaneously stop the machine while emergency

occurs.

In case that the machine is executing unexpected operation, it is able to stop

all operation of the machine via the e-stop button.

While E-stop button is pressed, the status of each part of the machine is as

follows:

1） All moving axes stop immediately.

2） The rotating spindle stops immediately.

3） Cooling device stops working.

4） The control device is on alarm disabling all automatic and manual

operation.

5） The Z axis descends slightly.

If the E-stop button is pressed during a tool changing, the following may

occur according to operation status.

1） While the spindle is registering, it stops immediately.

2） While the Z axis is rising, Z axis will stop moving immediately and the

control status of the spindle will be cancelled.

3） While the Z axis is descending, Z axis will stop moving immediately

and the control status of the spindle will be cancelled.

4） While the magazine is rotating, the magazine will stop rotating.

5） While the ATC is changing tool, the ATC will stop changing tool.

Locking is effective upon the E-stop is pressed, and is cleared via turning it

to the right.

Supplementary information

While E-stop button is pressed, the current supplied to the motor will be cut

off.

VMC Series 3 Open/Close the Safety door


3 Open/Close the Safety Door Warning

Make sure that the Z axis (spindle nose) won’t descend before opening the

safety door. The operation below the Z axis requires a wood block that is

placed between the working table and the Z axis in case of failures of the Z

axis brake that cause danger.

When disconnecting the power in the rotation of the spindle, due to the

inability to control and stop the spindle, which will continue to rotate

because of inertia, the chips may fly out. Therefore, it is necessary to make

sure that the spindle has stopped before opening the safety door.

Locking mechanism is provided on the safety door, and before the safety

status is confirmed, the safety door is not able to be opened. In order to use

the machine safely, while the safety door is under opening status, the running

of the machine will be limited. Besides, while the machine is running, if

releasing operation is executed (pressing the key for opening/closing safety

door on the operation panel), the machine will be paused.

3.1 Locking the Safety Door

Locking mechanism is provided so that normally the door can not be opend.

The following operations will unlock the door.

1） Press the DOOR button for opening/closing safety door on the operation

panel.

2） Execute M02 or M30.(PMC parameter K12.6=1)

While the locking for the safety door is released, the indicator for the button

for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be on.

The following operations will lock the door.

Close the safety door, press the button for opening/closing safety door on the

operation panel, and the indicator for button for opening/closing safety door

on the operation panel will be off.

3.2 Operation Limit When Safety Door Is Open

If the safety door is open, the machine will be under following limits.

1） Automatic run is disabled.

2） MDI is disabled.

3） Cooling is disabled.

4） Tool changing is disabled.

5） Velocity of manual run is limited.

6） In the manual operation with the safety door on,

If the mode is switched, operations of the spindle and axes will be

VMC Series 3. Open/Close the Safety Door


stopped.

When the safety door is closed, the spindle and the axes will halt.

NOTE：If you want to work when the safety door open ， you must let the bolt of

standby Inserting the door lock!

3.3 Release the Safety Door Locking While Running

While the safety door under locking status is unlocked, the machine will stop

in the following ways.

1） Spindle and other axes will stop running after retarding.

2） If the machine is under tool changing status, the machine will stop after

tool chainging terminates..

3） Cooler and the oil mist collector stop.

4） During the rigid tapping, after moving to point R, the movement of each

axis and rotation of the spindle will stop after retarding.

5） Pause of the machine will terminate.

6） In spindle regstration operation, the spindle stops after registration.

Follow the steps below to re-enable automatic run.

1） While the safety door is closed when it is set at Open position, the safety

door will be locked automatically; the indicator for the button for

opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be off; by the

button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel, the

indicator goes out.

3） Press the button for “coolant and mist collector” to restart the coolant

and mist collector.

3） Press the start button to set automatic run mode.

VMC Series 4 Preparation Program


4 Preparation Program (CNC Operation)

Calling programs

Three methods are available.

1．Press the mode selection key [AUTO] , switching to the running mode.

2．Press the key [PROG] to select program menu.

3．Three methods are available to select programs:

1) Under the program menu or check menu, enter the program name, and

then press the key [ PROGRAM SEARCH ] to search program.

2) Under the program menu or check menu, press the soft key [ PROGRAM

SEARCH ]，and then press the key [ PREV PROGRM ] or [ NEXT

PROGRM ] to search the previous or next program.

3) On the program menu, select the program to be called by a cursor key. And

then press the key [OPERATION] and [MAIN PROGRM].

And auto running is ready.


If the required program is not available, alarm information “SPECIFIED

PROGRAM NOT FOUND” will be displayed to indicate that it is unable to

find your specified program. Press the key < CAN > or < RESET > ，and then

enter the correct program name.

VMC Series 5. Dry Run


5 DRY Run

5.1 DRY Run

Tool speed is corresponding to the parameter value, and has no relationship

with the feed speed instructed in the program. The function can be used to

inspect the tool movement under the condition that work pieces are not

installed.

Figure 5.１ trial run

5.2 Steps of Dry Run

Press the dry run key on the operation panel then start automatic running,

And then the tool moves at the speed set by the parameter value. Rapid

speed switch can also be used to change the speed of machine.

5.3 Dry run Speed

Dry run speed changes according to rapid speed button status and parameter

values as in the table below:

Rapid speed button

Program command

Tool

Working table

VMC Series 5.Dry run


Max. Cutting feed speed………… .set by parameter No.1422

Rapid speed………………. .set by parameter No.1420

Dry run speed ………………… . set by parameter No.1410

JV: JOG feed override

*1) when parameter RDR (No.1401#6) is set to 1, it is dry run speed×JV. And

while parameter RDR is set to 0, it is rapid speed.

*2) Limited at the maximum rapid speed

JV max: max JOG feed override

Rapid movement Feed

ON Rapid speed Dry run speed × JVmax *2)

OFF Dry run speed × JV， or rapid speed *1)

Dry run speed × JV*2)

VMC Series 6. Automatic Running


6 Automatic Running (CNC Operation)

6.1 Start of Automatic Running

By means of pressing the cycle start key, it is able to start the automatic

operation.

By means of pressing the tool feed button or reset key, it is able to interrupt

or stop the automatic operation. Besides, if program stop or program end

command is set in the program, the automatic running can be interrupted.

After completing one machining program, the automatic operation will stop

automatically.

Figure 1.3(b) Start and stop under automatic operation status

6.2 Stop of Automatic Program

It is available to use the button [FEED HOLD] or [SINGLE BLOCK]

(single segment) to keep automatic running.

1) Keep automatic running by means of the button [FEED HOLD].

While the button [FEED HOLD] is pressed, automatic running will be kept,

and the indicating light for the button will be on. At the same time, the

indicating light for button [CYCLE START] goes off.

2) Keep automatic running by means of button [SINGLE BLOCK] (single

segment).

While the button [SINGLE BLOCK] is pressed, the machine will stop after

a segment has been executed, and when the button [CYCLE START] is

pressed again, the machine will stop after re-execution of the next segment.

Stop caused by

a program

Program stops Program ends

Tool feed stop Reset

Cycle start

Start

Stop

Automatic operation

VMC Series 6.Automatic Running


6.3 Restart of Automatic Running

By means of pressing the key [CYCLE START], it is able to restart the

automatic running, and in this case, the indicating light of the button will be

on. At the same time, the indicating light for the button [FEED HOLD]

goes off.

VMC Series Operation Details


�.Operation Details

VMC Series 1. Create Programs


1 Create Programs

1.1 Edit Programs

1.1.1 Create Programs

1) Select EDIT mode.

2) Press the function key < PROG > to display program menu.

3) Enter program No.“<0>****”.

While inputting programs, it is necessary to use the key < INSERT >.

1.1.2 Modifying Programs

It is available to insert, modify or delete the programs in the storage.

Steps:

1) Select EDIT mode.

2) Press the function key PROG;

3) And then select the program to be edited.

If the program to be edited has been selected, then execute step 4. And if

not, please search program number.

4) Search the word to be modified according to the following methods.

– Scan (search) method

– Word searching method

5) Modify, insert or delete the word.

Word searching

There are three methods available to search words: press the cursor key, and

then scan the whole text; word searching; address searching.

Word searching steps:

An example of searching for S12 is as follows:



Steps:

1) Press the address key .

2) Use value key to enter .

– If only S1 is entered, it will be unable to search S12.

– While searching S09, if only S9 is entered, it will be unable to search

S09.

While searching S09，you must input S09.

3) Press the key［SRH↓］(searching)to start searching operation.

After searching operation is completed, the cursor will be stopped at S12.

If the key［SRH↑］, not the key［SRH↓］is pressed, the reverse searching

will be executed.

Address Searching

Steps for address searching

An example of searching for M03 is as follows:

Steps:

1) Press the address key.

2) Press the soft key［SRH↓］(searching)to start searching operation.

After searching operation is completed, the cursor will be stopped at M03.

If the key［SRH↑］, not the key［SRH↓］is pressed, the reverse searching

will be executed.

Searching/scanning N01234

Searching S12


Search M03



Searching for program start position

The cursor may skip to the beginning of the program. And the searching in

which the cursor moves to the beginning of the program is called searching

for program start position.

Searching for program start position

Steps:

Method No. 1 1 Under the EDIT mode, select program menu and then press the

key . While the cursor returns to the beginning of the program, the

content of the program will be displayed from the beginning on the CRT

screen.

Method No. 2

1 Under MEMORY or EDIT mode, select the program menu and then press

the address key O.

2 Enter the program number.

3 Press the soft key［O SRH］(searching for program number).

Method No. 3

1 Select MEMORY or EDIT mode.

2 Press the function key.

3 Press the soft key［(OPRT) ］(operation).

4 Press the soft key［REWIND］(rewind).

Insert a word

Steps:

1 Search or scan the word to be inserted before a word.

2 Enter the inserted address.

3 Enter a data.

4 Press the key .

An example of inserting T15 is as follows:

1 Search or scan Z1250.



2 Use Address/Value key to enter ..

3 Press the key to edit.

Modify a word

Steps:

1 Search or scan the word to be modified.

2 Enter the inserted address.

3 Enter a data.


Take changing T15 into M15 as an example.

1 Search or scan T15.

Searching/scanning Z1250.0

Insert T15

Searching or scanning T15



2 Use Address/ Value key to enter .


Delete a word

Steps

1 search or scan the word to be deleted.


Take deleting X100.0 as an example.

1) Search or scan X100.0.

2) Press the key to edit.

Be modified to M15

Delete X100.0

Search or scan X100.0



1.1.3 Deleting Programs

One or more than one segments in a program can be deleted.

Steps:

By means of following operation, delete a program from the present word

to its EOB, and then the cursor moves to the address of the next word.

1 search or scan the address of the program segment to be deleted.

2 Press the key .


Example for deleting program segment N01234:

1) Search or scan N01234.

2) Press the key .

3) Press the key .


Segment including N01234 is deleted.



1.1.4 Confirming Program No. in the Memory

1) Select EDIT mode and then press the function key [(PORT)].

2) By means of pressing key [NEXT PROGRM] or [PREV PROGRM],

display the memory content and program content.

1.1.5 Calling Programs in the Memory

1) Select EDIT mode or MEMORY mode.

2) 2) Press the function key to display program menu.

3) Press the address key O.

4) Enter the program number to be searched.

5) Press the soft key［O SRH］ to search program No.

6) After completing searching, the program number searched will be

displayed at the upper right corner of the CRT screen.



1.2 Programming

1.2.1 Spindle Function (S Function)

Method to specify spindle velocity with the code

Enter a code signal or read pulse signal by specifying a value following

address S, and in this way, the spindle velocity on one side of the machine

can be controlled.

Only one S code can be specified for one segment. When move command

and S code command are present simultaneously in a segment, the

execution sequence is different following two statements below.

1. PMC parameter K17.5=1

Parameter No.3708.0=1，No.3740=50， No.4022=150

S code execute first until the spindle speed reach the

injunction speed then execute move command.

2. PMC parameter K17.5=0

Parameter No.3708.0=0，No.3740=0， No.4022=0

S code and move command will be execute at the same time.

1.2.2 Auxiliary Function (M Function)

General

There are two kinds of auxiliary functions available: auxiliary function (M

code) used to specify spindle start/stop, program ending, etc; auxiliary

function (B code) used to specify positioning of index working table.

If a value following Address M is specified, a code signal and a gating

pulse signal will be sent. All there signals are used to control power

ON/OFF of the machine.

In appendix, there is M CODES LIST indicating the Corresponding

relationship between M codes and function.

Except M98, M99 and M198，M codes (parameters No.6071～6079) used

to call one subprogram and M codes (parameters No.6080～6089) used to

call one assigned macro, all M codes shall be operated in the machine.

Explanation:

M codes possess following special meanings:

- M02, M30 (a program ends) The codes show the ending of main program.

Under this status, automatic operation will be stopped and CNC device will

be reset. After a segment of the specified program has been executed,

re-return to the beginning of the program.

Parameter M02 (No.3404#5) or M30 (No.3404#4) can be used to make

M02 or M30 not return to the beginning of the program.

- M00 (a program stops) After a specified program segment M00 has been executed, automatic

operation will be stopped.

While the program is stopped, all existing modal information will be saved.

And then it is able to re-execute automatic operation by starting automatic

operation.

- M01 (optional stop)



It is similar to M00，and after a specified program segment M01 has been

executed, automatic operation will be stopped. However, the code is only

valid when the switch [ACTIVAE M01] for optional stop on the operation

panel is set to ON.

- M98 (calling a subprogram)

The code can be used to call a subprogram.

Code signal and gating pulse signal will not be sent.

- M99 (a subprogram ends)

The codes show a subprogram ends.

While M99 is being executed, it is able to return to main program. Code

signal and gating pulse signal will not be sent.

- M198 (calling a subprogram)

The code can be used to call a subprogram from a file in the external

input/output function.

Notes:

Generally, only one M code can be specified to one program segment.

However, if the parameter M3B (No.3404#7) is set to 1，up to three M

codes can be specified in one program segment, and the three M codes will

be output to the machine simultaneously. Compared with the status that

only one M code is specified in one program, machining cycle of the

machine can be shortened.

Explanation:

CNC allows up to three M codes to be set in one program segment.

However, due to operation limit of the machine, some M codes cannot be

specified at the same time. Never specify M00, M01, M02, M30, M98,

M99, and M198 with other M codes simultaneously. Some M codes

different from M00, M01, M02, M30, M98, M99 and M198 can not be

specified with another M code, and some M code must be specified in a

single program segment. M06 must be specified separately. On the contrary,

several M codes not used to execute a certain internal CNC operation after

sending an M code signal to the machine can be specified in a single

segment.

For example:

There is one M code command in a single segment.

One M code command in a single segment Several M code commands in a single segment



1.2.3 Tool Function (T Function)

Tool selection function

The tool mounted on the machine can be selected by assigning a value (8

digits at most) after address T.

One T code command can be specified in one program segment.

While a movement command and a T code appear are specified in the same

segment, please refer to operation details 5.2 Tool Change Execution with

M Codes and T Codes.

1.2.4 Spindle Orientation (M19 Function)

M19;

By means of this instruction, it is able to stop the spindle at the position set

by the parameter (4077).


The instruction is valid before spindle running instruction (M03, M04),

spindle stop instruction (M05) and program ending (M00, M0, etc.) are

executed. The reset key can cut off the spindle excitation, but cannot cancel

the instruction.

Never execute this instruction during tool changing, fixed cycle or rigid

tapping.

1.2.5 Rigid Tapping Cycle (M29 Function)

(1) General Tapping cycle (G84) and reverse tapping cycle (G74) can be executed under

the standard mode or rigid tapping mode. Under the standard mode, the

spindle running or stop are both accompanied with movement along the

tapping axis. Tapping axis takes the advantage of auxiliary function (M

code) to do tapping operation: M03 (spindle forward), M04 (spindle reverse)

and M05 (spindle stop). Under the rigid tapping mode, the tapping is

realized by control of spindle motor (take it as a servo motor) and the

interpolation between the spindle and tapping axis. While tapping under

rigid tapping mode, once the spindle rotates for one revolution, the tapping

axis will move forward for a certain distance (pitch). Even if during the

accelerating or retarding, the above operation will not be changed.

Herewith, it is not necessary to use changeable taps for rigid tapping mode

(required under standard mode), and therefore, it is able to carry out the

tapping operation more accurately and faster.

(2) Rigid tapping (G84)

If the spindle motor is controlled to be under rigid mode (take it as a servo

motor), the tapping cycle can be faster.

Format:



Explanation:

After positioning along X-axis and positioning along Y-axis are completed,

rapidly move to the horizontal position of point R.

Carry out the tapping operation from horizontal position of point R to point

Z. After tapping has been finished, spindle will stop running, interrupted.

And then spindle will run reversely, and tool will withdraw to the horizontal

position of point R, spindle stopping rotating. After that, the spindle will

rapidly move to the initial horizontal position.

While tapping is being carried out, tool feed speed overload and spindle

overload are both set to 100%. However, the allowed overload for

withdrawing operation (operation 5) can be 2000%, which depends on set

values of parameter DOV (No.5200 #4), parameter OVU (No.5201 #3) and

parameter No.5211.

Rigid tapping mode

: Data of hole position

: Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position

: Distance from initial horizontal position to point R.

: Interruption time for returning from hole bottom and point R

: Tool feed speed during cutting

: Repetition times (limited to that repetition is required)

(FS15 format)

: Repetition times (limited to that repetition is required)

Spindle stop Initial horizontal position

Spindle stop

Spindle stop Spindle forward

Spindle forward

Operation 1

Operation 2 Operation 6 Spindle stop

Point R R horizontal pos. R horizontal pos. Point R

Operation 3 Operation 5

Spindle stop Spindle reverse Spindle stop

Spindle reverse

Point Z

Operation 4

Point Z



It is available to use one the following three methods to specify the rigid

tapping method:

- specify M29 S***** before tapping command.

- specify M29 S***** in the program segment including tapping command.

- Set parameter G84 No.5200#0 to 1.

- pitch

Under feed per min. mode, tool feed speed÷ spindle speed＝pitch.

Under feed per revolution mode，tool feed speed＝pitch.

- Compensation for tool length

During the fixed cycle, if tool length compensation is specified (G43, G44,

G49), the offset value will be adopted during orientation to point R.

- switching of axes

Before switching drilling axis, it is necessary to cancel the fixed cycle. If

the switching of drilling axis is carried out under rigid tapping mode,

warner P/S (No.206) will send out alarm.

- S command

If the speed is higher than max speed of the applied gears, No.200 of P/S

warner will send out alarm.

During rigid tapping, S command will be delete during the fixed cycle of

rigid tapping, and in this way, S0 is set to the specified the status.

- Spindle quantum

If operation of unit testing is carried out within 8msec while the speed

requiring more than 32767 pulses is specified, P/S warner (No.202) will

send out alarm because the operation cannot be assured.

- F command

If the specified value is over the upper limit of cutting feed speed, warner

P/S (No.011) will send out alarm.

- Unit of F command Metric input Inch input remarks G94 1mm/min 0.01 inch/min decimal programming allowed G950.01mm/rev 0.0001 inch/rev decimal programming allowed

- M29

If S command and axis movement command are specified between M29

and G84, warner P/S (No.203) will send out alarm. If during the tapping

cycle, M29 is specified，warner P/S (No.204) will send out alarm. Specify P

in the program segment for drilling operation. If P is specified in the

program segment for not drilling operation, it cannot be stored as a modal

data.

- Cancel

Do not use the G codes ((G00 ～ G03, G60 (when parameter

MDL(No.5431#0) is set to 1) specified in group 01 by the program segment

which is the same as G84, and otherwise, G84 will be cancelled.

- Tool position offset

Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset is omitted.

- re-start the program

During rigid tapping cycles, it is unable to re-start the program.

- calling subprogram

Please use a separate program segment to specify the subprogram calling

command M98P_ under fixed cycle mode.



For example

Z-axis feed speed 1000mm/min

Spindle speed 1000 min –1

Pitch 1.0mm

＜programming for feed/min＞

G94; specify feed/min

G00 X120.0 Y100.0; positioning

M29 S1000; specify rigid tapping mode

G84 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1000; rigid tapping

＜programming for feed/revolution＞

G95; specify feed/revolution



G84 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1.0; rigid tapping

(3) Rigid reverse tapping cycle (G74)

While spindle motor is controlled under the rigid mode (take it as a servo

motor), the tapping cycle can be faster.

Format




: Pause duration for returning from hole bottom and point R


: Repetition times (only when repetition is required)

(FS15 format)

: Repetition times (only when repetition is required)



Explanation

After positioning along X-axis and positioning along Y-axis are completed,

rapidly move to the horizontal position of point R.

Carry out the tapping operation from horizontal position of point R to point

Z. After tapping has been finished, spindle will stop running, interrupted.

And then spindle will run reversely, and tool will withdraw to the horizontal

position of point R, spindle stopping rotating. After that, the spindle will

rapidly move to the initial horizontal position.

While tapping is being carried out, tool feed speed overload and spindle

overload are both set to 100%. However, the allowed overload for

withdrawing operation (operation 5) can be 2000%, which depends on set

values of parameter DOV (No.5200 #4), parameter OVU (No.5201 #3) and

parameter No.5211.

-Rigid tapping mode

It is available to use one the following three methods to specify the rigid

tapping method:

- Specify M29 S***** before tapping command.

-Specify M29 S***** in the program segment including tapping command.

- Set parameter G84 No.5200#0 to 1.

- pitch

Under feed per min. mode, tool feed speed÷ spindle speed＝pitch.

Under feed per revolution mode，tool feed speed＝pitch.

- Compensation for tool length

During the fixed cycle, if tool length compensation is specified (G43, G44,

G49), the offset value will be adopted during orientation to point R.

- Command of FS15 format

Rigid tapping can be carried out by command of FS15 format. For sequence

and limit of rigid tapping (including the data transmission between PMC),

Spindle stop

Spindle forward

Spindle forward Spindle stop Spindle stop

Spindle stop Spindle

reverseSpindle reverse

Operation 3 Operation 5

Operation 2

Operation 1

Operation 6

Spindle stop

R horizontal pos. R horizontal pos. Point R Point R

Point Z Point Z

Operation 4

Initial horizontal position

Spindle stop



please refer to FS16i/18i for execution. - Switching of axes

Before switching drilling axis, it is necessary to cancel the fixed cycle. If

the switching of drilling axis is carried out under rigid tapping mode,

warner P/S (No.206) will send out alarm.

- S command

- If the speed higher than the maximum speed of applied gears, No.200 of

P/S warner will send out alarm.

During rigid tapping, S command will be delete during the fixed cycle of

rigid tapping, and in this way, S0 is set to the specified the status.

- Spindle quantum

If operation of unit testing is carried out within 8msec while the speed

requiring more than 32767 pulses is specified, P/S warner (No.202) will

send out alarm because the operation cannot be assured.

- F command

If the specified value is over the upper limit of cutting feed speed, warner

P/S (No.011) will send out alarm.

- Unit for F command Metric input Inch input remarks G94 1mm/min 0.01 inch/min decimal programming allowed G95 0.01mm/rev 0.0001 inch/rev decimal programming allowed

- M29

If S command and axis movement command are specified between M29

and G74, warner P/S (No.203) will send out alarm. If during the tapping

cycle, M29 is specified，warner P/S (No.204) will send out alarm. Specify P

in the program segment for drilling operation. If P is specified in the

program segment for not drilling operation, it cannot be stored as a modal

data.

- Cancel

Do not use the G codes (G00 ～ G03, G60 (when parameter

MDL(No.5431#0) is set to 1)) specified in group 01 by the program

segment which is the same as G74, and otherwise, G74 will be cancelled.


Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset is omitted.

- Re-start the program

During rigid tapping cycles, it is unable to re-start the program.

- Calling subprogram

Please use a separate program segment to specify the subprogram calling

command M98P_ under fixed cycle mode.

For example:

Z-axis feed speed 1000mm/min

Spindle speed 1000 min –1

Pitch 1.0mm

＜programming for feed/min＞

G94; specify feed/min



G74 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1000; rigid tapping

＜programming for feed/revolution＞

G95; specify feed/revolution





G74 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1.0; rigid tapping

VMC Series 2. Displaying & Changing Parameters


2 Displaying & Changing Parameters

2.1 Displaying Parameters Operation steps are as follows:

1. After pressing the function key on MDI panel for several times,

or after the function key on MDI panel is pressed, press the softkey

［PARAM］, the parameter menu will be displayed.

2. Parameter menu consists of several pages. It is available to display the

page with the parameter required by one of method (a) and method (b).

(a) With the page-turning key or cursor key, the page required can be

displayed.

(b) Input the Data number of the parameter required, and then press the

softkey ［NO.SRH］(parameter number search).

In this way, the page where the input data number is located will be

displayed, and the cursor will be stopped at the specified data number (the

data will be displayed as a value in the opposite direction).

Notes

While softkey is displayed as “chapter selection key”, input can be started,

and then the softkey display will be changed into “operation selection key”

including ［NO.SRH］.

If the softkey is pressed, it can also be changed into ［(OPRT)］“operation

selection key”.

Function key

Cursor display

Softkey display (Chapter selection key)

Key for menu return Softkey Key for menu continuity

Display of input data Softkey display (operation selection key)



2.2 Changing Parameters (by MDI Panel)

Operation steps are as follows:

1. Select MDI mode, or emergency stop status.

2. Select the status where parameters can be written.

2-1 Set PMC parameter K29.7 to 1, and at the same time alarm diaplayed:

1095 PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE. (Set K29.7 to 0 after changing

parameter other wise machine can not cycle start)

2-2 Press the function key for several times or after pressing the

function key , press softkey［SETTING］，and then the setting

menu will be displayed (displaying the first page of the setting menu).

2-3 Make the cursor point at “PARAMETER WRITE” by a cursor key.

2-4 Press the softkey ［(OPRT)］(operation), enabling the softkey to be the

operation selection key.

2-5 Press the softkey ［ON:1］ or type 1, and then press the softkey

［ INPUT］ , making “PARAMETERWRITE” to be 1. In this way,

parameters can be set. At the same time, CNC system will give P/S alarm

(No.100: PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE).

3. After pressing the function key on MDI panel for several

times, or after the function key on MDI panel is pressed, press

the softkey［PARAM］, the parameter menu will be displayed. (Please refer

to the first section “1. Displaying Parameters”)

4. Display the page with the parameters required, and position the cursor

point at the parameters to be set.

5. Type the data to be set, and then press the softkey［INPUT］，and then the

input data will be set to the parameter pointed by the cursor.

［for example］ 12000 ［INPUT］

Softkey display (Operation selection key)

Press the softkey [(OPRT)](operation), making the softkey to be the operation selection key



If you want to input data continuously from the selected parameter number,

it is available to use sign “;” to separate the input between data.

［for example］ Type 10;20;30;40, and then press the key［INPUT］, and

then the from the parameter pointed by the cursor, the sequence set is 10, 20,

30 and 40.

6. According to the actual requirement, repeat step 4 and step 5.

7. After parameter setting is completed, return zero for “PARAMETER

WRITE” to forbid parameter setting.

8. Reset CNC, and release P/S alarm (No.100).

Besides, according to different parameters, during setting parameters, P/S

alarm (No.000: PLEASE TURNOFF POWER) may occur. At this moment,

please turn off the power for CNC temporarily.

2.3 Changing Offset Data

Press the function key ， and then keep pressing the softkey

[OFFSET] to display the tool offset menu.

Make the cursor point at the parameter number to be set and then input the

value required, and then press the key .

Display of the cursor



2.4 Changing Data of Work Piece Coordinate System

The coordinate system set for machining a work piece is called work piece

coordinate system. A work piece coordinate system is set by CNC with well

prepared functions. It is available to edit programs and cut work pieces

(selecting work piece coordinate system) in the set work piece coordinate

system. Work piece coordinate system can be changed by changing the

origin of the set work piece coordinate system.

2.4.1 Setting Work Piece Coordinate System

A work piece coordinate system can be set with one of the following three

methods:

(1) Method to use G92

By program instructions, it is available to set a work piece coordinate

system by the value following G92.

(2) Method to use G54～G59

Set six work piece coordinate systems by the MDI panel at first, and then

select the work piece coordinate system to be used by program instructions

of G54～G59. While absolute instruction is used, the work piece coordinate

system must be set by one of the above mentioned. Format

- Work piece coordinate system set by G92

(G90)G92 IP_

Explanation

The work piece coordinate system will be set in this way: locate one point

on the tool (for example: tool tip) to a specified coordinate. If during tool

length compensation, G92 is used to set coordinate system, the following

coordinate system will be set: the position before offset is set by G92.

During tool radius compensation, the offset can be temporarily cancelled by

G92.

For example:

2.4.2 Selecting Work piece Coordinate System

Users can select the following work piece coordinate system which have already been set (please refer to �-7.2.1 for details).

Example No.1: Set a coordinate system by instruction G92

X25.2 Z23.0 (Taking the tool tip as the starting point of the program)

Example No.2: Set a coordinate system by instruction G92 X600.0 Z1200.0 (Taking the reference point on the tool holder as the starting point of the program)

Reference point

If an absolute instruction has been specified, reference point will be moved to the specified position. If it is required to move the tool after specifying tool tip, it is necessary to compensate the difference from tool to tool tip and reference point by tool length compensation. (Refer to II-14.1)



(1) If the work piece coordinate system has been set by G92 or

automatically set by the set work piece coordinate system, the absolute

instruction specified subsequently will become the position in this

coordinate system.

(2) By specifying G54～G59, one of the six coordinate systems set by MDI

panel can be selected. G54……work piece coordinate system 1

G55……work piece coordinate system 2





Work piece coordinate system 1～6 are all set after power on and returning

to the reference position. After power on, coordinate system set by G54 will

be selected. For example

Figure 3.4.2

Work piece coordinate system 2 (G55)

In this example, position to the position (X=40.0, Y=100.0) in work piece coordinate system 2



2.4.3 Changing Work piece Coordinate System

By changing the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece

origin, it is able to change the six coordinate systems set by G54～G59.

There are three methods available to change the offset value of an external

work piece origin or work piece origin:

(1) By the MDI panel

(2) By a program (G10 or G92)

(3) By external data input function

Input a signal to CNC, and then the offset value of an external work piece

origin can be changed.

Fig 3.4.3 Changing the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece origin

Format

- Changing method by means of G10

G10 L2 Pp IP_；

p=0: Specify the offset value of an external work piece origin

p=1～6: Specify the offset value of the work piece origin relative to work

piece coordinate system 1～6.

IP_: For an absolute instruction (G90), this is the offset value of work piece

origin of each axis. For an incremental instruction (G91), the value shall be

added to originally set offset value of work piece origin of each axis (the

result shall be offset value of work piece origin).

Changing method by G92 G92 IP_；

Explanation - Changing method by G10

By G10, each work piece coordinate system can be separately changed.

- Changing method by G92

By G92 IP_, the work piece coordinate system can be specified. The work

piece coordinate system selected from G54～G59 will be transformed into

the new work piece coordinate system, making the current tool position

correspond with coordinate value of IP_. At this moment, the modification

Work-piece coordinate system 1 (G54)






Origin of the machine

Offset value of an outer work piece origin

Offset value of the work piece origin



value of coordinate system will be added to the offset values of all work

piece origins, which means that all work piece coordinate system shall shift

for the same distance.

Notice

After the offset value of an external work piece origin has been set, while

you are setting coordinate system by G92, it is necessary to set a coordinate

system which will not be affected by external origin offset value. For

example, while G92 X100.0 Z80.0; is specified to set a coordinate system,

the current tool standard position shall be X=100.0, Z=80.0. For example

Work-piece coordinate system set

Tool position

New work-piece coordinate system

Original work-piece coordinate system

Under G54 status, while tool position is set at (200,160), if G92X100Y100; is specified, a work piece coordinate system 1 (X’-Y’) which will only generate a drift vector A will be created.

Work-piece coordinate system set Work-piece

coordinate system set by G55

Here we take the work piece coordinate system set by G54 as an example as shown in the left figure. If the corresponding relationship between work piece coordinate system set by G54 and work piece coordinate system set by G55 has already been correctly set, it is available to set work piece coordinate system G55 by following instructions (the dark spot shown in the left figure shall be located at (600.0,1200.0).

G92X600.0Z1200.0; Besides, it is assumed that the two brackets are of different positions. If the relationship of the two coordinate system set by G54 and G55 has correctly set corresponding relation between the two brackets, if G92 has changed the coordinate system for one bracket, the coordinate system for the other bracket will move accordingly. And that is to say, as long as G54 or G55 is specified, it is able to machine the work pieces placed in the two brackets under the same program.

X’-Z’ …… new work piece coordinate system X-Z …… original work piece coordinate system A: offset value caused by G92 B: offset value of work piece origin in G54 coordinate system C: offset value of work piece origin in G55 coordinate system



2.5 Changing User Macro Program Variable

Although subprogram is quite important to a repeatable operation, if user

macro program function has been applied, it can also use variables,

calculation commands as well as conditional branch to facilitate edit

common programs (for example, press-pit machining and fixed cycles

defined by the users). User macro program can be called by a simple

command, which is similar to call subprogram.

2.5.1 User Macro Program Variable

Generally, machining program shall adopt values to specify G codes and

movement distance, for example, G00,X100.0. While macro programs are

adopted, besides the variable number, the value can also be changed by

programs or through MDI panel.

#1=#2+100；

G01 X#1 F300；

Explanation:

- Variable expression

When a variable is specified, the variable number shall be specified behind

the sign (#). It is not allowed to take the variables as general-purpose

program language to be named.

［for example］#1

The expression can be used to specify variable No, and at this moment, the

expression must be placed in the [ ].

［for example］#[#1+#2-12]

- Variable variety

Variables can be categorized into 4 kinds with variable numbers:

Machining program User macro program



Table 15.1 Variable Variety

Variable No. Variable Variety Function

#0 Always blank The variable shall be always blank, not able to substitute any value.

#1~#33 Local variable

Local variable can only be used in one macro program to save data (for examples, the calculated result). While power off, local variable will be initiated to blank. While macro programs are called, it is necessary to substitute independent variable.

#100~#149 (#199)

#500~#531 (#999)

General-purpose variable

Different macro programs can share general-purpose variables. While power off, variable #100~#149 will be initiated to blank, while variable #500~#531 can save the data. Optional general-purpose variables #150~#199 and #532~#999 are also provided.

#1000~ System variable System variable can be used to read and write various CNC data, like current position and tool offset value.

Notes:

General-purpose variables #150～#199 and #532～#999 are options.

- Scope of variables

Local variables and general-purpose variables can adopt any value within

following scopes:

-1047～-10-29 , 0 , +10-29～+1047

If calculation has exceeded the above scopes, P/S warner (No.111) will

alarm.

- Omitting decimal

While defining variable values in the programs, it is allowed to omit

decimal.

［for example］#1=123; The meaning is: actual value of variable shall be

123.000.

- Referencing a variable

If a variable is to be referred in a program, it is necessary to specify the

variable number behind the address word. When an expression is used to

specify a variable, it is necessary to place the expression in a [ ].

［for example］G01 X[#1+#2] F#3；

The referred variable value will be automatically rounded according to the

min set unit of the address.

［for example］while G00 X#1；is executed，on the CNC of 1/1000mm，

assign variable #1 by 12.3456 , and then the actual command will be

changed into G00 X12.346；

In order to change the sign of the referred variable, negative sign (-) must

be added in front of #.

［for example］G00 X-#1；

While an undefined variable is referred, before barging up against the

address word, the variable will be omitted.

［for example］while value of variable #1 is 0，and that of variable #2 is

blank, if G00 X#1 Y#2；is executed, the result will be G00 X0；

- Double-path control macro variables provided with general-purpose

macro program variable (double-path control) which are general to different

paths.

By setting parameter (No.6036, 6037), part general-purpose variable can be

used between paths.

- Un-defined variables

While variable values are not well defined, the variable shall be called

“blank” variable. Variable #0 will be always blank, and it is able to be



written, but not to be read.

(a) Referring variable

While a defined variable is referred, the address itself will be omitted.

While #1=<blank> While #1=0

G90X100 Y#1

G90 X100

G90X100 Y#1

G90 X100 Y10

(b) Calculation expression

Unless substituted by ＜blank＞，＜blank＞ is identical to 0.


#2=#1

#2=<blank>

#2=#1

#2=0

#2=#1*5

#2=0

#2=#1*5

#2=0

#2=#1+#1

#2=0

#2=#1+#1

#2=0

(c) Conditional expression

Only when EQ and NE，＜blank＞ is not identical to 0.


#1 EQ #0

Valid

#1 EQ #0

Invalid

#1NE0

Valid

#1NE0

Invalid

#1GE#0

Valid

#1GE#0

Valid

#1GT0

Invalid

#1GT0

Invalid

- General-purpose user macro variable (double-control path function)

By double-control path function, each path can be provided with macro

variables. Specify the parameter (No. 6036, 6037), and in this way, it is

allowed to use some general-purpose variable between different paths.



2.5.2 Setting Displayed Variable Value

- While the variable value is under blank status, it means that the variable is

of blank value.

- “********” represents overflow (absolute value of variable is bigger than

99999999) or underflow (absolute value of variable is smaller than

0.0000001). Limit program number, sequence number and skip No, of

optional program block can not be referred by a variable.

［for example］It is not allowed to use following methods to use the

variables:

O#1； /#2 G00 X100.0； N#3 Y200.0；

Note:#146、#147、#148、 #149、#150、#600、#948、#950、#951、

#952、#953、#954、#955、#956、#999 are Macro variables that are used

by macro program to changing tool. From #500 to #530 are macro

variables that are used by RENISHAW measure system. It is forbidden to

use them in the macro program edit by customer. Other wise something out

of anticipation will happen injuring the machine operator even to death or

property loss.

VMC Series 3. Manual Operations


3 Manual Operations

3.1 Operation of the Spindle S instruction can be set by MDI panel. The running speed of the spindle is in accordance with the S instruction set by MDI.

3.2 Movement of Each Axis

In order to operate the machine manually, it is necessary to select the

key

JOG

on the operation panel at first.

REFRAPIDJOGHANDLE

EDITDNCMDIAUTO

And then move the selection key of each axis



4 Automatic Running

4.1 MDI Running

Under MDI mode, a program with up to 10 rows can be edited by MDI

panel under universal mode, and it can be executed under MDI mode.

MDI operation can be used during simple testing operation, and please take

below mentioned steps as an example.

Steps:

1. Press the [MDI] switch of MODE selection switch.

2. Press the function key on MDI panel to select program menu,

and display following screen.

Program No. “O0000” is automatically inserted.

3. Edit a program to be executed the same as common programming. If

M99 is specified in the last program block, after completion, the program

will return to the beginning of the program. Under MDI mode, program edit

can be achieved by inserting, modifying, deleting, word searching, address

searching, program searching, etc.

4. It is allowed to delete one program edited under MDI mode by following

methods.

a．Input address O, and then press the key on MDI panel;



b．The other method is to press the key . At this moment, it is

necessary to set the parameter MCL (No.3203#7)to 1.

5. Move the cursor to the beginning of the program (it is also allowed to

start from the middle of the program) to execute the program. Press the

cycle start key on the operation panel of the machine, and at this moment, it

is available to edit the program. While executing program end of M02, M30

or ER (%), the edited program will be deleted automatically, and then the

operation ends. While executing M99, it will return to the beginning of the

edited program.

6. While it is required to stop midway or terminate MDI operation, please

follow the following operation methods:

a．Stop MDI operation

Press the cycle stop switch on the operation panel of the machine, and then

the indicator of the pressed switch will be on and the indicator for cycle

start key will be off. The machine will present the following status:

(i)While the machine is executing movement operation, tool-feed operation

will decelerate to stop.

(ii) While the machine is executing M codes, S codes OR T codes, the

operation will be stopped until the operation is completed.

Once the cycle start key on the operation panel is pressed, the machine will

restart the operation.

b． Termination of MDI operation

Press the key on MDI panel，automatic operation will be

terminated, entering reset status. If the reset key is pressed during

movement, the movement will decelerate to stop.

Explanation

The operation for executing and stopping memory explained above can be

used to execute and stop MDI operation. However, during MDI operation, it



is not necessary to return to the beginning of the program for M30 (it is

necessary to return to the beginning of the program for M99).

Deleting a program

-Under MDI mode, the edited programs can be deleted under following

situations:

- During MDI operation, while M02,M30 or ER (%) are being executed,

if the parameter MER (No.3203#6) has been set to 1, the program will be

deleted when the last program block has been executed under the

single-program operation.

- Under MEMORY mode, memory operation has been carried out.

- Under EDIT mode, editing operation has been carried out.

- While background edit has been carried out

- While keys O and [DELETE] are pressed.

- While parameter MCL (No.3203#7) has been set to 1, and the [RESET]

key has been pressed

Re-start

While MDI operation is stopped, after editing operation, if it is required to

restart the operation, it is necessary to start the operation from the current

position of the cursor.

Editing a program at midway of MDI operation

At midway of MDI, programs can be edited. However, before using

parameter MIE (No.3203#5) to reset, program edit can be prohibited.

Limitation

- Record of programs

It is not allowed to record the programs which are edited under MDI mode.

- Rows of programs

A program can be available with many rows, as long as you may place all

the rows within one page. In this case, it is allowed to edit a program with

max 6 rows. It is also available to edit a program with maximum 10 rows

by setting parameter MDL (No.3107#7) to 0 (without displaying modal

information). If the edited program has exceeded set rows, ER (%) will be

deleted, and in this way, it is unable to insert or modify.

- Subprogram nesting

It is available to describe a subprogram-calling command (M98) in a

program edited under MDI mode. Namely, by MDI operation, it is available

to call and execute the programs saved in the memory. Nesting of calling

subprogram including automatic programs, is up to two layers (when option

of user macro program is selected, the maximum number of layers can be

4).

Main program Subprogram Subprogram

First nesting Second nesting



- Calling a macro program

While it is available with a user macro program, the macro programs can be

edited and executed under MDI mode. Besides, it is allowed to call and

execute the macro programs. However, if you operate the macro programs

under memory operation, it is not allowed to execute macro program calling

command after memory operation stops and MDI mode has been switched

to.

- Memory

The programs edited under MDI mode shall be saved in the free space of

the memory. Therefore, if the memory has no free space, programs can not

be edited under MDI mode.

4.2 Operation of Memory

Select the required program from the ones which are beforehand stored in the memory at first, and then press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine to start automatic operation. At this time, the indicator for the cycle start key will be lighting on. During automatic operation, if the cycle stop key on the operation panel is pressed, the automatic operation will be temporarily interrupted. At this time, if you press the cycle start key on the operation panel again, the automatic operation will be started again.

If the reset key on the MDI panel is pressed, the automatic operation will be terminated, entering into reset status. Please take below mentioned steps as an example: Steps: 1 Press the “MEMORY” switche of MODE selection switch. 2 Select the required program from the ones which are beforehand stored in the memory at first, and then carry out following operations:

2-1 Press the key to display the program menu. 2-2 Press the address key O. 2-3 Input a program number by numerical keys. 2-4 Press the key［O SRH］. 3. Press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine to start

automatic operation. At this time, the indicator for the cycle start key will be lighting on. At the end of the automatic operation, the indicator of the cycle start key will be off.

4. If you want to stop or cancel the memory operation midway, please follow following methods:

a. Stop memory operation Press the cycle stop button on the operation panel of the machine, the indicator for the pressed key will be lighted on, and the indicator for the cycle start key will go off. And then the machine will be under following status: (i) While the machine is under movement operation, tool-feed operation

will decelerate to stop. (ii) While M codes, S codes, T codes are being executed, the operation

will be stopped after completion. While indicator for cycle stop key is lighting on, press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine, and then the machine will re-start the operation.

b. Terminating memory operation

Press the key on MDI panel, and then automatic operation will

be terminated, entering reset status. If the reset key is pressed during

movement operation, the movement will decelerate to stop.



Explanation

Execution of memory operation

Execute the following programs after starting memory operation:

1) Read a command for a program block from the specified program.

2) Unscramble the command for the program block.

3) Start the execution of the command.

4) Read the command in the next program block.

5) Unscramble the command in the next program block to execute the

command immediately. And the above process is called buffer.

6) After execution of one program block, start to execute the next program

block at once, and in this way, the next program block can be executed

immediately.

7) Repeat steps 4)～6) to execute automatic operation.

Stopping and terminating memory operation

It is available to stop memory operation by two methods: specify a stop

command or press one key on the operation panel of the machine.

－ Stop commands include M00 (program stop), M01 (optional stop) and

M02 and M30 (program end up).

-There are two keys available to stop memory operation: cycle stop key and

reset key.

- Program stop (M00)

Stop the memory operation after a program block including M00 has been

executed. Same as the situation in which a single program block stops,

when a program stops, and all existing modal information will be saved.

Press the cycle start key, and then you may start the automatic operation

again.

- Optional stop (M01)

The same as M00, after a program block specified by M01, the memory

operation can be stopped. However, it is only valid when the [ACTIVATE

M01] key on the operation panel is switched on.

- Program end (M02,M30)

While reading of M02 or M30 (commands set at the end of the main

program), it is available to terminate the memory operation and enter reset

status. For some machine tools, M30 will return to the beginning of the

program.

- Cycle stop

Press the cycle stop key on the operation panel under memory operation，

and the memory operation can be interrupted.

- Reset

Press the key on MDI panel or the [RESET] key on the operator

panel and then automatic operation can be stopped to make the system enter

reset status. If the reset key is pressed when the tool is moving, the tool will

decelerate to stop.

- Optional block skip

While the key [BLOCK SKIP] for optional block skip is switched on, it is

available to omit the program block with (/).



4.3 Remote Control Running

Under DNC operation mode, by starting automatic operation, while reading

of programs through a reader/card punch interface or remote-control buffers,

machining (DNC operation) can be carried out. If the contents of the floppy

disc display options, it will be available to select the files (programs) saved

in the external input/output device (e.g. Handy File, Floppy Cassette, FA

Card)and specify the execution sequence and times (preset) to carry out

automatic operation. While DNC operation, it is necessary to set the

parameters for relative readers/card punch interface and remote control

buffers in advance.

Please take below mentioned steps as an example:

Steps:

1 Search the file (program) to be executed.

2 Press the key DNC to set it to DNC mode, and then press the cycle start

key to execute the selected file.

＜7 softkey-type program check menu＞





During DNC operation, the currently executed program will be displayed

on the program check menu and program menu. The program block number

displayed depends on the program being executed. Besides, the comments

marked by output control mark“(” and input control mark “)” in the

program block.

Explanation

- During DNC operation, it is available to call the programs and macro

programs stored in the memory.



Limitation

- Limit of characters

At most, 256 characters can be displayed in the program, and therefore, the

displayed can be cut at the middle of the program.

- M198 (calling command for programs stored in external input/output

device)

During DNC operation, it is unable to execute M198. if M198 is executed,

P/S warner (No.210) will alarm.

- User macro program

During DNC operation, it is available to specify a user macro program, but

it is unable to edit the programs for cycle command and transfer command.

If a cycle command or transfer command is executed, P/S warner (No.123)

will alarm. While displaying programs, during DNC operation, if special

words for user macro programs like IF, WHILE, COS, NE are displayed,

it is necessary to insert a blank between the neighbor characters.

For example

＜while DNC operation＞

#102=SIN[#100] ; → #102=S I N[#100] ;

IF[#100NE0]GOTO5 ; → I F[#100NE0]G O T O5 ;

- M99

During DNC operation, while the control has returned to the original

programs from subprogram or macro program calling, it will be unable to

specify the return command (M99P****) of which the sequence number

has been specified. Users’ Programs Alarm

Alarm No. Alarm Information Content

086 DR SIGNAL OFF

While reader/card punch interface is applied to input/output data, the operation preparation for reader/card punch (DR) is off. The reason may be no power supply for input/output device or the connection of print plate is bad or the cable connection is off.

123 CAN NOT COMMAND M198/M199

During DNC operation, macro control command has been applied. Please modify the program.


During DNC operation, M198 has been applied. Please modify the program.

4.4 Setting and Operation about Automatic Running

4.4.1 Single-block Program

Single-block program is a function in which a block can be executed by

pressing the CYCLE START key for one time.

Set [SINGLE BLOCK] (single-block) to ON.

And in this way, the program will stop after one program block has been

executed.

Press the CYCLE START key again to execute the next program block, and

then stop.



If it is requested to release the single-block program, it is available to press [SINGLE BLOCK] (single-block) to set it to OFF.

4.4.2 Re-start Automatic Running after Feed Holding or Stop

1) Return to the mode of feed holding.

2) Press the CYCLE START key.

Indicator for FEED HOLD will be off.

4.4.3 Execution of Manual Running during Automatic Running

1) During automatic running, if FEED HOLD button is pressed or SINGLE

button is set to ON, the machine will be interrupted or stopped.

2) Execute manual running.

4)

5) Switch the mode selection key to the original mode .Press the CYCLE

START button. The tool machine will automatically run to the point that

start JOG and then execute the next program block.

4.4.5 Cutting Feed Override Switch

Feed override can be set from 0 to 120% by F function. In addition, feed

override are 0%，2%，4%，6%，8%，10%，15%，20%，30%，40%，50%，

60%，70%，80%，90%，95%，100%，105%，110%，120%。

4.4.6 M01 Stop

While a program block including M01 is specified, after execution of

instruction of the program block, the spindle and all axes will stop, cooling

will change to OFF, and the indicator for Feed hold will be on. In order to

make M01 valid, it is necessary to set the key M01 STOP to ON. In order to

restart the operation, please press the CYCLE START button.

The execution of M00 is independent of M01 STOP key. Same as M01

STOP status, the indicator for FEED HOLD will be on.

4.4.7 Optional Program-block Skip

The function is used to skip the program block with “/”.

It is available to set the function ON/OFF by means “BLOCK SKIP” of

vertical-direction softkeys under automatic running menu.

Additional explanation

If the signals (word, program block) are skipped by this function, they will

not be saved in the buffer register. Therefore, when a block is skipped, the

next program block will be saved in the buffer register.

Sign (/) must be placed at the beginning of the program block. And if it is

not placed at the beginning, the block from (/) to the former of EOB will be

omitted.



4.4.8 Rapid Movement Override

It is allowed to set rapid movement override to 100%, 50%, 25% or F0.

Rapid movement override is default set to F0 when the NC power on first.

When rapid movement speed is 54m/min, if rapid override of 25% is

adopted，the speed will be changed into about 13m/min. “F0” represents a

fixed speed 300mm/min. The rapid movement instructions for applying

rapid movement speed are as follows:

1. Rapid movement by G00.

2. Rapid movement during fixed cycle.

3. Rapid movement under G27, G28 and G29.

4. Manual rapid movement.

5. Rapid movement of manual return to reference point.

6. Rapid movement during changing tools.

4.4.9 Machine Lock

Press the [MACHINE LOCK] key and then the indicating light become bright showing that the tool machine coming into Machine Lock mode. When in JOG or AUTO mode, CNC stop put out moving command to servo motor. But refresh the absolute coordinate and relative coordinate. So the operator could observe the changing of the coordinate to check whether the program is right or wrong.

4.4.10 M.S.T.Lock

This function is used to check to program right or wrong. Press the [M.S.T. LOCK] key and then the indicating light become bright showing that the machine tool do not execute the M, S and T codes.

4.4.11 Handle Interrupt

The operation of the Handle Interrupt: Press the [Cycle stop] button on the operator panel when machine is in auto running mode to make the machine go into cycle stop mode. And then press the [HANDLE INTERRUPT] key. Rotating the hand-wheel will make the machine move. Press the [Cycle Start] button. Machine will add the position programmed and the position handle-wheel moved to. The function of Handle Interrupt is as the figure below. More details refer to <OPERATOR MANUAL> supplied by FANUC please.



NOTE：After the implement of the program about handwheel suspension. Manual must be implement to reference Point. Otherwise, the collision knife incident and so on will be made when you implement other programs next time.

4.4.12 Program Restart

This function specifies Sequence No. of a block tobe restarted when a tool is broken down or when it is desired to restart machining operation after a day off, and restarts the machining operation from thar block. It can also be used as a high-speed program check function. The key of this function is [PGM RST]. More details please refer to <OPERATOR MANUAL> supplied by FANUC.

Value of handle interrupt

Cutting depth programmed

Tool position after handle interrupt

Tool position programmed

VMC Series 5. Tool Change


5 Tool Change

5.1 Attentions for Tool Change

5.1.1 Attentions for tool change of turret magazine:

1) Never directly install the tool onto the spindle, because it is very

dangerous, and the tools must be installed on the tool magazine.

2) While installing the tools onto the tool magazine, press the tool until

the end to make the key of pincers engaged with keyways of the tools.

After installation, make sure that there is no shaking of the tools.

3) Tool mandrel of specified model must be used, and never use other

models of products.

4) Do not install the tools directly under the spindle.

5.1.2 Attentions for tool change of plate magazine:

1) Never directly install the tools into the magazine, otherwise, the

spindle may collide with the tools in the magazine during tool change of

the machine tool, which is very dangerous.

2) Tools must be installed into the spindle under manual mode, while

installed into the magazine in automatic mode.

3) Never directly take the tools out of the magazine, otherwise, the



4) Tool change must be executed in automatic mode, and tools in the

magazine are changed onto the spindle. In manual mode, tools can be

dismounted.

5.1.3 Attentions for tool change of chain magazine:

1) Never directly install the tools into the magazine, otherwise, the



2) Tools must be installed into the spindle under manual mode, while

installed into the magazine in automatic mode.

3) Never directly take the tools out of the magazine, otherwise, the



4) Tool change must be executed in automatic mode, and tools in the magazine are changed onto the spindle. In manual mode, tools can be dismounted.



5.2 Tool Change Execution with M Codes and T Codes

While executing tool change with programs, the following instructions

can be specified by M06.

M06 T__ The tool number to be used should be specified by the two

digits after T. The command is applicable to turret magazine.

T_; The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits

after T. The command is applicable to plate magazine.

T_;

M6; The tool number to be used should be specified by the two

digits after T, and T codes and M codes should be applied in 2 rows.

Machining codes can be inserted between T codes and M codes, and

tool predetermination can be achieved. The command is applicable to

chain magazine.

This instruction enables the machine to select tools with shortcut.

Notes:

1） When a tool number out of the specified number has

been specified, alarm (T code for changing tools illegal) will

occur.

2） When X-axis or Y-axis movement instruction and changing

tool instruction are specified in the same block

For example (G00X500M06T02)

For turret magazine, execute the tool-changing instruction at

first, making Z-axis move to the position for changing tools,

and then the tool magazine will rotate, and at the same time,

Y(X) axis will start moving.

After the tool magazine stops rotating, complete the changing

tool action continuously after X(Y) axis movement has been

completed.

For plate magazine: Execute tool change command and then

execute X(Y) axis moving command.

For chain magazine: X(Y) axis and T code are executed at the

same time.

3） If the specified tool number is the same as the tool number

mounted on the spindle, it is only available to carry out the

operation for orienting spindle, and Z-axis will return to the

origin, no operation for changing tools.

5.3 Tool Change of Turret Magazine

5.3.1 Operation steps for automatic and manual tool change 1) Automatic tool change

Execute TXXM6 in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT); (values range

from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine)



2) Manual tool change

It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are

not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the

operators should be very familiar with the techniques of tool

change during the operation of manual tool change. The

introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change

operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic

mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with

manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following

detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed:

a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location, i.e., where

the rotary tool disc cannot touch the blind rivets, and this location

is usually the second reference point of Z-axis of the machine tool.

But it is not absolutely so, it depends on the specific machine tool

configuration and specific tool magazine.

b) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel

of the machine tool in manual modes (RAPID and JOG) and rotate

the tool to be taken off the magazine to the left window of machine

tool protection shield.

c) Press the emergency button, and open the left window of

machine tool protection shield to take the tools down the magazine.

d) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm.

e) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, and perform

manual tool change within the normal effective travel of Z-axis.

5.3.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine Tool change actions of magazine are as follows:

When operators execute tool change in automatic mode, machining

commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and

high-precision machining are cancelled, spindle is oriented, and

Z-axis is raised to the point of tool change. At this time, tools on

the spindle are safely moved back onto the magazine, and the

spindle continues to move in the positive direction of Z-axis until

the second reference point. According to the nearest tool selction,

the tool disc rotates and stops at the aimed tool. The spindle send

off air to blow the water and dust off the tool to prevent the spindle

from any damage when the tool is loaded. Z-axis moves downward

to take the tool out of magazine; NC automatically resumes most

modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool

change action is completed.



5.4 Tool Change of Plate Tool Magazine

5.4.1 Operation steps of automatic and manual tool change

1) Automatic tool change

Execute T XX in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT); (values range

from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine)


It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are

not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the

operators should be very familiar with the techniques of tool

change during the operation of manual tool change. The

introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change

operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic

mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with

manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following

detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed:

a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location, i.e., where

the rotary tool disc cannot touch the blind rivets, and this location

is usually the first reference point of Z-axis of the machine tool.

The purpose is to avoid interference even for the misoperation on

magazine and spindle and to prevent the damages on both spindle

and magazine.

b) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG ;

c) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel

of the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and rotate the tool to be

taken off the magazine to the opening of the magazine (the left

window of machine tool protection shield).

d) Press the magazine Forward button on the PLC to forward the

magazine to the specified location.

e) Press the emergency button, and open the door of machine tool

to take the tools down the magazine.

f) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm.

g) Press the magazine Backward button on the PLC to move the

magazine backward, and ensure that the disc is moved backward to

the desired location.

h) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, that is, within

the normal effective travel of Z-axis. Manual tool change is

completed.

i) Break the soft switch MAG.JOG.



5.4.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine Tool change actions of magazine are as follows:


commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and high

precision machining are cancelled, spindle is oriented, and Z-axis is

raised to the point of tool change (the second reference point). The

magazine move forward and the electromagnetic valve closes.

When the system detects the signal that the magazine moves

forward to the desired location, the spindle releases tools and the

tools are safely moved back onto the magazine. The spindle send


from any damage when the tool is loaded. When the system detects

the signal that the tools have been released, the Z-axis moves in the

positive direction until the first reference point. According to the

nearest tool selction, the tool disc rotates and stops at the aimed

tool. Z-axis moves downward to the second reference point and

spindle chucks the tools. When the system detects the signal that

the tools have been chucked, the magazine moves backward and

the electromagnetic valve closes. Tools will be available to be take

out of the magazine to be chucked on the spindle. When the system

detects the signals that the magazine has moved backward to the

desired location and the tools have been chucked, NC

automatically resumes most modal commands of the programs

edited by customer, and the tool return and tool change actions are

completed.

5.5 Tool Change of Chain

5.5.1 Operation steps of automatic and manual tool change

1) Automatic tool change

Execute T XX in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT) (values range from

1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine); For M06, the format is as

follows:

T_;

M6;

The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits

after T, and T codes and M codes should be applied in 2 rows.

Machining codes can be inserted between T codes and M codes, and

tool predetermination can be achieved. The command is applicable to

chain magazine. This instruction enables the machine to select tools

with shortcut.


It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are not

recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the operators



should be very familiar with the techniques of tool change during the

operation of manual tool change. The introduction of manual tool

change is only for tool change operations when the operation cannot be

executed in automatic mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the

machine with manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the

following detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed:

a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location. Usually, Z-axis

should be in a position higher than the level of chain and should not

collide with the positive limit of the machine tool. The purpose is to

avoid interference between magazine and spindle even for the

misoperation of rotating the chain and to prevent the damages on both

spindle and chain.

b) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG;

c) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of

the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and rotate the tool to be taken

off the magazine to the opening of the magazine (the left window of

machine tool protection shield).

d) Press the emergency button, and open the left window of machine

tool protection shield to take the tools down the magazine.

e) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm.

f) Ensure that the disc is moved backward to the desired location.

g) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, that is, within the

normal effective travel of Z-axis. The manual tool change is completed.

h) Break the soft switch MAG.JOG

.

5.5.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine

Tool change actions of magazine are as follows:


commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and

high-precision machining are cancelled, and spindle is oriented.

When the chain’s 0 angle location signal, brake signal, undercut

signal, tool case level signal, spindle tool chuck signal counter

signal are detected to be normal, the system will execute tool

change actions. Otherwise, alarms will remind the operator that the

tool change conditions are not met and tool change actions cannot

be performed. First, according to the principle that the nearest tool

will be selected, the magazine rotates to the aimed tool, tool case is

in vertical, and electromagnetic valve closes. When the system

detects that the tool case has been lowered to the desired position,

Z-axis will be raised to the tool change point (the second reference

point) and the chain rotates to the undercut tool position. When the

system detects the signals that the brake and undercut tool are on

the desired locations, the spindle will execute the tool release



Fig 1:

action and tools are safely clamped on the chain. The spindle send


from any damage when the tool is loaded. When the system detects

the signal that the tools are released to the desired position, chain

will rotate 180 degrees, tools on spindle and tool case are change

with each other, and the spindle clamps the tools. When the system

detects the signal that the tools are clamped, chain will rotate to 0

degree, the tool case is upward and electromagnetic valve closes.

The tool case is upward and level, tools on the spindle have been

put back into the tool magazine, and the tools taken out of the

magazine are clamped on the spindle. When the system detects the

signal that the tool case is upward to the desired position and the

tools have been clamped, the system automatically resumes most

modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool

return and tool getting actions are completed.

For tool change details, please check the following figures:

Tool change position of spindle

Tool change position of magazine

Spindle releases the tool Spindle clamps the tool

Spindle orientation angle N4077

Z-axis tool change positionN1241

Z-axis tool change preparation position



Fig 2:

Fig 3:

Original position of magazine




Tool Getting Process: � Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change

position in the nearest direction

� Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change

position in the nearest direction � Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position � Magazine enters into tool change position











Fig 4:

Fig 5:

Fig 6:







Tool Getting Process: � Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool

change position in the nearest direction � Z-axis enters into tool change preparation

position � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle is oriented and releases tools � Z-axis enters into the tool change position � Spindle clamps the tools. � Magazine returns to the original position


position in the nearest direction � Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle is oriented and releases tools � Z-axis enters into the tool change position � Spindle clamps the tools.


position in the nearest direction � Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle is oriented and releases tools � Z-axis enters into the tool change position















Fig 7:

Fig 8:

Fig 9:






Tool Return Process: � Z-axis enters into tool change preparation

position

Tool Getting Process: � Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool

change position in the nearest direction � Z-axis enters into tool change preparation

position � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle is oriented and releases tools � Z-axis enters into the tool change position � Spindle clamps the tools. � Magazine returns to the original position � Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation

position


position
















Fig 10:

Fig 11:

Fig 12:








position � Z-axis enters into tool change position and

spindle is oriented � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle releases tools



spindle is oriented � Magazine enters into tool change position



spindle is oriented















Fig 14:

Fig 13:

5.6 Treatment of Tool Change Errors During changing tools, if the reset button is pressed, the tool change will

be stopped and alarm occurs. At this moment, it is able to execute

automatic recovering program to release all the relevant alarms.

1) Back-to-zero of tool magazine

When tool change is not correct and the tool clamped by spindle is not

the specified tool, the back-to-zero of tool magazine can solve the

problem. Back-to-zero means rotating the No. 1 tool seat in tool

magazine to the tool change position. The operation is to run the

following program block:

a) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG;

b) Execute M68 in MDI mode;

c) After M68 executed, break the soft switch MAG.JOG.







spindle is oriented � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle releases tools � Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation

position � Magazine returns to the original position � Spindle clamps the tools



spindle is oriented � Magazine enters into tool change position � Spindle releases tools � Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation

position











2) Manual rotation of tool magazine when magazine is not rotated to the

desired position or the chain is not at the origin

When magazine is not rotated to the desired position or the chain is not

at the origin, automatic tool change cannot be executed, and manual

adjustment of the magazine is needed to enable the accurate tool

positioning when the magazine stops.

Methods for manual rotation of magazine:


b) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of

the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and stop the magazine at the

accurate positions.

c) After the magazine stops at the accurate position, break the soft

switch MAG.JOG.

Methods for manual rotation of chain:


b) Press the chain Rotate button on the PLC panel in manual mode

(JOG), and rotate the chain to the position of 0 degree. The indicator of

ATC READY on the panel lights up, indicating that the chain reaches 0

degree.

c) After the magazine stops at the accurate position, break the soft

switch MAG.JOG.

VMC Series 6. Spindle Function


6 Spindle Function

6.1 Spindle Rotating

Viewing from the spindle motor and looking at the front end of the spindle, rotating direction of the spindle is defined. During spindle rotation, the indicator for SPINDLE (spindle rotating) will be ON. Every other revolution, the speed of the spindle can be specified by the address S and the subsequent 1-5 digits. And the unit of the value shall be min-1. The spindle rotation can be controlled by the following two methods.

6.1.1 Method By Means of M Code Instruction

Under automatic running and MDI mode, it is available to control the

spindle by following M codes:

M03: run the spindle clockwise

M04: run the spindle counterclockwise

M05: stop spindle running after all instructions of the block have been

completely executed.

(For example)

M03 S1000 : make the spindle run clockwise at a speed of 1000min-1.

S4000 : set the spindle speed to 4000min-1.

M04 : run the spindle counterclockwise.

M05 : stop spindle running.

6.1.2 Rotating Spindle Method By Means of Spindle Key on Operation Panel

1. Specify the spindle speed in advance by MDI panel.

2. Select manual mode. 3. Press the key [SPINDLE CW] for spindle forward and [SPINDLE

CCW] reverse to run the spindle.

4. Press the key [SPINDLE STOP] for stopping spindle to stop the

spindle.


Under rigid threading mode, indicator of the key will be Flashing.

If the spindle speed is not specified, even though the key for spindle

running is pressed, the spindle will not rotate (when safety door is closed).

6.1.3 Spindle Rotating While Safety Door Open

1. Select manual mode.

2. Press the key [SPINDLE CCW] or [SPINDLE CW] to make the



spindle rotate.

3. Press the key [SPINDLE STOP] for stopping spindle to stop the

spindle.

Notes: the spindle will run at the set fixed speed. (Omit S instruction).

Spindle override will be omitted too.

6.2 Spindle Override

Under all operation modes, it is available to apply override to the spindle

speed. Press the spindle override switch, the spindle override can be

selected within the scope of 50-120%, and then the spindle speed will

change accordingly.

(For example) S3000 applying override of 80%

3000X80/100=2400

Spindle speed if 2400min-1.

While the spindle speed applying override has exceeded the maximum

speed, the spindle speed will be limited to the maximum speed.

(For example) Under standard specification, when the maximum speed is

set at 10000min-1, if the speed is set to S9000 with the override of 120%,

the spindle speed will be 10000min-1, not 9000X120=10800min-1.


During threading cycle (G74 and G84)，setting for spindle override is

invalid.

6.3 Table for Spindle Load

1 Display of operation monitor

Load meters of the servo axes and the serial spindle and speed meters can

be displayed.

2 Display methods

(1) Set the parameter OPM (No.3111#1) used to display OPERATING

MONITOR screen to 1.

(2) Press the function key ，and select the position display screen.

(3) Press the key ，and display the softkey 〔MONI〕(monitor).

(4) Press the softkey ［SP.PRM］(spindle parameter)，and display the

spindle setting and tuning screen.

(5) Following screen will be displayed and it is available to select spindle

monitor screen by softkeys.

1) ［SP.SET］ : SPINDLE SETTING screen

2) ［SP.TUN］ : SPINDLE TUNING screen

3) ［SP.MON］ : SPINDLE MONITOR screen



Notices:

1. At most, it is available to magnify the graph of load meter by 200%.

2 Graph for speed meter will be displayed according to the ratio of the

current speed when the max. speed of the spindle is set to 100%. Speed

meter will display the motor speed; however, if the parameter OPS

(No.3111#6) is set to 1, it will display the spindle speed.

3 During selecting the displayed servo axis, it is available to set spindle

number in parameter No.3151～3153. When parameter No.3151～3153 are

all 0, load meter of the basic shaft will be displayed.

6.4 Orienting of the Spindle (M19)

Orienting of the spindle is to stop the spindle at the specified position. The

operation can be realized by M19 instruction.

While ex-works, the spindle stop position is set to changing tool direction,

and please don’t change the set angle.


The instruction will be valid until spindle running instruction (M03, M04),

spindle stop instruction (M05) and spindle end up (M00, M01, etc.)

instruction are executed.

During fixed cycle, don’t specify this instruction. During fine boring (G76)

and reverse boring (G87), the spindle orienting will be carried out

automatically.

The code of implementing spindle orientation on arbitrary point is Bxx

(Bxx is orientation point);M19must be performed after finished the

operation ,otherwise failure replacement of knife will be result in by

inaccurate orientation of the point when the knife is replaced next time. It

can damage the Machine Tool. The list of the directive B about spindle

orientation point is in the appendix L.

6.5 Speed Change of Spindle

6.5.1 Spindle mechanical speed change

Spindle mechanical speed change means adding gearbox on spindle box

to increase the torque of spindle. Germany ZF gearbox is usually used.



The operations for the spindle are the same as with the normal mechanical spindle operations, i.e. the spindle will execute forward (reverse) rotating action timely when SXXM03 (M04) is executed in automatic mode. In system processing, it is different from that of the machine without gearbox. The machine with gearbox can judge the low gear or high gear according to the supplied gear position of specified revolution and automatically perform the shifting action. If the shifting action cannot be completed, the alarm will occur to inform the operator

and the operator can execute the program again. If the program still cannot be executed, professional maintenance personnel should be invited to determine the error and solve the problem according to the actual conditions.

6.5.2 Electric speed change of spindle

The electric speed change of spindle is to change the direction by the contacting of two contactors when the spindle motor with dual windings is equipped. It can be started by Y/△ and Y / Y modes with the same working principle, which can be used according to the concrete condition. It is not necessary to provide gearbox for the type of spindle. The operations in the condition are in compliance with the programming method, i.e. the spindle will execute the forward (reverse) rotating action timely when SXXM03 (M04) is executed in automatic mode. It is different from the normal mechanical spindle in system processing, parameter setting and hardware connection. During operation, the machine can judge the low gear or high gear according to the supplied gear position of specified revolution and automatically perform the shifting action. If the shifting action cannot be completed, the alarm will occur to inform the operator and the operator can execute the program again. If the program still cannot be executed, the professional maintenance personnel should be invited to judge the error and solve the problem as the actual condition.

VMC Series 7. Auxiliary Functions of Machine


7 Auxiliary Functions of Machine

7.1 Hydraulic Station

Hydraulic station can be used in various applications as optional functions, especially in the clamping and releasing of tool by spindle, the shifting of spindle gear box, the releasing and clamping of digital rotating table and hydraulic clamps as we as the pressure measurement of pipes. The followings are the introductions for the above. Though a separately designed hydraulic station is usually equipped on a machine depending on the different optional functions of the machine for the different applications, the controlling principles of the separately designed hydraulic stations are the same. The start-up of hydraulic station:

a) When hydraulic station is used for clamping tool, mechanical gear box changing gear, NC table clamping it will be started automatically.

b) When hydraulic station is used for clamp work-piece, it will be started by the press of [HYON] key on the operator panel.

The hydraulic station can automatically start up when the power is on. When the pressure is measured to be in the working range, the hydraulic motor will stop rotating automatically and hold the current pressure; when the working pressure is exceeded, the hydraulic station will unload automatically to assure the reliable and stable running of hydraulic motor; when the pressure is under the working pressure, the hydraulic motor will start up automatically to assure the working pressure. The releasing and clamping of the shifting of spindle gearbox, tool and rotating table are the different actions which can be achieved by the controlling the relative electromagnetic valves on the hydraulic station. Because many measuring signals are on the hydraulic station to guarantee the reliable and stable work of the hydraulic, there are plenty of alarm information correspondingly. Of course, it depends on the concrete hydraulic station. If the customer found that the hydraulic station used by him is without the function, it is no doubt for meeting the customer’s requirement with the optimization price. The relative alarm information is as followed:

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1030 HYDRAULIC MOTOR QF OFF Check if the motor starter of the hydraulic station is tripped

off or if short circuit occurs. 1031 HYDRAULIC TEMPRETURE Temperature of hydraulic station is too high, check if the

temperature of motor or oil is overheated. 1032 HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED The filter is plugged; clean it on time 1033 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW The hydraulic fluid level is too low; please fill the hydraulic

fluid. 1034 HYDRAULIC FAN QF OFF The air switch of fan in hydraulic station is tripped off; check

if short circuit or overloading occurs.

7.2 Chip Conveyor

7.2.1 Spiral chip conveyor The spiral chip conveyor can be operated as followed: Confirm K13.4=1 at first; at this time the controlling of the spiral chip

conveyor is enabled. 1） Manual operation Press the key [CHIP FWD], the chip conveyor starts forward rotating. Pressing the button again can stop chip conveying. Press the key [CHIP REV], the chip conveyor starts reverse rotating for a few seconds and then stops rotating automatically. 2） Automatic operation Executing M codes in automatic mode can get the same effects with

VMC serial 7. Auxiliary Functions of machine


the operations of buttons: M72—— chip forward; M73—— chip reverse; M74——cancel chip conveying command; The relative alarm information and hints of chip conveyor are as followed:

7.2.2 Chain chip conveyor

Confirm K13.5=1 at first; at this time the controlling of the chain chip conveyor is enabled. 1） Manual operation Press the chip forward button on the operation panel of machine, while the chip conveyor starts rotating. Pressing the button again can stop chip conveying. 2） Automatic operation Executing M codes in automatic mode can get the same effects with the operations of buttons: M72—— chip forward; M74——cancel chip conveying command; The relative alarm information and hints of chip conveyor are as followed:

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1036 CHAIN CONYER QF OFF Check if the motor starter of the chain chip conveyor is

tripped off; check if short circuit occurs. NOTE：If chip wraps the chain conveyor, please set the switch on the chain conveyor reverse to start the chain conveyor reverse rotating. But it can be executed for a few seconds. Much too long time will mangle the conveyor.

7.3 Paper Strip Filter Paper strip filter is used to provide high-qualified and pure medium

for oil cooling and water cooling of spindle. The function can be got depending on the concrete function selection and not all the machines have the function.

7.4 Lifting Pump

Lifting pump is used to transmit the liquid in two cooling tanks to ensure the recycle of the cooling liquid of the entire machine, which is also the requirement of environmental protection.

7.5 Work-piece and Tool Measurements To realize the high-speed, high-accuracy and high-automation

machining of machine, customer can select the automatic tool measuring and work-piece measuring devices, depending on the concrete condition of the work-piece, which are mainly specified by the customer and usually are made by Marposs and Renishaw. Due to the high price of the device, the function can only be an optional function.

7.5.1 Work-piece Measurement Work-piece measurement means: the measuring device performs the

software measurement for the shape, dimension and other data of work-piece and then transmits the data to the digital controlled

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1035 HELIX CONYER QF OFF Check if the motor starter of the spiral chip conveyor is

tripped off; check if short circuit or overloading occurs.



system; the system will compare the measured data with the required actual dimensions, and then compensate the differences in programs to get the high efficiency, high automatic machining and the decreased error available.

When K17.2=1, work-piece measurement is activated. M66; work-piece measurement starts up.

7.5.2 Tool Measurement

Before program machining, the length and radius compensations must be performed for the tool which is used to machine work-piece. If the tool measuring device is not installed, the operator should preset the tool according to his working experiences; while if the device is installed, the data such as the length and radius of the tool will be transmitted to the digital controlled system by the measuring device and software, and then the system will compare the measured data with the actual tool dimensions to make sure the wear and damage of tool, which can guarantee the safety of machine in the maximum range. K17.3=1, work-piece measurement is activated. M67: Tool measurement starts up.

7.6 Cooling of Electric Cabinet The reliable running of electric components and drives in electric

cabinet can guarantee the safe and reliable running of machine. The electric component is of the large heat dissipation, so cooling the components mainly by fan, heat exchanger and the refrigeration of air conditioner is necessary.

7.6.1 Cabinet Fan For the machine with small type, the driver and power module in

them have the small powers and heat dissipating capacities which can be cooled just by fan to assure the normal working of the machine.

7.6.2 Air Conditioner

Compared with other device, air conditioner has a better refrigerating effect; but it is used only when the working atmosphere is hot to assure the normal running of machine because of its high price.

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1045 AIR-CONDITION QF OFF Check if the air switch of the air-condition is tripped off;

check if short circuit or overloading occurs.

7.6.3 Heat Exchanger

Electric cabinet can perform cooling by the heat exchanger inside. The method can realize the cooling effect with a lower cost than that of air conditioner. The relative information is as followed:

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1045 HEAT EXCHANGE QF OFF Check if the air switch of the heat exchanger is tripped off;

check if short circuit or overloading occurs.

7.7 Machine Cooling and Oil Mist Collecting

To meet the environmental requirements, the dirt such as cooling water and oil mist must be collectively gathered. The cooling of machine mainly consists of outer the water cooling , the inner



cooling of spindle and oil cooling of spindle; for example, in machining steel work-piece, oil is the medium in the outer cooling, oil mist will unavoidably occur, therefore, it is necessary to collect the oil mist. Oil mist collector can be started by pressing the key [OIL GATHER] on the operator panel..

7.7.1 Water Cooling Water cooling means the outer cooling with cooling water as the

medium. Similarly, if the medium is oil, it is called oil cooling. Water cooling and oil cooling need the same operations in the following two modes: 1） Manual mode Press the cooling button on the operation panel and the outer cooling starts; pressing the cooling button again can stop the cooling. 2） Automatic mode: In automatic mode, execute “M08" to start cooling and M09to stop. The relative information is as followed:

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1037 COOLANT MOTOR QF OFF Check if the cooled motor starter is tripped off; check if short

circuit occurs. 2040 COOLANT LEVEL LOW Check if the leveling of liquid in cooling water tank is too

low and fill cooling medium if necessary. 2041 COOLANT LEVEL HIGH Check if the leveling of liquid in cooling water tank is too

high and handle it if necessary to avoid the pollution caused by the overflow.

7.7.2 Inner Cooling Confirm K13.1=1 at first; The controlling of the inner cooling

function is activated. The inner cooling function is an optional function which can cool the work-piece by the water from the center of spindle through machining holes to protect the work-piece well; execute M07 to start inner cooling of spindle and M09 to cancel it. The relative information is as followed:

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 1043 INNER COOLANT QF OFF Check if the motor starter of inner cooling is tripped off;

check if short circuit occurs.

7.7.3 Air Cooling Air cooling is a standard function. The operating modes are as

followed: 1) Manual operation: in JOG mode, press the [BLOW] key on the operation panel to connect with the air cooling. When the pressure of air source is low, the air cooling cannot be

opened. 2) Automatic mode: In automatic mode, execute M12 to open air cooling and M13 to open inner air cooling. When K14.1=1 the inner air cooling is operative; when M09 is executed, the air cooling will be canceled. The relative information is as followed:

Alarm No. Alarm information Solution 2047 AIR PRESSURE LOW Check if the pressure of air source is low and start the

external air pressure device if necessary.



7.8 Machine Illumination

Machine illumination mainly consists of electric cabinet illumination and work-piece illumination. For the serial machines, the electric cabinet illumination is the optional function and the work-piece illumination is the standard configuration. The two illuminating modes are introduced in the following:

7.8.1 Electric Cabinet illumination

As the optional configuration, electric cabinet illumination is convenient for the customer to maintain the electric cabinet at night. Open the door of the cabinet, press the switch of the illuminating light to switch it on and press it again to switch it off.

7.8.2 Illumination for Work-pieces Because the light in the protecting room is not enough, so it is necessary to install the illuminating devices for the operator to operate tools. The illumination of machine has a very simple operating mode with just pressing the “LIGHT” button on the operation button to switch the light. When the machine is power on, the light is automatically on.

7.9 Introduction of Machine Fixtures The choice of the machine fixture usually accords to the concrete

work-piece to be machined. The air operated fixture and hydraulic fixture with the same working principle are usually used in the daily work.

7.10 Transformers FANUC 3～220V control voltage is used in the series of machines.

When the main power supply is not of the 3～220V voltage, the servo transformer should be installed to transform the voltage to the required 3～220V for the machine. For the different configurations, the capacities of the different servo transformers are different, so it necessary to refer to the list of the purchased parts according to the concrete configuration.

7.11 Lubrication

There is lubrication pump on the machine supplying lubrication oil for linear guideways. And there are two methods to start the lubrication pump.

1、 Automatic Lubricate In automatic lubricate mode, the lubrication pump start one time for some time and then stop some time automatically. The Stop Time = [C10] *5 minutes For example: If the PMC parameter Counter 10 is set 3, the stop time will be 15 minutes.The Run Time: T11 (ms), concrete operation is in the appendix H.3

2、 Manual Lubricate Press the key [LUBRICATE] on the operator panel to start the lubrication pump. The run time of the pump is T9 (ms). There is another method to start lubrication pump. That is press the button on the pump. concrete operation is in the appendix H.3



7.12 Water Gun and Air Gun

There is water gun or air gun on the machine. Or water gun and air gun are equipped on the machine basing on the compact require. The operation of water gun is the same to air gun. That is press key [CHIP FLUSH] on the operator panel first and then hold on the water gun or air gun and put the trigger down. The water gun and air gun can only be used when door is open.

VMC Series 8 Di splaying of Alarm, Opera tion & Di agnosis


8 Displaying of Alarm, Operation & Diagnosis

8.1 CNC Interface

8.1.1 Alarm information interface

While alarm occurs, the menu for ALARM MESSAGE will be displayed

automatically.

(When the 7th digit of NC parameter No.3111 is 0)

Alarm screen can be displayed according to following steps:

1 Press the function key .

2 Press the softkey［ALARM］.


Under background edit, it is not necessary to switch to the alarm menu, but to

display the alarms under program menu.

While background editing is applied, do not press the key <RESET>，and if this

key is pressed, the automatic running of the machine will be stopped.

Press any key to release the alarm.

VMC Series 8. Displaying of Alarm, Operation & Diagnosis


8.1.2 Operation information interface

While alarm occurs, the menu for OPERATOR MESSAGE will be displayed

automatically.

(When the 7th digit of NC parameter No. 3111 is 0)

1 Press the function key .

2 Press the softkey［MSG］(operator information).

VMC Series 9 .Over-tr avel Releases


9 Over-travel Releases

The case that the coordinate value of each axis exceeds specified scope is

called over-travel. If over-travel occurs, there will be an alarm, and then to

release the alarm, return the over-travel axis to the specified scope.

Over-travel

The menu will display any option of alarm NO.OT500-OT507.

(For example) “OT0500(X) + OVER-TRAVEL (SOFT1)”

Releasing method

It is available to use following methods to release the over-travel:

1. Select HANDLE mode.

2. Operate the hand wheel pulse generator in the direction opposite to

the displayed direction on the menu, and then move the over-travel

axis to be within the travel limit.

3. Press the reset key <RESET>, and then the alarm display will

disappear, releasing the alarm.

VMC Series 10. Release of Tool Capture Status


10 Release of Tool Capture Status

If the tool has been exactly inserted into the work piece while the machine

stops, it can be recovered according to following methods:

1） Press the reset key on the operation panel,

releasing the alarm.

2） Press the key [HANDLE] for handle mode.

3） Select Z axis by the axis selection switch on the hand

wheel.

4） Turn the hand wheel pulse generator clockwise (turning direction

is + side) to pull out the tool from the work piece.


If the captured tool is T-groove tool, etc. which cannot be pulled out

upwards, the tool can be taken away from the tool shaft.

If the captured tool is a threading tool, function for returning threading is

valid. The operation method is as following:

1) Connect the soft switch R.T.BACK

2) Select MDI mode

3) Press the [RESET] key on the operator or on the MID keyboard

The machine will revolve the tool from work-piece automatically.

VMC Series 11. Inpput/Out Data


11 Input/Output Data

It is available to use memory to input/output data.

Set the input/output channel to 4 (parameter No. 20), and then it is able to

browse the files saved in the memory card inserted into the memory

interface near the display, and then different types of data (part program,

parameter, offset data) will be input and output in files of a plain text

format.

The main functions are as follows:

– Displaying contents of files

Display the files saved in the memory card on the contents screen.

– Searching file

It is available to search the files stored in the memory card, and then display

the files on the contents screen.

– Reading file

It is available to read the files in a plain text format from the memory card.

– Writing file

It is available to record the part programs into the memory card in a plain

text format.

– Deleting file

It is available to select the file to be deleted from the memory card, and then delete it.

11.1 Displaying the Contents of Files

Steps

1. 1 Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine.

2. 2 Press the function key PROG.

Reading file

Writing file

Displaying contents

Searching file

Deleting file

Memory card

VMC Series 11. Input/Output Data


3. 3 Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity)

4. 4 Press the softkey［CARD］to display following screen.

Besides, page-turning key can be used to enable screen scroll.

5 Press the softkey ［DIR+］ (contents) to display the comments in the

files.

6 Repeatedly press the softkey ［DIR+］to alternatively display comment

and size, date.

For any file, all comments described after No. 0 can be displayed. At most,

18 characters can be displayed on the screen.

7 Input/output data

Refer to <Operation Manual> B-63534CM/02



11.2 Searching File

Steps:

1 Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine.

2 Press the function key PROG.

3 Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity)

4 Press the softkey［CARD］to display following screen.

5 Press the softkey［(OPRT)］(operation).

6 Set any file number by softkey［F SRH］(searching file), and then press

the softkey［EXEC］(execution) to execute file searching. If the file has

been searched, it will be displayed at the top of the contents screen.

When the searched file number is No. 19 file



11.3 Reading File

Steps

1. Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine.

2. Press the function key PROG.

3. Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity).

4. Press the softkey［CARD］to display following screen.

5. Press the softkey［(OPRT)］.

6. Specify a file number and then press the softkey ［F READ］to display

following screen:



7. Type file number “20” by MDI panel, and then press the softkey [F SET]

(setting file) to set the file number. Type the program No.“120”, and then

press the softkey [O SET] (setting program) to set the program number, and

then press the softkey [EXEC].

– In CNC, file number has been recorded as O0120.

– Set while it is intended to use another No. O to record the No. O of the

file to be read as the program number. If program number has not been set,

just record the No. O in the file name.

8. In order to read file, press the softkey [N READ] (reading file number) in

the above step 6.

And then the screen will display as follows:

9. Register the file name “TESTPRO” as O1230, and then type the file

name “TESTPRO” by MDI panel, and then set the file name by softkey［F

NAME］. Type program number “1230”, and then press the softkey ［O

SET］ to set the program number and then the softkey［EXEC］for

execution.



11.4 Writing File

Steps



3. Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity).

4. Press the softkey［CARD］to display following screen.


6. Press the softkey［PUNCH］.

7. Type the number O for punch output through MDI panel, and then press

the softkey［O SET］to set program number

Press the softkey ［EXEC］after setting，and then the file will be written in

the file No. O1230.

8. Same as setting No. O, type the file No. by MDI panel, and then press the

softkey［FSET］to set file name.

After setting, press the softkey ［EXEC］, write the program number O0123

into the file ABCD12.



Explanation

– register the same file name

If the file with the same file name has already been saved in the memory

card, the original file in the memory card will be overlaid.

– Write all programs

In order to writ all programs, set “program No.＝－9999”. At this moment,

if the file name has not been specified, the written file name shall be

“PROGRAM.ALL”.

– Limitation of file name

There are following limitation for setting a file name.

〈setting a file name〉××××××××. □□□ ↑ ↑ Within 8 characters; extension name shall be within 3 characters.

11.5 Deleting File

Steps:



3. Press the softkey on the right side (key for menu continuity).

4. Press the softkey［CARD］to display following screen:




6. Set the file No. to be deleted by softkey ［DELETE］ at first, and then

press the softkey［EXEC］to delete the set file. Contents screen will

re-display the screen in which the file has been deleted.

When file No. “21” is deleted

When file No. O1020 is deleted

File No. 21 is assigned to the subsequent file number.

11.6 All Input/Output by the Memory Card

Even though the separate screen for part programs, parameters, offset data,

pitch error data, user macro program, work piece coordinate system data,

etc. cannot be displayed, it is available to input/output data from ALL IO

(all input/output) by means of the memory card.

Steps:


2. Press the softkey .

Memory card ALL IO (all input/output) screen

Data Name

Part programs Parameters

Offset data Pitch error data User macro program Work piece coordinate system data (additional coordinate system)



3. Repeatedly press the softkey on the right side.

4. Press the softkey［ALL IO］to display following screen:

Upper part: file contents saved in the memory card

Lower part: recorded program contents

5. Scroll the upper part/lower part by the cursor keys

(left * shows the part can be scrolled)

: Set scroll of contents of the memory card

: set scroll of contents of programs

6 Use the page-turning key and to scroll the file

contents and program contents.

Explanation

– Each data clause When the screen is displayed at the beginning, it is available to use the data

clauses to select programs, and the softkeys of other screens shall be

displayed by pressing the softkey .

If the non-program data clause is selected, the screen will only display the

file contents.

All selected data clauses shall be displayed in the bracket of the head line.



– Display of program contents

Display of program contents is not in accordance with parameter NAM

(No.3107#0) or parameter SOR (No.3107#4).

– Operation of each function

Display following softkey by pressing the softkey ［(OPRT)］:

Operation of each function is the same as the operation on the contents

screen (memory card). Only the softkey［O SET］ and “PROGRAM

NUMBER＝” (program No.＝) associated with the program number will

be displayed, and the clauses which are not associated with non-program

data will not be displayed:

［F SRH］ : Searching specified file number

［F READ］ : Reading specified file number

［PUNCH］ : Writing file

［N READ］ : Reading the file under specified file name

［DELETE］ : Deleting the specified file number

Notes:

It is not allowed to call functions from the memory card by means of the

RMT operation mode and the subprogram command based on M198.

11.7 File Format and Error Information

File format

All files input/output to the memory card are plain text files, and for

contents of the files, the specific formats are as follows:

Files shall always begin with “%” or “LF”, and the subsequent shall be data

content, and then files shall be ended up by “%”. During the operation of

reading files, from starting testing “%” to the moment that “LF” has been

tested, all the data will be skipped. Each program block shall end up with

“LF”, not “:”.

－ LF: 0A of ASCII codes (Hex Codes).

－ When the read files include small letter, Japanese Kana Conversion

Library, and some special characters (e.g. $,\ and !, etc.), it is allowed to

be regardless of them.

(For example)

%

O0001 (MEMORY CARD SAMPLE FILE)

G17 G49 G97



G92X-11.3Y2.33

·

·

M30

%

－ data input/output by ASCII codes has no relationship with set

parameters (ISO/EIA).

－ Parameter NCR (No.0100#3) can be used to specify that end code of

program block (EOB) is to be used only for LF output or for LF, CR and

CR output.

Error information

If during memory card input/output, an error occurs, error information will

be displayed, in which xx shows the error code of the memory card.



Table for Error Codes of the Memory Card

Code Meaning

99 A part before FTA field of the memory card has been destroyed.

102 Available space of the memory card no sufficient.

105 Memory card has not been installed.

106 Memory card has been installed.

110 There is not any content specified.

111 Amount of files under the root directory is too big, unable to expand the contents

114 Unspecified file name

115 The specified file is under being protected status.

117 The file has not been opened.

118 The file has been opened.

119 The file has been locked.

121 Available space of the memory card no sufficient.

122 Specified file name is not correct.

124 Extension name of the specified file is not correct.

129 The non-correspondence function has been specified.

130 Specified equipment invalid

131 Specified path invalid.

133 Many files have been opened at the same time.

135 No format tool available

140 The file is of attribute of READ/WRITE.

VMC Series 12. Tool Life Managemeng Function


12 Tool Life Management Function

General

By this function, it is able to manage the life (usage times and usage period)

of the tools which have been separated into several groups, and when the

tool life has expired, new tools can be selected automatically for processing.

The data for managing tool life consists of tool group number, specified

code for tool offset value and tool life, and all the data has been stored in

the CNC system.

Figure 12(a) Data for tool life management (the number of tools is n)

Select the tool from the tool group number specified by the machining

programs, and then tool life can be managed along with machining.

Figure 12 (b) Select a tool from the machining program

If it is provided with double-path control, the management for tool life can

be carried out separately for each path.

The data setting for managing tool life is also completed on each path.

Tool No.

Tool Group Number m

Specified Code for Tool Offset Value

Tool Life

Data for managing the life of first tool

Data for managing the life of n tool

Data for managing tool life Machining program

Running of the machine and CNC system Group No. 1

Group No. m

Group No. p

Tool selection

Selection command for group NO. m

Command for changingtools (M06)

Machine

Set the selected tool under waiting status

Automatically select the expiration tool from group m

Start calculation for the life of the tool mounted on the spindle

Mount the selected tool under waiting status onto the spindle (Changing tools)

VMC Series 12. Tool Life Management Function


12.1 Data for Managing Tool Life

Data for managing tool life consists of tool group number, specified code

for tool offset value and tool life.

Explanation

- Tool group number

The maximum storable tool group quantity and the recordable tool quantity

of each group shall be set be parameter GS1 and GS2 (No.6800#0, #1)

(table 12.1(a)) Table 12.1(a) Maximum recordable tool group quantity and tool quantity

Notice: When changing parameter GS1 and GS2 (No．6800＃0，＃1)，please

re-record the data for managing tool life in command G10L3 (deleting all

data for each group while recording) . Without re-recording, it is unable to

set new data pairs.

- Tool number

The tool number shall be specified by the 4 digits after T.

- Specified code for tool offset value

There is H code (for tool length compensation) and D code (for tool radius

compensation) available to be the specified codes for tool offset value. The

max number for the specified code of tool offset value recordable is 255

(when tool compensation number is 400). When tool compensation number

is 32, 64, 99 or 200, the max number for the specified code of tool offset

value shall be 32, 64, 99 or 200. When 512-group option for tool life

management group number is provided, the max number is also 255 (when

the tool compensation number is 400). When tool compensation number is

499 or 999, the max number for the specified code of tool offset value shall

be 499/999.

Notes:

When specified code for tool offset value is not available, recording can be

omitted.

Max. group quantity and tool quantity when 512-group option for tool life management group number not provided

Max. group quantity and tool quantity when 512-group option for tool life management group number provided

Group Qty. Group Qty. Tool Qty. Tool Qty.



12.2 Recording, Modifying and Deleting the Data for Managing Tool Life

By editing the program for tool-life management data, the data in the CNC

system can be recorded, and the recorded tool-life management data can be

modified or deleted.

Explanation

The program formats for following described data are different:

- While recording, delete all groups

After the recorded tool-life management data has been deleted, record the

tool-life management data recorded in the program.

- Add and modify tool-life management data

The tool-life management data of the groups of the programs can be added

or modified.

- Delete tool-life management data

The tool-life management data of the groups of the programs can be

deleted.

- Counting type for recording tool life

The counting type (time or times) of each group can be recorded.

- Life value

By means of setting (command Q) parameter LTM (No.6800#2) or

counting type, it is able to record time or times.

Maximum values are as follows:

Time 4300 (min.)

Times 9999 (times)

Format

Delete all groups while recording

: Delete all groups while recording

: Group No.

: Life value

: Tool No.

: Specified code for tool offset value (H code)

: Specified code for tool offset value (D code)

: Recording ends up

Format Meaning of Commands



Add and modify tool-life management data

Delete tool-life management data

Set the counting type for tool-life group

Meaning of Commands Format

: Starting adding and modifying all groups

: Group No.

: Life value: Tool No.

: Specified code for tool offset value (H code)

: Specified code for tool offset value (D code)

: Adding and modifying of the groups end up


: Starting deleting groups

: Group No.

: Deleting groups ends up


: Counting type for life

(1: times; 2: time)



Notices:

1 While command Q is omitted, set value of parameter LTM (No．6800＃2)

will be used as the counting type of the tool life.

2 G10L3P1 and G10L3P2 are only available to be specified when tool-life

extension management function is valid.

(Parameter EXT (No.6801#6) =1)

12.3 Tool-life Management Command Applied in Machining Programs

Explanation

- Command

The following commands can be used to manage tool life:

T▽▽▽▽: Specify the tool group number.

Tool-life management is to select an unexpired tool from the specified

group, and then output the tool by T codes.

By ▽▽▽▽, it is able to specify a number which can combine tool-life

management cancel number (No.6810) and the group number to be

specified. For example, when tool life management cancel number is 100,

and it is intended to specify tool group 1, you shall specify T101.

Notes:

When ▽▽▽▽ is smaller than tool-life cancel number, the T code shall be

taken as common T code.

M06: By this command, the end-life of the tool used previously can be

managed, and then carry out the life counting for the new tool selected by T

code command.

Notice: When several M codes have been specified in the same program block (see

�-11.2), please specify M06 in M code at first.

H99; select H code for tool-life management data of the currently applied

tool

H00; cancel the tool length offset

D99; select D code for tool-life management data of the currently applied

tool

D00; cancel tool radius offset

Notice: H99 or D99 must be specified after command M06. Besides, if the codes

other than H99 or D99 have been specified, the H code or D code for

tool-life management data will not be selected.

- Type

In order to carry out the tool-life management function, it is available to

adopt following four tool-changing types.

Table 10.2.3 Difference among four tool-changing types



Tool-changing type A B C D

Take the tool group No. specified in the same program block as tool-changing command (M06)

Tool group used previously

The tool groups to be used for the next time

Timing for counting tool life

When M06 is specified for the next time, it is available to count the life for the tool in the specified tool group.

When the group where the tool is placed is in the same program block as the group including M06, it is available to carry out tool-life counting.

Remarks

When tool group No. instruction has been specified separately, in principle, type B shall be used. However, even a tool group No. instruction has been specified separately under C type, no alarm occurs. (i.e., the operations for type B and type C are different).

When M06 has been specified separately, P/S warner (No.153) will alarm.

Parameter

No. 6800#7 (M6T)=0 No. 6801#7 (M6E)=0

No. 6800#7(M6T)=1 No. 6801#7(M6E)=0

No. 6801#7(M6T)=1

Notes:

When tool group No. has been specified and new tool has been selected, the

new tool selection No. will be output.

For example:

- Type A for changing tools

It is assumed that tool life management cancel No. is 100.

T101; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming

the selected tool No. is 010).

M06; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life

of tool No. 010).

T102; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 2 (assuming


M06T101; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life

of tool No. 100).

Output the tool No. of the currently used tool by T codes (output tool No.

010).

- Type B and C for changing tools


T101; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming the

selected tool No. is 010).


of tool No. 010).

counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life of tool No.

100).


of tool No. 100).



Counting the life for the tool of group No. 3 (counting the life of tool No.

200).

- Type D for changing tools


T101M06; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming


Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life of tool No.

010).

T102M06; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life

of tool No. 100).

Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 3 (assuming the selected tool

No. is 100).

12.4 Tool Life

Usage times or usage time (unit: min) are used to specify the life of the

specified tool.

Explanation

- Usage times

For each tool specified in the program, usage times shall be increased by 1.

And that is to say, after CNC has entered automatic operation status from

reset status, only when the first tool group No. and tool changing command

has been specified, usage times shall be increased by 1.

Notices:

Even one tool group number has been specified for several times within one

program, the usage times will not increase, and therefore, new tool will not

be selected.

- Usage time

When the command for changing tools (M06) has been specified, it is

available to start tool-life management for the tool selected by the tool

group number command. During tool-life management, usage time of the

tool under cutting mode shall be counted with the interval of 4s. If within 4s,

the tool group has been changed, the usage time within 4s shall not be taken

as the usage time. For single block, the time for stop, tool feed interruption,

rapid movement, interruption, lock and interlock of the machine shall not

be taken into consideration for calculation.



12.5 Parameters associated with Tool-life Management

［data type］ Bit type GS1,GS2

Combination of number of tool-life groups which can be registered and

number of tools which can be registered can be set according to the

following table:

The next line shows the value when the option that tool-life management

groups is 512 (M series) or when tool-life management groups is 128 (T

series) available.

LTM tool life

0: specified by times

1: specified by time

SIG during tool skipping, whether tool group No. is used to select signal

input group No.

0: not input (counting that the group in the present selection has been

specified)

1: input.

GRS while tool changing the reset signal has been input:

0: only deleting the execution data of the specified group

1: deleting the execution data of all registered groups

SNG when the tool other than the ones under the tool-life management has

been selected, if tool skip signal has been input:

0: skip the tool in the group used at last or the specified group (according to

parameter SIG).

1: omit tool skip signal.

IGI whether tool stand-by number shall be omitted:

0: not omit

1: omit

M6T T codes which is in the same program block as M06 shall be

0: taken as stand-by No.

1: taken as the command for the next tool group

M series T series

No. of groups No. of tools No. of groups No. of tools



［data type］bit type

TSM during tool-life management, several offsets have been specified

during life counting.

0: counting according to the same tool number

1: counting for each tool.

LFV during extension of tool-life management function, the exceed-control

for life counting:

0: invalid

1: valid

EMD display moment of mark ＊(tool life has expired)

0: be displayed when the next tool has been selected

1: be displayed when the tool life has expired.

E1S when tool life has been specified by time

0: counting with an interval of 4s.

1: counting with an interval of 1s. (Maximum life shall be 1075(min).)

Notes: the parameter is valid when parameter LTM (No.6800#2) has been

set to 1.

EXT whether function for extension of tool-life management shall be used (M

series).

0: not use

1: use

EXG registration of tool-life management data based on G10 (T Series).

0: deleting data of all tool groups before registration

1: keep the data of other groups, and only add/alter or delete the data of the

specified group.

Notes: when EXG has been set to 1, by the address P of the program block

which is same as G10, data can be added, altered and deleted (P1: add／

alter; P2: delete). However when address P has not been specified, the

registration shall be after data for all groups has been deleted.

M6E when T code has been specified in the program block which is the

same as M06.

0: T code shall be disposed as the return No. or the group No. to be selected

for the next time. And final disposal shall be decided by parameter M6T

(No.6800#7).

1: start the tool-life counting immediately for the tool group.

［data type］ bit type

T99 when M99 is being executed, if there is a tool group whose life has

expired:

0: not output tool changing signal

1: output tool changing signal

TCO when function code 171 and 172 (reading of tool life management data)

of PMC window have been specified, in the currently selected group, if the tool

data which has not been used currently can be deleted:

0: no



1: yes

E17 in the currently selected group, when deleting command for tool-life

management data has been sent by function code 171 and 172 (reading of

tool life management data) of PMC window to the tools which are

currently used:

0: not delete tool data, and exit normally

1: not delete tool data, and output end code 13.

GRP management data for tool-life forecast signal TLCHB<F064#3>

0: parameter No.6844 and No.6845。

1: value set for each group for extension of tool-life management. Residual

life shall be set for each group until a new tool has been selected. When “set

life-tool usage counter (COUNT)” has achieved the set value of each group

(residual life) the signal TLCHB<F064#3> will be output.

Notes: The parameter can only be used when type B for tool-life

management is valid.

ARL tool-life forecast signal TLCHB <F064#3> in tool-life management

0: output to each tool.

1: output at the last tool of each group, and the parameter is only valid when

No.6802#3 is set to 1.

TGN group number random setting function for that is type B of tool-life

management shall be used

0: not use

1: use

TSK during tool-life management, if counting type is time type, when the

skip for the last tool of the specified tool is being carried out:

0: counting value of the last tool is the same as life value

1: counting value of the last tool can not be altered.

RMT conditions under which tool-life forecast signal TLCHB<F064#3>can

be set to OFF

0: residual life is bigger than parameter value

1: residual life is not in accordance with eth parameter

Notes: after the parameter has been set, it is necessary to cut off the

power supply temporarily.


LGR in tool-life management function, tool life can be divided into

following:

0: all groups shall be selected by parameter LTM (No.6800#2).

1: random selection times or time of each group

LGR when it is set to 1, it is available to add the address in the specified

format of G10 (tool life management data setting)



Q specification: As shown in the following example, please specify times or

time for life of each group at address Q. The groups omitting address Q

shall be specified by parameter LTM (No.6800#2).

［for example］ when parameter LTM(No.6800#2)has been set to 0: G10 L3;

P1 L10 Q1;(Q1:specify the life the group No. 1 by times)

P2 L20 Q2;(Q2: specify the life the group No. 2 by time)

P3 L20; (Q omit: specify the life the group No. 3 by times)

G11;

M30;

%

LFE when the tool life has been specified by times, the life value shall be

specified in the following scope:

0: 0～9999 (times)

1: 0～65535 (times)


TC1 make the pre-set of tool-life counter in automatic operation be:

0: invalid

1: valid

ETE during extension of tool-life management, the mark for showing that

the last tool of the group has expired

0: remain “@”.

1: change into “*”.

Omit No. for tool-life management ［data type］ bit type

［data range］ 0～9999

Set omit No. for tool-life management

When the value specified by T code has exceed the set value, the value

gained by subtracting the set value from T code value shall become the tool

group No. of the tool-life management.

［data type］ byte type

［data range］ 0～255 (excluding 01, 02, 30, 98 and 99)

When 0 is omitted:

When tool life has been specified by times, tool-life counting shall re-use M

code. While a M code is specified, if there is only one tool group has

expired, still, tool changing signal will be output. Re-use the T code

command (tool-life management group command) after M code by

specified tool-life counting, and then select the non-expiration tool in the

tool group, adding 1 to tool-life counter. When the tool life is specified by

time, T code command (tool-life management group command) can be

Omit No. for tool-life management

Re-use M code for tool-life counting



reused after M code by specified tool-life counting, and same as the status

when the tool life is specified by times, select the non-expiration tool in the

tool group.

［data type］ character type

［data unit］ time (times)


When tool life is specified by times, it is available to set tool residual life

(usage times) when output tool life has achieved forecast signal.

Notes:

1 When the residual value of selected tool life (usage times) has been up to

the set value of parameter (No.6844), output tool life arrival forecast signal

TLCHB to PMC.

2 When the set value in parameter (No.6844) is bigger than tool life, the

tool life arrival forecast signal will not be output.

［data type］ 2 character type

［data unit］ min


When tool life is specified by time, tool residual life (usage time) can be set

when output tool life has achieved forecast signal.

Notes:

1 When the residual value of selected tool life (usage time) has been up to

the set value of parameter (No.6845), output tool life arrival forecast signal

TLCHB to PMC. By tool life management function, usage time or usage

times can be set according to each tool. For the tool groups which set life by

usage times, please use parameter No.6844; for the tool groups which set

life by usage times, please use parameter No.6845.

2 When the set value in parameter (No.6845) is bigger than tool life, the

tool life arrival forecast signal will not be output.

Residual life of the tool (usage times)

Residual life of the tool (usage time)

VMC Series 15. High-speed Skip Function


13 Status Indicators

Red, yellow and green are separately used to specify the running status and

stop status of the machine.

Ex-works setting is as follows:

1) When the yellow light is on, the machine is under normal status.

2) When the green light is on, the program is being executed.

3) When the red light is on, the machine is under alarm status.

VMC Series 14. Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes


14 Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes During drilling process, when overload torque signal (when skip signal is used) has

been detected, the axle provided with overload torque testing function will

withdraw the tool. After the spindle speed and cutting feed speed have been

changed, the drilling operation will be restarted. During the drilling process for

small deep holes, the steps shall be repeated. By specifying the M code set in

parameter (No. 5163), it is able to enter drilling cycle for small deep holes.

Under this mode, G83 (drilling cycle for small deep holes) can be specified. When

G80 is specified or reset, drilling cycle for small deep holes will be cancelled.

Format




: Interruption time for returning from hole bottom and point R


: Forward and backward speed (format is the same as that of F)

(When omit, it shall be the value for parameter (No. 5172 and 5173)

: Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required) : Interruption time at the bottom of the hole (when omit, count it as P0)

Initial Horizontal Position

Interruption

Point Z Point

Z Interruption

Overload torque Overload torque

Point R Point

R

△ : clearance between initial fine withdrawing distance and hole bottom during subsequent drilling when tool has been withdrawn to point R (parameter No.5174)

Q: cutting depth for each time

: path for tool under rapid speed

: during cycle specified by the parameter, path of the tool under rapid speed

(forward and backward speed)

: path of the tool under cutting feed speed



Explanation

- Operations included in the cycle

＊ positioning along X-axis and Y-axis

＊ Positioning at point R along Z-axis

＊ Cutting along Z-axis(the first cutting depth Q, increment)

Backward operation (hole bottom △→fine withdrawing distance ,

increment)

Backward operation (hole bottom→ point R)

Forward operation (point R →hole bottom＋clearance △)

Cutting (after second cutting, cutting depth Q+△, increment)

＊dwell

＊return to point R along Z axis ( or initial horizontal position)=cycle end

During forward and backward operation, control can be performed by cutting feed

acceleration/deceleration constant, and in backward operation, the

designed-position arrival check is carried out at point R.

- Specifying M code

By specifying the M code included in parameter (No. 5163), the system can enter

drilling cycle of small deep holes. However, the specified M code will not wait for

FIN. Therefore, special attention must be paid if this M code and another M code

have been specified in the same program block.

(For example)

M□□ M03 ; → waiting for FIN.

M03 M□□; → not waiting for FIN.

- Specifying G code

Under drilling cycle of small deep holes, execution of cycle for drilling small deep

holes can be started by specifying G83.

G83 is a modal G code, and once specified, it will not change before specifying

another fixed cycle or G code for canceling fixed cycle. And therefore, it is not

necessary to specify drilling data for each program block during continuous drilling

of the same holes.

- Cycle of the signal being executed

In this cycle, when the tool is positioned at the hole bottom along the axis will shall

not be used for drilling, a signal will be output. The signal indicates that cycle for

drilling small deep holes is being executed. During the positioning along the

drilling axis to point R, the signal outputs continuously, and terminates after the tool

returns to point R or initial horizontal position.

- Overload torque test signal

Skip signal is taken as the overload torque test signal. When tool feeds or drills, or

when axis in drilling direction is between point R and Z, the skip signal is valid.

(The signal may cause backward operation.)

- Changing cutting conditions

In a separate G83 cycle, for each drilling operation of deep holes (forward →cutting

→ backward), the cutting conditions can be changed by this. Besides, the cutting

conditions can also kept unchanged by setting parameters OLS, NOL (No. 5160#1,

#2).

1) It is available to change the second cutting tool-feed speed (programmed by F

code) and that for each subsequent drilling operation. In parameter No.5166 and

No.5167, the corresponding changing rate applied when skip signal has been tested

or not tested during previous drilling operation has been specified.

cutting tool-feed speed＝F×α

VMC Series 14. Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes


＜first time＞ α＝1.0

＜after second＞ α＝α×β÷100 β is the change rate for each drilling

operation.

When skip signal has been tested during previous drilling operation: β=b1 %

(parameter No.5166).

When skip signal hasn’t been tested during previous drilling operation: β=b2%

(parameter No.5167).

If the change rate α of cutting tool-feed speed is smaller than the ratio set in

parameter (No. 5168), the cutting tool-feed speed will not change. The upper limit

of changed cutting feed speed is the maximum cutting tool-feed speed.

2) Changing spindle speed

For each operation step after the second operation, the spindle speed can be

changed (programmed by S code). In parameter No.5164 and No.5165, the

corresponding changing rate applied, when skip signal has been tested or not tested

during previous drilling operation, has been specified.

Spindle speed ＝S×γ

＜first time＞ γ＝1.0

＜after second＞ γ＝γ×δ÷100 δ is the change rate for reach drilling

operation

When skip signal has been tested during previous drilling operation: δ＝d1%

(parameter (No.5164))

When skip signal has not been tested during previous drilling operation: δ＝

d2% ( parameter (No.5165))

When cutting tool-feed speed is min. the spindle speed will not change. The spindle

speed can be increased to the value corresponding to the max data value of S

analog.

- Forward and backward operation

The mode for forward and backward operation is different from the mode of rapid

movement positioning. Same as tool feed during cutting, forward and backward

operation shall be executed under interpolation operation mode. Therefore,

acceleration/deceleration applies to acceleration/deceleration for exponential

function. Notes: during counting tool life by tool-life management function, the

forward and backward operation should not be considered.

- Specifying address I

When forward and backward speed is specified by address I, the format is the

same as that of address F.

G83 I1000 ; (command without a decimal)

G83 I1000 . ; (command with a decimal)

The speed for above mentioned two statuses shall be 1000mm/min. Before

specifying G80 or resetting, the address specified under G83 modal status will be

valid continuously.

- Functions can be specified

Under fixed cycle mode, it is available to specify following commands.

Hole position commands for X-axis, Y-axis and auxiliary axes.

Operation and transferring based on the assign macro.

Calling subprogram (hole position group, etc.)

Switching absolute/increment

Coordinate rotation

Command for confirming coordinate (the command does not affect cutting

depth Q and fine withdrawing distance d1.)

Dry run

Feed hold



- Single block

When the operation for single block has been activated, drilling operation will

stop after backward operation for each time.

- Tool-feed speed overload

For each operation like cutting, backward, forward during the cycle, tool-feed

speed is valid.

- Interface for assign macro

It is available to input the cumulative frequency of backward operation during

cutting and the cumulative frequency of backward operation of corresponding

overload signal into general-purpose variable (#100～#149) of assign macro of

parameter (No.5170, 5171). However, it is not allowed to set the value other then

100～149 into parameters (No.5170, 5171). Parameter (No. 5170): used to set

general-purpose variable number and the cumulative frequency of backward

operation during cutting shall be output to this variable. Parameter (No.5171): it is

used to set general-purpose variable number and the cumulative frequency of

backward operation affecting overload signal received during cutting will be output

to this variable.

Restriction

- calling a subprogram

Please specify the subprogram calling command M98P_ in a fixed cycle by a single

program block.

For example

N01 M03 S___;

N02 M□□ ;

N03 G83 X_ Y_ Z_ R_ Q_ F_ I_ K_ P_;

N04 X_ Y_;

..

..

.. N10 G80;

<Command contents of each program block>

N01: command for spindle forward and spindle speed

N02: assume that G83 is the M code command for “drilling cycle of small deep

holes”. The M code can be set in parameter (No. 5163).

N03: Command for “drilling cycle of small deep holes” which can be used to store

drilling data (excluding K and P) and execute drilling.

N04: change hole position, and execute “drilling cycle of small deep holes” by the

drilling data which is the same as that of N03.

N10: cancel “drilling cycle of small deep holes”. The M code during execution of N

02 will be cancelled too.



15 High-speed Skip Function High-speed skip signal (connected with CNC directly without PMC) can be

used to take the place of universal skip signal (X4.7). When using

high-speed skip signal, 8 signals can be input at most.

For general skip signal input, there is test delay and the signal difference

can be up to 0-2 msec (limited to CNC port), and the signal difference for

high-speed skip signal can be reduced to be less than 0.1 msec, and

therefore, it is available to realize high-accuracy test.


GSK In skip function (G31), if skip signal SKIPP<G006#6>will be

taken as skip signal:

0: No

1: Yes

SK0 Skip signal SKIP<X004#7>，multi-level skip signal <X004#0～

#7>(limited to T series)

0: take 1 as signal input (skip)

1: take 0 as signal input (skip).

MIT In skip function(G31), if tool compensation measurement value

will be directly input B signal ＋ MIT1, － MIT1, ＋ MIT2, －

MIT2<X004#2～#5>, and will be used as skip signal

0: No

1: Yes

HSS In high-speed skip function, if high-speed skip signal is used

0: No.

1: Yes

SLS In multi-level skip function, if high-speed skip signal will be used

for skip signal

0: No.

1: Yes

SRE While high-speed skip signal is used

0: While speed up (0→1), will be taken as signal input

1: While slow down (1→0), will be taken as signal input.

SKF For skip command G31, let dry run, exceed control, automatic

acceleration/deceleration

0: invalid

1: valid


SEA During high-speed skip function, when skip signal is switched on,



whether acceleration/deceleration, servo delay

0: be counted

1: be counted and compensate accordingly (Type A)

SEB During high-speed skip function, when skip signal is switched on,

whether acceleration/deceleration, servo delay

0: be counted

1: be counted and compensated accordingly (Type B)

Notes:

There are two types of compensation: type A and type B. Skip function

may store the current position of the moment into CNC according to the

skip signal. However, current position inside CNC includes the delay of

servo system. And the offset value can be gained according to the position

offset at servo port and acceleration/deceleration delay inside CNC. If the

offset value has been taken into consideration, delay of the servo system

must be included in the measured error.

In the following two types of compensation, the offset value can be

compensated by a parameter.

(1) Type A: the value calculated by cutting time constant and servo time

constant (loop gain) shall be taken as the offset value.

(2) Type B: the acceleration/deceleration delay and position offset while the

skip signal is ON shall be taken as the offset value.

TSE In torque limit skip function(G31 P99／98), the skip position stored

in the system variables:

0: consider the compensation position of servo system delay (position

offset value)

1: not consider the position of servo system delay

Notes:

By torque limit skip function, and according to the torque limit arrival

signal “1”, the current position of the moment of CNC can be stored.

However, the current position stored in the CNC includes servo system

delay, so comparing with the machine position, the offset of the current

position is the servo system delay. The offset value can be gained by the

position offset at servo port. When TSE is 0, the skip position shall be the

value gained by current position subtracting offset value. When TSE is 1, it

is not necessary to consider offset value of position drift, so the current

position (including servo system delay) shall be taken as skip position.

TSA In torque limit skip function (G31 P99／ 98), take the axis

monitoring torque limit arrival as

0: all axes

1: only as the axis specified in the block same as G31

IGX When high-speed skip function is used, make SKIP<X004#7>,

SKIPP<G006#6>,＋MIT1～－MIT2<X004#2～#5> to be skip signal



0: valid

1: invalid

Notes:

1 +MIT1 ～ -MIT2<X004#2 ～ #5> is only valid when parameter

GSK(No.6200#0)SKIPP<G006#6> is 1 and parameter MIT(No.6200#3) is

1. Besides, it is only valid for T series.

2 It also can let skip signal SKIP, SKIP2～SKIP8 in multi-level skip

function be invalid. CSE In continuous high-speed skip command G31P90,

high-speed skip signal

0: make either speed up or slow down valid (depending on parameter SRE (No.6200#6).

1: make speed up and slow down both valid

SPE In skip function (G31), make skip signal (X004.7)

0: valid

1: invalid

［data type］bit type

1S1～1S8 For skip command of G31, which high-speed skip signal shall

be valid. Correspondence between bits and signals is as follows:

1S1 —— HDI0

1S2 —— HDI1

1S3 —— HDI2

1S4 —— HDI3

1S5 —— HDI4

1S6 —— HDI5

1S7 —— HDI6

1S8 —— HDI7

1S1～1S8, 2S1～2S8, 3S1～3S8, 4S1～4S8, DS1～DS8

In multi-level skip function, for skip command (G31,G31P1～P4) and

interruption command (04,G04P1～G04P4), which skip signal shall be set

to be valid:

Correspondence for each bit to input signals and command is as follows:

Meaning of set value of each bit is as follows:

0: skip signal corresponding to a bit is invalid

1: skip signal corresponding to a bit is valid



［Data type ］ bit type

9S1～9S8 For continuous high-speed skip command of G31P90 or EGB

skip command of G31.8, which high-speed skip signal shall be set to be

valid. Correspondence between bits and signals is as follows:

9S1 —— HDI0

9S2 —— HDI1

9S3 —— HDI2

9S4 —— HDI3

9S5 —— HDI4

9S6 —— HDI5

9S7 —— HDI6

9S8 —— HDI7

Meanings of set value of each bit are as follows:

0: skip signal corresponding to the bits is invalid

1: skip signal corresponding to the bits is valid


CS3 Continuous high-speed skip command

0: specified by G31 P90

1: specified by G31.9

When the command is specified by G31 P90, after high-speed skip signal is

input, absolute coordinates will be stored in the user macro program

High-speed skip function Multilevel skip function

Command

Input signal

Command

Input signal

Notes

HD10-HD17: high-speed skip signal



variable #5061～#5068, and when the next high-speed skip signal is input,

the variable will be renewed. When the command is specified by G31.9,

after high-speed skip signal is input, absolute coordinates will be stored in

the user macro program variable specified by program block including

G31.9.

ROS For rotating axes, when skip position exceeds rolling range, value of

skip signal position system variable #5061～#5068

0: not roll.

1: roll as absolute coordinate value

［data type］ bit axis type

CST In Cs contour controlled axis, make torque limit skip function

0: invalid

1: valid

By torque limit command signal TLMH<G070,G074,G204,G266> and load

test signal LDT1<F045,F049,F196,F266> of serial spindle, torque limit

skip can be carried out by Cs contour controlled axis.

Notes:

When the parameter is used to set torque limit skip for Cs contour

controlled axis, please pay attention to the following points:

1 Set the serial spindle parameter No.4009#4 of Cs contour controlled

axis which using torque limit skip function to 1, and in this way, it is

available to output load test signal when acceleration/deceleration.

2 Under Cs mode, in torque limit command, when (TLMH1=“1”) is set

to load test status (LDT1=“1”), the oversize error check under stop status

for this axis will not be implemented.

3 Under Cs mode, when it is load test status (LDT1=“1”), check for

arrival to the requested position is carried out to this axis.

VMC Series 16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling


16 Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling

16.1 General

The cycle is the drilling cycle (setting inertia movement distance on point R)

used to shorten the machining time during continuous machining of several

holes. In this cycle, operation time can be shortened by rapid movement

overlap and the positioning of X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis.

16.2 Fixed Cycle

High-speed drilling cycle for deep holes (G73)

The cycle can be used to carry out operation of high-speed drilling cycle for

deep holes.

By means of this cycle, it is able to feed the tool to the hole bottom by

intermission cutting, removing the chips from the holes at the same time.

Format



Explanation

During high-speed drilling cycle of deep holes, intermission tool feed along

Z-axis can be carried out. By this cycle, it is easy to clear the chips from the

holes, and in this way, the withdrawing value of the tool can be set less.

And therefore, the drilling can be implemented efficiently. The chip

removing clearance d can be set in parameter (No.5114), and in this cycle,

the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode. Before specifying G73,

the spindle can be run with an auxiliary function (M code). When G73 and

one M code have been specified in the same program block, the first

positioning operation shall execute the M code; and then the system will

enter into next drilling operation. When K is used to specify repeat times,

the M code can only be applied to the first hole, not the second and the

subsequent holes. When tool length compensation (G43, G44, and G49) is

specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be used when positioning to

point R is carried out.

Limitation

- switching of axes

Before switching the drilling axis, cancel the fixed cycle temporarily.

- drilling a hole In the program block excluding X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis or any other

: Data of hole position : Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position : Distance from initial horizontal position to point R. : cutting depth for each time : Tool feed speed during cutting : Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required)

Point R Point R


Horizontal position of R

Point Z Point Z



additional axes, drilling operation will not be implemented.

- Q

Specify Q in program block for drilling operation. If they have been

specified in the program blocks not for drilling operation, they will not be

stored as modal data.

- Cancel

Do not specify G code (G00～G03, G60(when parameter MDL(No.5431#0)

has been set to 1)) of group 01 in the program block same as G73, and

otherwise G73 will be cancelled.


Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset will be omitted,

For example

M3 S2000 ; spindle start

G90 G99 G73 X300. Y-250. Z-150. R-100. Q15. F120. ;

After positioning, drill hole No. 1 and then return to the horizontal position

Y-550 of point R;


Y-750 of point R;


X1000 of point R;


Y-550 of point R;


G98 Y-750 of point R;


G80 G28 G91 X0 Y0 Z0 of point R;

Return M5 for reference position;

Spindle stop

Pointing boring (G81) for drilling cycle

The cycle can be used for general drilling operation.

Feed the tool to the hole bottom, and then the tool will withdraw from the

bottom in rapid movement mode.

Format



Explanation

After positioning along X-axis and Y-axis, move to the horizontal position

of point R rapidly. Carry out the drilling operation from horizontal position

of point R to point Z. And then, the tool will withdraw under rapid

movement mode. Before specifying G81, run the spindle by auxiliary

function (M code).

When G81 command and one M code are specified in the same program

block, for the first positioning operation, please execute M code, and then

the system will enter into the next drilling operation. When K is used to

specify repeat times, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not

for the second and the subsequent. When tool length compensation (G43,

G44, and G49) has been specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be

applied during the positioning to point R.

Limitation

- switching axes

Before switching drilling axis, please cancel this fixed cycle temporarily.

- drilling a hole

Don’t execute drilling operation in the program blocks excluding X-axis,

Y-axis, Z-axis or any other additional axes.

- cancel

Do not specify G code (G00～G03, G60(when parameter MDL (No.5431#0)

has been set to 1)) of group 01 in the program block same as G81, and




: cutting depth for each time




Point Z Point Z

Point R Point R



otherwise G81 will be cancelled.


Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset will be omitted,

For example

M3 S2000 ; spindle start

G90 G99 G81 X300. Y-250. Z-150. R-100. F120. ;


Y-550 of point R;


Y-750 of point R;


X1000 of point R;


Y-550 of point R;


G98 Y-750 of point R;


G80 G28 G91 X0 Y0 Z0 of point R;

Return M5 for reference position;

Spindle stop

Step boring (G82) for drilling cycle

The cycle can be used for general drilling operation.

Feed the tool to the hole bottom, pausing there, and then the tool will

withdraw from the bottom by rapid movement mode.

The cycle may enhance the accuracy of hole depth.

Format



Explanation

After positioning along X-axis and Y-axis, move to the horizontal position

of point R rapidly. Carry out the drilling operation from horizontal position

of point R to point Z.

And then, the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode after pausing

at the hole bottom. Before specifying G82, run the spindle by auxiliary

function (M code).




specify repeat time, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not




Drilling cycle for deep holes (G83)

The cycle can be applied for operation of drilling deep holes.

The cycle will apply intermission cutting feed mode to arrive the hole

bottom, and during drilling, the chips will be removed from the hole at the

same time. Format






: Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required)



Point Z Point Z

Point R Point R



Explanation

Q represents the cutting depth of each time, and normally, it shall be

specified as an increment value. In the second and subsequent tool feeds for

cutting, please move to the point “d” (exactly before finishing the first

drilling) rapidly. Make sure that Q is with positive sign, and if it is with

negative sign, it will be omitted. Before specifying G83, run the spindle by

auxiliary function (M code).




specify repeat time, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not









: Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required)

Initial horizontal position Horizontal position of RPoint R Point R

Point Z Point Z



16.3 Parameter


BCR In boring cycle, the withdrawing mode shall be:

0: tool feed for cutting

1: rapid movement

FCK In composite fixed cycle (G71/G72)

0: not check machining shape

1: check machining shape

By means of setting this parameter, it is available to check the relationship

between machining shape and the machining start point specified by fixed

cycle (G71/G72) of composite lathe, and if it is found the relationship is

incorrect, alarm P/S062 occurs. The incorrect relations between machining

shape and machining start point include following situations:

- Sign for fine cutting allowance is positive, but start point of the fixed

cycle is smaller than the max value of machining shape；

- Sign for fine cutting allowance is negative, but start point of the fixed

cycle is bigger than the min value of machining shape；

16.4 Notices

1. Check for machining shape shall be done before fixed cycle (not during

machining process).

2. The machining shape to be checked is only a program command, and the

path during withdrawing/returning shall not become the object to be

checked.

VMC Series 17. Origin Restoration Method & Parameters for Machine Adjustment


17 Origin Restoration Method &

Parameters for Machine Adjustment

After the connector of the pulse encoder of servo motor has been pulled out, for

the reconnection, since it is unable to find the origin position, the alarm asking

servo motor to return to the origin will occur. At this moment, it is necessary to

restore the origin of the servo motor. 1） At first, it is necessary to move the axes needing returning reference

point by handwheel according to the zero-turn marks on X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis of the machine, and in this way, the diamond mark will enter the position between two circle marks.

2） Find 1815#4 in the parameter page, and set the corresponding axes to 0.

3） Power off the machine, and 5 seconds later, power on the machine, and at this moment, alarm still occurs.

4） Find 1815#4 in the parameter page, and set the corresponding axes to 1.

5） Cut off the power of the machine again, and 5 seconds later, power on the machine. The alarm can be deleted.

Until now, the operation for origin restoration has been completed.

Relevant parameter (1815) #4

When APZx is used as absolute position detector, the relation between machine

position and absolute position:

0: has not been established.

1: has been established.

When absolute position detector is applied, during the first adjustment or

changing absolute position detector, it is necessary to set the parameter to 0.

After power on again, set the origin for absolute position detector by manual

reference point return, etc. Therefore, the correct position correspondence

between the machine position and absolute position detection has been

completed, and then the parameter will be automatically set to 1.

VMC Series Appendix


Appendix

VMC Series A List of G Codes


A List of G Codes Preparation function is described by the value next to address G. In addition,

the value defines the meaning of the command included in the program

blocks. There are two types of G codes

Type Meaning Single-step G code It is only valid in the program block which has been

specified Modal G code G code which is valid before other G codes in the same

group have been specified Explanation

1． When power is on or resetting the machine, if the machine has entered

the zero clearing status (see parameter CLR (No.3402#6)), modal G codes

changes as follows:

(1) The G codes specified in the table 3 will be activated.

(2) When zero clearing occurs to the system due to power on or reset,

G20 and G21 will not change.

(3) By parameter G23 (No.3402#7), it is available determine G22 or G23

will be selected after power on. Under zero clearing status for reset, the

selection for G22 or G23 will not be affected.

(4) Setting of parameter G01 (No.3402#0) can determine either G00 or

G01 is valid.

(5) Setting of parameter G91 (No.3402#3) can determine either G90 or

G91 is valid.

(6) By parameter G18 (No.3402#1) and G19 (No.3402#2) , it is available

to determine the G code status for G17, G18 and G19.

2． Besides G10 and G11, all the G codes in group 00 are single-step G

codes.

3． When the specified G code is not included in the table of G codes, or

has not corresponding options, warner P/S (No.010) alarms.

4． In the same program block, it is allowed to specify the G codes of

different groups. If in the same program block and the G codes of the same

group have been used, G code which is specified last is valid.

5． If G code of group 01 has been specified in the fixed cycle, same as the

status that G80 has been specified, the fixed cycle will be cancelled. G

codes in group 01 will not be influenced by the G codes used to specify a

fixed cycle.

6． G codes display No. of each group.

7． By parameter MDL (No.5431#0), group of G60 can be switched

(MDL=0: group 00, MDL=1: group 01).

VMC Series A. Tables for G Codes


Table C.1 (a) Table for G Codes (1/4) Code Group Meaning

G00

01

Positioning (rapid movement)

G01 Linear interpolation (cutting feed)

G02 Arc interpolation/helix interpolation CW

G03 Arc interpolation/helix interpolation CCW

G02.2, G03.2 Involutes interpolation CW/CCW

G02.3, G03.3 Exponential function interpolation CW/CCW

G02.4, G03.4 Three-dimension arc interpolation CW/CCW

G04

00

Interruption

G05 AI contour control (high-precision contour control compatible instruction)

G05.1 AI contour control/Nanometer Smooth Smooth/Nanometer Smoothinterpolation

G05.4 HRV3,4 ON/OFF

G06.2 01 NURBS interpolation

G07

00

Imaginary axis interpolation

G07.1 (G107) Cylindrical interpolation

G08 AI contour control (look-ahead control compatible instruction)

G09 Exact stop

G10 Programmable data input

G10.6 Withdrawing and returning tools

G10.9 Programmable switching for diameter/radius program

G11 Cancel of programmable data input

G12.1 21

Polar coordinate interpolation mode

G13.1 Cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode

G15 17

Cancel of polar coordinate instruction

G16 Polar coordinate instruction

G17

02

XpYp plane where, Xp: X-axis or its parallel axis

G18 ZpXp plane Yp: Y-axis or its parallel axis

G19 YpZp plane Zp: Z-axis or its parallel axis

G20 (G70) 06

Inch input

G21 (G71) Meter input

G22 04

Function for checking memory travel ON

G23 Function for checking memory travel OFF

G25 19

Test for spindle speed change OFF

G26 Test for spindle speed change ON

G27

00

Check for reference point return

G28 Automatic return to reference point

G29 Move from the reference point



Table C.1 (b) Table for G Codes (2/4)

Cod Group Meaning G30

00

First, second, third and fourth reference points return

G30.1 Changeable reference point return

G31 Skip function

G31.8 EGB axis skip

G33

01

Thread cutting

G34 Variable lead thread cutting

G35 Arc thread cutting CW

G36 Arc thread cutting CCW

G37

00

Automatic measurement of tool length

G38 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation: keeping vector

G39 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation: corner arcinterpolation

G40

07

Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation cancel/ three-dimension tool compensation cancel

G41 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation/three-dimension tool compensation: left

G41.2 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: left (type 1)

G41.3 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining (front offset)




G42 Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation/three-dimension tool compensation: right

G42.2 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: right (type 1)




G40.1

19

Cancel mode for normal direction control

G41.1 Left of normal direction control ON

G42.1 Right of normal direction control ON

G43

08

Tool length compensation ＋

G44 Tool length compensation －

G43.1 Tool axial length compensation

G43.4 Tool center control (type 1)

G43.5 Tool center control (type 2)

Table C.1 (c) Table for G Codes (3/4) Code 码 Group Meaning

G45 00

Tool positing offset elongation

G46 Tool positing offset reduction

VMC Series A. Tables for G Codes


Code 码 Group Meaning G47 Tool positing offset elongation by 2 times

G48 Tool positing offset reduction by 2 times

G49 (G49.1) 08 Cancel of tool length compensation

G50 11

Cancel of ratio zoom

G51 Ratio zoom

G50.1 22

Cancel of programmable mirror image

G51.1 Programmable mirror image

G50.2 31

Cancel of polygon machining

G51.2 Polygon machining

G52

00

Setting of local coordinate system

G53 Selection of coordinate system of the machine

G53.1 Tool axial control

G54 (G54.1)

14

Selection for work-piece coordinate system 1

G55 Selection for work-piece coordinate system 2





G60 00 Single direction positioning

G61

15

Exact stop mode

G62 Automatic corner override

G63 Tapping Reading mode

G64 Cutting mode

G65 00 Macro program call

G66

12

Macro modal call A

G66.1 Macro modal call B

G67 Cancel of macro modal call A/B

G68

16

Coordinate rotation or switching mode of three-dimension coordinate system ON

G69 Coordinate rotation or switching mode of three-dimensioncoordinate system OFF

G68.2 Selection for characteristic coordinate system

G72.1 00

Graph copy (rotary copy)

G72.2 Graph copy (parallel copy)

G73

09

Drilling cycle for deep holes

G74 Reverse tapping reading cycle

G76 Fine drilling cycle



Table C.1 (d) Table for G Codes (4/4)

Code Group Meaning G80 09 Cancel fixed cycle

G80.5 24 Cancel of two-group electronic gear box synchronization

G80.8 34 Cancel for electronic gear box synchronization

G81 09 Drilling cycle, pointing boring cycle

G81.1 00 Cutting

G81.5 24 Two-group start of electronic gear box synchronization

G81.8 34 Start for electronic gear box synchronization

G82

09

Drilling cycle and step boring cycle

G83 Drilling cycle for deep holes

G84 Tapping reading cycle

G84.2 Rigid tapping reading cycle (FS15 format)

G84.3 Reverse rigid tapping reading cycle (FS15 format)

G85 Boring cycle

G86 Boring cycle

G87 Backhaul boring cycle

G88 Boring cycle

G89 Boring cycle

G90 03 Absolute instruction

G91 Increment instruction

G91.1

00

Test for max increment value instruction

G92 Setting of work-piece coordinate system/spindle maximum speedsuppress

G92.1 Preset of work-piece coordinate system

G93

05

Feed with inverse ratio to time

G94 Feed per minute

G95 Feed per revolution

G96 13

Constant control for circle speed

G97 Cancel of constant control for circle speed

G98 10

Return to initial plane of fixed cycle

G99 Return to plane of point R of fixed cycle

G107 00 Cylindrical interpolation

G112 21

Polar coordinate interpolation mode

G113 Cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode

VMC Series B. Operation List


B Operation List

Category Function PROGRAM PROTECT

Key

Set Parameter Write =1

Mode Menu Operation

Elimination

Complete elimination of

storage

While power ON

IPL

“-”+“.” (IPL MENU menu start) on IP MENU Select “3” CLEAR FILE, if CLEAR FILE NUMBER will appear? Select“1”ALL FILE (※) if CLEAR FILE OK will appear？ Input “1”, if FILE CLEAR EXECUTING: END will appear and then ends up?

While power ON

——

Select “RESET”+“DELETE” if ALL FILE INITALIZE OK will appear？Seelct“1”, if NC SYSTEM TYPE (0) will appear？ Input “1”

Parameter elimination

While power

ON IPL

“-”+“.” (executing the operation same as completely deleting storage, select “2”PARAMETER by (※) )

Offset elimination

While power

ON IPL

“-”+“.” (executing the operation same as completely deleting storage, select “3” OFFSET FILE by (※) )

Program elimination

While power

ON IPL

“-”+“.” (executing the operation same as completely deleting storage, select “4” PROGRAM /DIRECTORY FILE by (※) )

Reset

Reset of running time

———— ACTUAL POSITION

[ (OPRT) ]→[TIME: 0]→[EXEC]

Reset of number of machined

work-pieces

———— ACTUAL POSITION

[ (OPRT) ]→[PART: 1]→[EXEC]

Registra- tion by MDI

Input NC parame-

ters ○

MDI mode or emergency

stop PARAMETER

Parameter No. →“NO.SRH” Data →“INPUT” Parameter write =“0”→“RESET”

Input offset value

○ ———— OFFSET Offset No.→[NO.SRH] Offset value→[INPUT]

Input set value

○ MDI mode

or emergency stop

SETTING Set No.→[NO.SRH] Data →“INPUT”

Input PMC parameter Timer counter Latching relay

○ MDI mode

or emergency stop

PMC MAINTE- NANCE

Select [TIMER], [COUNTR] or [KEEP RELAL] Parameter No.→[NO.SRH] Data →“INPUT”

Input PMC parameter

table ○

MDI mode or emergency

stop

PMC MAINTE- NANCE

Select [DATA] [ (OPRT) ]→[ZOOM] Parameter No.→[NO.SRH] Data →“INPUT”

Measuring tool length

HND mode ACTUAL

POSITION→OFFSET

“POS” (displaying relative coordinate) Reset Z-axis coordinate value to “0” by [Z]+“0” → [PRESET]or [Z]→[ORIGN] → [EXEC] →move the tool to the measuring position “OFFSET” (displaying offset menu) → offset No. → [NO.SRH] → [Z] → [INP.C.]

Input by outer

Input NC parameter

○ MDI mode

or emergency stop

PARAMETER

[ (OPRT) ]→[READ]→[EXEC]

VMC Series B Operation L ist



Key


Mode Menu Operation

device

Input PMC parameter

○ Emergency

stop PMCMAINTE-NANCE

[I/O] (PMC) =use “←”“→”to select (device) = use “←”“→” to select (function) = select “READ” input (file No.) or (file name) →[EXEC]

Input compensation

○ EDIT mode OFFSET [ (OPRT) ]→[READ]→[EXEC]

Input programs

○ EDIT mode

PROGRAM or

PROGRAM FOLDER

[ (OPRT) ]→[+]→[READ] file name→[F SET] (when file name is ALL-PROG.TXT, it doesn’t matter when [F SET] unavailable) program No. →[P SET] (when reading all programs in the file, it doesn’t matter when [P SET] unavailable) →[EXEC]

Output to outer

device

Output NC parameters

EDIT mode PARAMETE

R [ (OPRT) ]→[PUNCH]→[EXEC]

Output PMC parameter

EDIT mode PMC

MAINTE- NANCE

[I/O] (PMC) = use “←”“→” to select (device ) = use “←”“→” to select (function) = select “WRITE” (data type) =select “PARAMETER” input (file name) →[EXEC]

Output offset value

EDIT mode OFFSET [ (OPRT) ]→[PUNCH]→[EXEC]

Output programs

EDIT mode

PROGRAM or

PROGRAM FOLDER

[ (OPRT) ]→[+]→[PUNCH] file name→[F SET] (when not carry out [F SET], it shall be ALL-PROG.TXT) program No.→[P SET] (when not carry out [P SET], output all programs) →[EXEC]

Searches

Searching program No.

MEM or

EDIT mode PROGRAM

[O]→program No.→[ (OPRT) ] →[PROGRM SEARCH] or [O]→program No.→[↓]

Searching instruction sequence

No.

MEM mode PROGRAM [O]→program No. →[ (OPRT) ] →[Sequenec NO.SRH.]

Searching address word

EDIT mode PROGRAM Data to be searched→[ (OPRT) ]→[SEARCH] or data to be searched→cursor “↓ or ↑”

Searching address only

EDIT mode PROGRAM Address to be searched →[ (OPRT) ]→[SEARCH]or address to be searched → cursor “↓ or ↑”

Searching offset No.

———— OFFSET Offset No.→[NO.SRH]

Searching diagnosis

No. ———— DIAGNOSE Diagnosis No.→[NO.SRH]

Searching parameter

No. ————

PARAMETER

Parameter No.→[NO.SRH]

Editing

Display of memory

usage ————

PROGRAM FOLDER

Deleting all programs ○ EDIT mode

PROGRAM or

PROGRAM FOLDER

[O]→9999→[DELET]→[EXEC] or on the menu of program contents [O]→9999→[ (OPRT) ]→[DELETE]→[EXEC]

Deleting one block

○ EDIT mode

PROGRAM or

PROGRAM FOLDER

[O]→program No. →[DELETE]→[EXEC] or make the cursor point at the program to be deleted on the program content menu →[ (OPRT) ]→[DELET]→[EXEC]

VMC Series B. Operation List



Key


Mode Menu Operation

Deleting blocks

○ EDIT mode PROGRAM [EOB (；) ] of the number of the program block to be deleted→“DELET”

Deleting a word

○ EDIT mode PROGRAM After the cursor has been moved to the word to be deleted, press the key “DELET”

Alter a word ○ EDIT mode PROGRAM After the cursor has been moved to the word to be altered, input new data →“ALTER”

Insert a word ○ EDIT mode PROGRAM After the cursor has been moved to the word before the position to be inserted, input new data →“INSRT”

Move any block

○ EDIT mode PROGRAM

Move the cursor to the beginning of the block to be copied→[SELECT]→move the cursor and select the range→[CUT]→move the cursor to the destination position for copy→[PASTE]

Copy any block

○ EDIT mode PROGRAM

Move the cursor to the beginning of the block to be copied →[SELECT]→move the cursor and select the range →[COPY]→move the cursor to the destination position for copy →[PASTE]

Inversion Input NC

data

EDIT mode HND mode

PROGRAM

Set the vertical softkey [PLAY BACK] to ON start the machine→[X]→[Y] or [Z]→[INSERT]→ (NC data) [INSERT]→“EOB”→[INSERT]

Changing tools

Changing tools

MDI mode —— Key [TOOL CHANG]

Coolant Discharging

coolant

After power on

—— key [CLNT]

Coolant for inner clearance

Discharging cleaning

coolant in the machine

After power

on ——

Set the vertical softkey [FLOOD COOLAN] of rapid menu to ON

Light inside

the machine

Switch on the light

inside the machine

After power

ON ——

Set the vertical softkey [INT.LIGHT] of rapid menu to ON

VMC Series C Alarm List


C Alarm List (1) Alarms associated with program operation (PS alarm)

(2) Alarms associated with background edit (BG alarm)

(3) Alarms associated with communication (SR alarm)

The alarm No. for all these alarms are common No. According to the alarm status, the display differs, and here we take PS “alarm No.” as an example: e.g.) PS0003BG “alarm No.” e.g.) BG0085SR “alarm No.” e.g.) display in SR0001 mode

Alarm No Alarm Information Description

0001 TH ERROR

During reading process the input equipment, TH error has been detected. By means of the diagnosis menu, it is able to confirm the reading code causing TH error as well as from which character of the block, the error occurs.

0002 TV ERROR TV error occurs in single block detection. By means of setting the parameter TVC (No.0000#0) to 0, it is able to make the system not detect TV.

0003 TOO MANY DIGIT Allowance digit more than the one specified by NC have been specified, the allowance digit differs according to functions and addresses.

0004 INVALID BREAK POINT OF WORDS

Alarm may occur when address + value of NC statement does not belong to word format or in user macro program, no key word available or statements do not conform with syntax.

0005 NO DATA AFTER ADDRESS Alarm may occur when address + value of NC statement does not belong to word format or in user macro program, no key word available or statements do not conform with syntax.

0006 ILLEGAL USE OF MINUS SIGN

Negative sign has been specified for words instructed by NC or system variables.

0007 ILLEGAL USE OF DECIMAL POINT

Decimal has been used in the address where decimal is not allowed or 2 or more decimals have been specified.

0009 IMPROPER NC-ADDRESS The address which cannot be specified in NC statements has been specified or parameter (No.1020) has not been specified.

0010 IMPROPER G-CODE The G code which cannot be used has been specified.

0011 FEED ZERO ( COMMAND )

F code for cutting feed speed has been set to 0. While rigid tapping reading instruction, in the case that compared with S instruction, F instruction is very small, since the tool cannot carry out cutting under the lead of program, the alarm will occur.

0014 CAN NOT COMMAND G95 Synchronization feed has been specified when thread cutting/ synchronization feed function has not been specified, please modify the program.

0015 TOO MANY SIMULTANEOUS AXES

The number of axes more than simultaneous axes has been instructed by movement instruction. Please add the extension option for simultaneous axes or separate the movement axes for the instruction into two blocks.

0020 OVER TOLERANCE OF RADIUS

Radius difference between starting point and end-point specified is bigger than set value of parameter (No.2410). Please check the arc center instruction I, J, K. Under the case that the value of parameter (No.2410) increases, the movement path will become helix shape.

VMC Series C. Alarm List



0021 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT

An error occurs in plane selection G17～G19, recheck the program and check if parallel axis for the three basic axes has been specified at the same time. Under arc interpolation, involutes interpolation, etc. if the axis instruction other than the plane selection has been specified, the alarm will occur. When it is required to specify 3 axes or more axes, helix interpolation option separately corresponding to each axis shall be provided.

0022 R OR I,J,K COMMAND NOT FOUND

In arc interpolation, R (arc radius) or I, J and K (distance from start point to arc center) have not been specified.

0025 CIRCLE CUT IN RAPID (F0) In arc interpolation mode (G02, G03) or involutes interpolation mode (G02.2, G03.2), F0 (rapid movement for F1 bit feed or reverse feed) has been specified.

0027 NO AXES COMMANDED IN G43/G44

In block of G43/G44, axis has not been specified for C-type tool length compensation. Without cancel of offset, try to start C-type tool length compensation. In the same block, several axis instructions for C-type tool length compensation have been specified.

0028 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT

There is an error in plane selection G17～G19, recheck the program and check if parallel axis for the three basic axes has been specified at the same time. Under arc interpolation, involutes interpolation, etc. if the axis instruction other than the plane selection has been specified, the alarm will occur. When it is required to specify 3 axes or more axes, helix interpolation option separately corresponding to each axis shall be provided.

0029 ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE Offset No. is incorrect.

0030 ILLEGAL OFFSET NUMBER Offset No. which cannot be specified has been instructed. Under tool compensation storage B, when geometric offset No. exceeds max compensating groups, the alarm will occur.

0031 ILLEGAL P COMMAND IN G10

In No. L of G10, there is no affiliated data input and corresponding option available. The data for instruction for address P, R is not available. There is address instruction which is not associated with data setting. The address specified according to No. L is different. Sign, decimal and range of the instructed address value are not correct.

0032 ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE IN G10

In input (G10) of program for offset value or during the reading process of system variables, the offset value specified is too big.

0033 NO INTERSECTION AT CUTTER COMPENSATION

It is unable to gain the intersection point for tool-tip radius compensation or tool radius compensation, please modify the program.

0034 NO CIRC ALLOWED IN STUP/EXT BLK

In tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, try to execute start or cancel instruction under G02/G03 mode. Please modify the program.

0035 CAN NOT COMMANDED G31

· Under the status that G31 cannot be specified, when it is unable to cancel G codes of group 07 (tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, etc), the alarm will occur.

· In torque limit skip instruction (G31P98/P99), torque limit has not been specified. Please specify the torque limit in PMC window or specify torque limit override instruction in address Q.

0037 CAN NOT CHANGE PLANE IN G41/G42

During tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, switch to the compensation plane G17/G18/G19.Please modify the program.

0038 INTERFERENCE IN CIRCULAR BLOCK

In tool radius compensation C, since the start point and end point of the arc coincide at the arc center, over-cutting may occur. Please modify the program.

0039 CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN G41,G42

In instruction G41/G42 (tool radius compensation/tool-tip radius compensation), while switch start/cancel or G41/G42, chamfering/blending is specified or over-cutting may occur during chamfering/filleting, please modify the program.




0041 INTERFERENCE IN CUTTER COMPENSATION

Over-cutting may occur during tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation. Please modify the program.

0042 G45/G48 NOT ALLOWED IN CRC

Tool position compensation (G45～G48) has been specified in tool rapid compensation or three-dimension tool compensation mode, please modify the program.

0043 ILLEGAL T-CODE COMMAND

In the additional DRILL- MATE ATC system, M06 has not been specified in the same program block of T code or T code has exceeded the range.

0044 G27-G30 NOT ALLOWED IN FIXED CYC

In fixed cycle mode, G27～G30 has been specified, please modify the program.

0045 ADDRESS Q NOT FOUND (G73/G83)

In high speed drilling cycle of deep holes (G73), and drilling cycle of deep holes (G83), feed amount for each time has not been specified according to address Q or Q0 has been specified, please modify the program.

0046 ILLEGAL REFERENCE RETURN COMMAND

The second, third and fourth reference point return instructions are not correct (specification of address is incorrect). 3 or 4 has been specified in the address P when the options for the third and fourth reference point return have not been set.

0047 ILLEGAL AXIS SELECT When three-dimension tool compensation or three-dimension coordinate transposition is started, two or more axes with same direction have been specified (reference axis and parallel axis).

0048 BASIC 3 AXIS NOT FOUND When three-dimension tool compensation or three-dimension coordinate transposition is started, three reference axes used when Xp, Yp and Zp have not been set in parameter (No.1022).

0049 ILLEGAL COMMAND(G68,G69)

When three-dimension coordinate transposition (G68, G69)has been specified, tool length compensation has not been cancelled or instruction for three-dimension coordinate transposition (G68, G69) has not nested with the instruction for tool length compensation G43, G44, G49) or three-dimension coordinate transposition as well as tool length compensation have been specified in the tool length compensation.

0050 CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN THRD BLK

In the block for thread cutting, chamfering or blending has been specified. Please modify the program.

0051 MISSING MOVE AFTER CNR/CHF

The movement or movement amount in next block following chamfering/blending block is not proper. Recheck the program instruction.

0052 CODE IS NOT G01 AFTER CHF/CNR

G01 (or vertical straight line) has not been specified to be after chamfering/blending block. Please modify the program.

0053 TOO MANY ADDRESS COMMANDS

In chamfering/blending instruction, 2 or more I, J,, K, R have been specified.

0054 NO TAPER ALLOWED AFTER CHF/CNR

Taper instruction has been specified in the chamfering/blending program block. Please modify the program.

0055 MISSING MOVE VALUE IN CHF/CNR

In the chamfering/blending block, movement amount is smaller than chamfering/blending value. Please modify the program.

0056 NO END POINT & ANGLE IN CHF/CNR

In direct input of drawing dimensions, in the block instruction after the block specifying angle (Aa), neither end point position instruction nor angle instruction has been specified. Please modify the program.

0057 NO SOLUTION OF BLOCK END

In direct input of drawing dimensions, end point of the program block has not been calculated correctly. Please modify the program.

0058 END POINT NOT FOUND In program for direct input of drawing dimensions, end of program block has not been found. Please modify the program.




0060 SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT FOUND

In program NO. and sequence No. searching, there is not specified No. for ［outer data input/output］. After input/output request for tool No. or tool offset amount, no input for tool No. has been executed after power on. There is not tool data corresponding to the tool No. it is unable to find the corresponding program for the specified work-piece No. by［outer work-piece No. search］［program restart］ : In specification for sequence No. for program start, the specified sequence No. has not been found.

0061 P OR Q COMMAND IS NOT IN THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES BLOCK

In instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), address P or Q has not been specified.

0062 THE CUTTING AMOUNT IS ILLEGAL IN THE ROUGH CUTTING CYCLE

In the rough cutting cycle for composite turning fixed cycle (G71 and G72), the cutting amount is in negative sign or is 0.

0063 THE BLOCK OF A SPECIFIED SEQUENCE NUMBER IS NOT FOUND

In P and Q of instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), it is unable to find the program block with the specified sequence No.

0064 THE FINISHING SHAPE IS NOT A MONOTONOUS CHANGE(FIRST AXES)

In the shape program for rough cutting cycle for composite turning fixed cycle (G71 and G72), the instruction for the first axis of the plane does not monotonously increase or reduce.

0065 G00/G01 IS NOT IN THE FIRST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM

The beginning block of shape block specified by P of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72 and G73) has not specified G00 or G01.

0066 UNAVAILABLE COMMAND IS IN THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES BLOCK

In the instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), the illegal instruction has been specified.

0067 THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES IS NOT IN THE PART PROGRAM STORAGE

The instruction for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has not been recorded in the program storage.

0069 LAST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM IS AN ILLEGAL COMMAND

Instruction for final block of shape program of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) is in the midway of chamfering/blending instruction.

0070 NO PROGRAM SPACE IN MEMORY

Memory space of the storage is not enough. Delete the unnecessary programs, and then carry out the program recording again.

0071 DATA NOT FOUND

Address data to be searched cannot be found in outer program No. searching, it is unable to find the specified program No. In specification for program No. for the program restart, the specified program No. cannot be found. Recheck the data to be searched.

0072 DATA NOT FOUND The number of recorded programs is bigger than 63 (basic), or 125, 200, 400 or 1000 (optional). Delete the unnecessary programs, and then carry out the program recording again.

0073 PROGRAM NUMBER ALREADY IN USE

Try to record a program No. which is the same as a recorded one. Modify the program or delete the unnecessary program, and then carry out the program recording again.


The specified program No. has exceeded the range of 1～9999, please modify the program.

0075 PROTECT Try to record the program by a protected No. in the check of programs; the secret codes of encryption programs are different.

0076 PROGRAM NOT FOUND

Specified programs have been set in subprogram call/macro program call/graph copy. M/G/T/S code has been interrupted by M98, G65, G66, G66 and 1. Instruction call program other than P instruction of interruption-type user macro program has been called by the second auxiliary function code. In these call program, it program is unavailable, the alarm will also occur.

0077 TOO MANY SUB,MACRO NESTING

The maximum nesting values for subprogram call and user macro program call have been exceeded. In outer storage or subprogram call, subprogram call has been specified.

0078 SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT FOUND

In the searching for sequence No., the specified sequence No. cannot be found. The sequence No. with the skip destination specified by GOTO--, M99P—cannot be found.




0079 PROGRAM NOT MATCH

It is unable to check the program to be read in with the program in the storage. When parameter NPE (No.3201#6) has been set to 1, it is not allowed to check several programs continuously. Set the parameter No.2200#3 to 0, and then check the program.

0080 G37 MEASURING POSITION REACHED SIGNAL IS NOT PROPERLY INPUT

· Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function of tool length (G37), in the specified area of parameter (No.6254) (value ε), arrival signal for measurement position become 1 or never change to 1 until the end.

· Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function (G36 and G37), in the specified area of parameter (No.6254) (value ε), arrival signal (XAE1 and XAE2) for measurement position will not become 1

0081 G37 OFFSET NO. UNASSIGNED

·Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length, automatic tool length measuring has been specified without a specified H code. Please modify the program.

·Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function (G36 and G37), automatic tool compensation has been specified without a specified T code. Please modify the program.

0082 G37 SPECIFIED WITH H CODE

·Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function of tool length, H code and automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length have been specified in the same block. Please modify the program. , ·Status of system of the lathes

In automatic tool compensation function, automatic tool compensation instruction (G36 and G37) and T code have been specified in the same block. Please modify the program. ,

0083 G37 IMPROPER AXIS COMMAND

·Status of system of the machining centers In automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length, axis instruction has been wrongly specified or movement instruction is increment instruction.

·Status of system of the lathes In automatic tool compensation function, automatic tool compensation (G36 and G37) , axis instruction has been wrongly specified or movement instruction is increment instruction. Please modify the program.

0085 OVERRUN ERROR

Before receiving and reading characters from the input/output equipment connected with reader/card punch interface 1, the next character has been received. While data reading by reader/card punch interface 1, Over travel error, parity error or frame error occurs. The setting for digit of input data or baud rate or I/o equipment specification is not correct.

0086 DR OFF

Stand-by signal (DR) of I/O equipment has been cut off while input/output data by reader/card punch interface 1, which may caused by power off of I/O equipment or no connection cable available or that printing circuit plate is in bad connection.

0087 BUFFER OVERFLOW

While reading of data by reader/card punch interface 1 to storage, although reading stop instruction has not been set, the input will not be interrupted after 10 characters have been read, which may caused by bad connection of I/O equipment or printing circuit plate.

0090 REFERENCE RETURN INCOMPLETE

1．It is unable to return reference point normally, and generally, it is caused by that the starting point for returning reference point is too close to the reference point or the speed is too low. Make the distance between starting point for returning reference point and reference point sufficient or set sufficient speed, and then carry out the operation for returning reference point. 2．Under the status that the origin cannot be set, try to execute origin setting of absolute position detector based on reference



Alarm No Alarm Information Description point return. Run the motor manually for one revolution and then power off the CNC and servo amplifier temporarily, and then carry out the origin setting of absolute position detector.

0091

MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN IS NOT PERFORMED IN FEED HOLD

Under interruption status of automatic running, it is unable to return reference point manually, please return the reference point manually under the status that automatic running is stopped or reset status.

0092 ZERO RETURN CHECK (G27) ERROR

The axis specified in G27 has not returned to the reference point. Recheck the program edited for returning reference point.

0094 P TYPE NOT ALLOWED (COORD CHG)

While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After automatic running has been interrupted, set the running coordinate system). The operation must be done according to the user’s instruction.

0095 P TYPE NOT ALLOWED (EXT OFS CHG)

While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After automatic running has been interrupted, the outer work-piece offset can be changed. The operation must be done according to the user’s instruction.

0096 P TYPE NOT ALLOWED (WRK OFS CHG)

While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After automatic running has been interrupted, work-piece offset can be changed. The operation must be done according to the user’s instruction

0097 P TYPE NOT ALLOWED (AUTO EXEC)

While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After power on, e-stop or warner 094～097 will be reset, but no automatic has been executed. Please execute automatic running.

0098 G28 FOUND IN SEQUENCE RETURN

Operation for returning reference point hasn’t been implemented after program restart instruction has been specified when G28 has been found during power on, e-stop or searching. Please execute the operation for returning reference point.

0099 MDI EXEC NOT ALLOWED AFT. SEARCH

During program restart, after searching operation, specify the movement instruction by MDI.

0101 PLEASE CLEAR MEMORY

While modifying storage by editing programs, the power supply is cut off. If the alarm occurs, please press the key <PROG> and <RESET> to release the alarm. (Here, only the program being edited can be deleted). Please record the programs which have been deleted again.

0109 FORMAT ERROR IN G08 The value P after G08 is 0 or 1, or no value P has not been specified.

0110 OVERFLOW :INTEGER Value of the whole number during operation has exceeded the allowed range.

0111 OVERFLOW :FLOATING Decimal value (floating-decimal formatted data) during operation has exceeded the allowed range.

0112 ZERO DIVIDE Zero has been used as divisor in the division operation of user macro program statement.

0113 IMPROPER COMMAND The function which cannot be used for user macro program has been specified, please modify the program.

0114 ILLEGAL EXPRESSION FORMAT

Expression description of user macro program statements is not correct. Parameter program format is incorrect.

0115 VARIABLE NO. OUT OF RANGE

Local variable, common variable or No. used in system variable which cannot be used for user macro programs has been specified. In s EGB axis skip function (G31.8), being less user macro variable No. has been specified or user macro programs for storage skip position are insufficient.

0116 WRITE PROTECTED VARIABLE

On the left of the expression, a variable can only be used for right side of expression of user macro program statement has been adopted.

0118 TOO MANY BRACKET NESTING

Nesting of [ ] of user macro program statement has exceeded the allowed range. Nesting of [ ] including [ ] of function is 5 layers.

0119 ARGUMENT VALUE OUT OF RANGE

Independent variable of function of user macro program has exceeded allowed range.

0122 TOO MANY MACRO NESTING

Nesting for user macro program call has exceeded the allowed range.




0123 ILLEGAL MODE FOR GOTO/WHILE/DO

In main program of DNC mode, there is GOTO statement or WHILE-DO statement.

0124 MISSING END STATEMENT END instruction corresponding with DO instruction of user macro program cannot be found.

0125 MACRO STATEMENT FORMAT ERROR Format for user macro program statement is incorrect.

0126 ILLEGAL LOOP NUMBER No. of DO statement and END statement of user macro program is incorrect or has exceeded the allowed range (1～3) .

0127 DUPLICATE NC,MACRO STATEMENT

NC statement and macro statement have been specified in the same program block.

0128 ILLEGAL MACRO SEQUENCE NUMBER

In the searching of sequence No. the specified sequence No. has not been found. The sequence No. with the skip destination specified by GOTO--, M99P—cannot be found.

0129 USE ‘G’ AS ARGUMENT G has been adopted as the independent variable of the user

macro program call. G can only be used as the independent variable for each block (G66.1).

0130 NC AND PMC AXIS ARE CONFLICTED

NC instruction and PMC axis control instruction conflict. Please modify the program or step program.

0136 SPOS AXIS - OTHER AXIS SAME TIME

Spindle positioning axis and other axes have been specified in the same block.

0137 M-CODE & MOVE CMD IN SAME BLK.

Spindle positioning axis and other axes have been specified in the same block.

0138 SUPERIMPOSED DATA OVERFLOW

When overlap control extension function has been adopted, in PMC axis control, pulse distribution increment at PMC and CNC is too big.

0139 CANNOT CHANGE PMC CONTROL AXIS PMC axis selection has been executed for PMC axis control.


Try to select or delete the program selected in the foreground. Please do the background editing correctly.

0141 CAN NOT COMMAND G51 IN 3-D OFFSET

G51 (ratio zoom ON) has been specified in three-dimension tool compensation, and please modify the program.

0142 ILLEGAL SCALE RATE Scale rate is 0 or bigger than or equal to 10000 times. Please modify the set value for scale rate. (G51P_ …or G51I_J_K_ …or parameter (No.5411, No.5421))

0143 COMMAND DATAOVERFLOW

Storage length of CNC inner data overflows. Calculation results for ratio zoom, coordinate rotation, cylindrical interpolation, etc. overflow data storage length, and then the alarm will occur. Besides, during reading of manual interference amount, the alarm may also occur.

0144 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECTED Coordinate rotation plane and arc or tool radius compensation C plane must be the same. Please modify the program.

0145 ILLEGAL USE OF G12.1/G13.1Axis No. of plane selection parameter (No.5460) (linear axis) and (No.5461) (rotary axis) for polar coordinate interpolation mode have exceeded the control range of 1～.

0146 ILLEGAL USE OF G-CODE

Under polar coordinate interpolation mode or cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode, there is an unallowable G code in modal G code combination. The allowed G codes are as follows: G40, G50.1, G69.1 If the system has already been under the polar coordinate interpolation mode, unallowable G codes have been specified.

The unallowable G codes are as follows: G27, G28, G30, G30.1, G31~G31.4, G37~G37.3, G52, G92, G53, G17~G19, G81~G89, G68

It is not allowed to specify the G codes other than G01, G02, G03, G02.2 and G03.2 in group 01.

0148 SETTING ERROR Automatic corner override deceleration speed and judgment angle have exceeded settable range. Please modify the set value of parameter (No.1710～1714).




0154 NOT USING TOOL IN LIFEGROUP

H99 or D99 has been specified under the status that tool management data has not been assigned to the spindle position. Please modify the program.

0160 MISMATCH WAITINGM-CODE

Mismatch waiting M Code� When different M code has been specified between path 1

and 2 when the waiting M code is without P instruction; � When the P instruction is the same, but waiting M code is not

consistent. � Although waiting M code is consistent, but P instruction is

not consistent (the alarm will occur when binary system value has been specified by P instruction).

� When waiting M code is consistent, but No. of the combination No. for P instruction differs. (When P instruction has been specified by combination of path No., the alarm may occur).

� Waiting M code with P instruction (3 or more path waiting) and that without P instruction (double path waiting) have been specified at the same time

� When waiting M code without P instruction has been specified in 3 or more paths.

0161 ILLEGAL P OF WAITINGM-CODE

P for waiting M code is illegal.� Value of address P is with negative sign. � P value which conflict with the system construction has been specified. � Waiting M code without P instruction (double path waiting) has been specified in 3 or more paths.

0163 ILLEGAL COMMAND ING68/G69

In balance cutting, G68/G69 has not been specified separately. The specified value (address P) for balance cutting is illegal.

0169 ILLEGAL TOOL GEOMETRYDATA

In interference check, tool shape data is incorrect. Set the data correctly or select correct tool shape.

0175 ILLEGAL G07.1 AXIS

The axis which cannot apply cylindrical interpolation has been specified. Please specify 2 or more axes in G07.1 block. Axis for non-cylindrical interpolation mode has been specified while cancel of cylindrical interpolation. While cylindrical interpolation axis specify arc instruction for rotary axis (set parameter ROT (No.1006#0) =1 and No.1260), please don’t set 0 in parameter No.1022, but set any value from the specified parallel axis 5, 6, and 7 in the parameter No.1022.

0176 ILLEGAL G-CODE USE(G07.1MODE)

G code which cannot be used under cylindrical interpolation mode has been specified. When G code of group 01 has been specified under G00 mode or G00, the alarm will occur. Please set G00 after release of cylindrical interpolation mode.

0179 PARAM. (NO.7510) SETTINGERROR

Number of control axes set in the parameter (No.7510) has exceeded the maximum control axes. Please modify the set value of the parameter.

0190 ILLEGAL AXIS SELECTED(G96)

Value for P or parameter (No.3770) specified in G96 is incorrect.

0194 SPINDLE COMMAND INSYNCHRO-MODE

Under spindle synchronization control mode or simple synchronization control mode, Cs contour control mode, spindle positioning instruction or rigid tapping reading mode has been specified.

0197 C-AXIS COMMANDED INSPINDLE MODE

When signal for switching Cs contour control has been cut off, the program has set a movement instruction along Cs axis.

0199 MACRO WORD UNDEFINED Macro statement undefined has been used. Please modify the user macro program.

0200 ILLEGAL S CODE COMMAND

While rigid tapping reading, value of S has exceeded the range specified or has not been set. While rigid tapping reading, the specifiable max value for S can be set by parameter (No.5241-No.5243). Please change the set value of the parameter or modify the program.

0201 FEEDRATE NOT FOUND IN RIGID TAP

The instruction F for cutting feed speed has been specified to0. While rigid tapping reading, and compared with instruction S, when instruction F is very small, since the tool cannot carry out cutting while programming lead, the alarm will occur.



0202 POSITION LSI OVERFLOW While rigid tapping reading, spindle assign value is too big (system error).

0203 PROGRAM MISS AT RIGID TAPPING

While rigid tapping reading, the position of rigid M code (M29) is incorrect, or instruction S is wrong. Please modify the program.

0204 ILLEGAL AXIS OPERATION While rigid tapping reading, axis running has been specified between rigid M code (M29) and G84 (G74). Please modify the program.

0205 RIGID MODE DI SIGNAL OFF While execution of G84 (G74), although rigid M code (M29), has been specified under rigid tapping reading, DI signal is not set to ON. Please refer to PMC ladder chart, finding out the reason why DI signal has not been connected.

0206 CAN NOT CHANGE PLANE (RIGID TAP)

Plane change has been specified under rigid mode. Please modify the program.

0207 RIGID DATA MISMATCH The distance specified in the rigid tapping is too long or too short.


1． M198 and M99 have been executed under predetermined running. or

2． M198 has been executed in DNC running. Please modify the program.

3. In the machining process of shrinkage pool of composite fixed cycle, interruption macro program has been specified and M99 has been executed.

0212 ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT Direct input instruction for drawing dimensions has been specified on the plane other than Z-X plane. Please modify the program.

0213 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHRO-MODE In the synchronization control of feed axes, the following

abnormities have occurred during synchronization running, � the program send out movement instruction for slave

axes. � carry out manual running for slave axes. � after power on, the program sends out instruction for

automatic returning of reference point when no manual returning of reference point.

0214 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHRO-MODE

While synchronization control, setting of coordinate system or displacement-type tool compensation has been executed. Please modify the program.

0217 DUPLICATE G51.2(COMMANDS)

In polygon mode of G51.2, G51.2 has been specified again. Please modify the program.

0218 NOT FOUND P/Q COMMAND In the block of G51.2, P or Q has not been specified or the specified value for P or Q has exceeded the range. Please modify the program. During the polygon machining among spindles, the causes for this alarm will be displayed on the diagnosis screen No.471 in details.

0219 COMMAND G51.2/G50.2 INDEPENDENTLY

G51.2 or G50.2 or other instructions have been specified in the same program block. Please modify the program in other program block.

0220 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHR-MODE

In synchronization running, the movement instructions for synchronization axes are controlled and sent out by NC programs or axis control for PMC synchronization axes. Please modify the program of check the ladder program of PMC.

0221 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SYNCHR-MODE

Try to carry out the synchronization running of polygon machining and Cs axis control or balance cutting at the same time. Please modify the program.

VMC Series Appendix C. Alarm List


0222 DNC OP. NOT ALLOWED IN BG-EDIT

In background editing, try to execute the input and output operation at the same time. Please execute the correct operation.

0224 ZERO RETURN NOT FINISHED

Before automatic running, operation for returning reference point has not been executed (limited to that when the parameter ZRNx (No.1005#0) is 0). Please execute the operation for returning reference point.

0231 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G10 L52

In programmable parameter input, instruction format is incorrect.

0232 TOO MANY HELICAL AXIS COMMAND

In helix interpolation mode, 3 or more axes have been specified to helix axes. Under helix interpolation B, 5 or more axes have been specified as helix axes.

0233 DEVICE BUSY While try to use some devices through interface RS-232-C, etc. the devices are being used by other users.

0239 BP/S ALARM While punching is done by I/O equipment control function, background editing has been carried out.

0240 BP/S ALARM Background editing has been carried out during MDI running period.

0241 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G02.2/G03.2 Endpoint coordinate instruction of involutes curve of the

presently selected plane, or center coordinate instruction I, J and K of corresponding basic circle or radius instruction R of corresponding basic circle are not available.

0242 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G02.2/G03.2

Involutes curve instruction error. Center coordinate instruction I, J and K of corresponding basic circle or radius instruction R of basic circle of the presently selected plane have been set to 0, or start point or end point is located in the basic circle.

0243 OVER TOLERANCE OF END POINT

End point is not on the involutes curve going through start point, and the error has exceeded the allowed error limit (parameter (No.2510).

0244 P/S ALARM In torque control, allowed movement accumulative distance set by the parameter has been exceeded.

0245 T-CODE NOT ALLOWED IN THIS BLOCK

G code (G50, G10 and G04) which cannot be specified has been specified in the same block where T is placed.

0247 THE MISTAKE IS FOUND IN THE OUTPUT CODE OF DATA.

During input of encryption programs, punching code has become EIA. Please output it after ISO has been specified.

0250 TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL Z AXIS COMMAND

Z-axis movement instructing has been specified in the same block where instruction M06 has been specified already.

0251 TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL T COMMAND

T code which cannot be specified has been specified in M06 T□□.

0253 G05 CAN NOT BE COMMANDED

In look-ahead control mode, binary system input operation has been specified.



0300 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SCALING

G code which cannot be specified in ratio zoom has been specified. Please modify the program. Under T series, when following functions have been specified in the ratio zoom, the alarm occurs. ·fine cutting cycle (G70, G72) ·rough cutting cycle of outer diameter (G71, G73) ·rough cutting cycle of end faces (G72, G74) ·closed loop cutting cycle(G73, G75) ·end face cutoff cycle(G74, G76) ·Cutoff cycle for outer diameter and inner diameter (G75, G77) ·composite thread cutting cycle (G76, G78) ·front drilling cycle (G83, G83) ·front tapping cycle(G84, G84) ·front boring cycle(G85, G85) ·side drilling cycle(G87, G87) ·side tapping cycle(G88, G88) ·side boring cycle(G89, G89) ·turning cycle for outer diameter and inner diameter (G77, G20)

·thread cutting cycle(G78, G21) ·end face turning cycle (G79, G24) (G code shall be in the sequence according to system B and C)

0301 RESETTING OF REFERENCE RETURN IS INHIBITED In the operation for returning reference without a limit stop, it

is forbidden to reset the parameter of reference point. When parameter No.1012#0 (IDGx) has been set to “1”, try to carry out the operation for returning reference point manually.

0302 SETTING THE REFERENCE POSITION WITHOUT LIMIT STOP IS NOT PERFORMED

It is unable to set reference point for returning reference point without a limit stop. The possible causes are as follows:

·During JOG feed, the axis has not been made to move toward the direction for returning reference point.

·The axis is moving along the direction opposite to the manual returning of reference point.

0303 REFERENCE POSITION RETURN IS NOT PERFORMED

Under the status that reference point setting at any position under Cs control is valid (parameter CRF(No.3700#0)=1) , switch the serial spindle to Cs contour control mode, and then no operation for returning reference point ha been executed before instruction G00 has been specified. Please firstly execute the operation for retuning reference point based on instruction G28, and then specify the instruction G00.

0304 G28 IS COMMANDED WITHOUT ZERO RETURN

Ooperation for retuning reference point (G28) has been specified before establishing reference point.

0305 INTERMEDIATE POSITION IS NOT ASSIGNED

After power on, G29 (returning from the reference point) has been specified without any execution of G28 (automatic returning of reference point), G30 (the second, third and fourth reference point return and G30.1 (changeable reference point returning).

0306 MISMATCH AXIS WITH CNR/CHF

In the chamfering block, corresponding relation between the movement axes and instruction I, J and K mismatch.

0307 CAN NOT START REFERENCE RETURN WITH MECHANICAL STOPPER SETTING

Try to do stopper reference point setting for the axis using non-limit stop reference point setting function.

0308 G72.1 NESTING ERROR Specify G72.1 again in G72.1 rotary copy.

0309 G72.2 NESTING ERROR G72.2 has been specified again in G72.2 parallel copy.



0310 FILE NOT FOUND The specified file cannot be found in the subprogram/macro program call.

0311 CALLED BY FILE NAME FORMAT ERROR

Format of subprogram/macro program call based on the file name is illegal.

0312 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING

Direct input instruction of drawing dimensions is illegal G code which cannot be specified in direction input of drawing dimensions has been specified. In the continuous direct input instruction of drawing dimensions, the unmovable blocks are two or more, or in direct input of drawing dimension, “, ”has been specified by an illegal method for “, ” (parameter CCR (No.3405#4) =1) .

0313 ILLEGAL LEAD COMMAND In changeable-lead thread cutting, the increment/decrement value of lead specified by address K has exceeded max instruction value or the instruction instructing negative value for lead has been sent out.

0314 ILLEGAL SETTING OF POLYGONAL AXIS

Axis setting of for polygon machining is illegal. In polygon machining, rotary axis for tool has not been specified. (parameter(No.7610)) In polygon machining among spindles, valid spindle has not been set (parameter(No.7640～7643)) ·spindle other than serial spindle has been specified. ·spindle has not been connected.

0315 ILLEGAL NOSE ANGLE COMMAND IS IN THE THREAD CUTTING CYCLE

Tool tip angle value has been specified in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle.

0316 ILLEGAL CUTTING AMOUNT IS IN THE THREAD CUTTING CYCLE

Specified min. cutting amount is bigger than height of thread pitch in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle.

0317 ILLEGAL THREAD COMMAND IS IN THE THREAD CUTTING CYCLE

Cutting amount or height of thread pitch in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle has been specified to 0 or a negative value.

0318 ILLEGAL RELIEF AMOUNT IS IN THE DRILLING CYCLE

During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74, G75), ∆d is a negative value although withdrawing direction has not been determined.

0319 THE END POINT COMMAND IS ILLEGAL IN THE DRILLING CYCLE

During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74, G75), U or W is not 0 although ∆i or ∆k movement is 0.

0320 ILLEGAL MOVEMENT AMOUNT/CUTTING AMOUNT IS IN THE DRILLING CYCLE

During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74, G75), ∆I or ∆k (movement amount/cutting amount) is negative.

0321 ILLEGAL REPEATED TIME IS IN THE PATTERN REPEATING CYCLE

In the closed loop cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G73), the repeat times is 0 or negative.

0322 FINISHING SHAPE WHICH OVER OF STARTING POINT

In the rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), the shape program has specified a shape exceedingcycle start point.

0323 THE FIRST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM IS A COMMAND OF TYPE II

In the rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), in the beginning block of shape program specified by P, type II has been specified, For G71, it shall be instruction Z(W); for G72, it shall be the instruction X(U).

0324 THE INTERRUPTION TYPE MACRO WAS DONE IN THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES

Interruption-type macro program has been in composite turningfixed cycle (G70, G71, G72 and G73)



0325 UNAVAILABLE COMMAND IS IN SHAPE PROGRAM

The instruction which cannot be used in shape programs of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has been specified.

0326 LAST BLOCK OF SHAPE PROGRAM IS A DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS

The instruction of the last block of shape programs of composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) is in the midway of direct input instruction of drawing dimensions.

0327 MODAL THAT MULTIPLE REPETIVE CYCLES CANNOT BE DONE

Composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has been specified in the modal status where the cycle cannot be executed.

0328 ILLEGAL WORK POSITION IS IN THE TOOL NOSE RADIUS COMPENSATION

Work-piece position instruction in the tool tip radius compensation is not suitable for the work-piece end of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72).

0329 THE FINISHING SHAPE IS NOT A MONOTONOUS CHANGE(SECOND AXES)

In the shape programs of rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), the instruction for the second axis of the plane doesn’t monotonously increase or decrease.

0330 ILLEGAL AXIS COMMAND IS IN THE TURNING CANNED CYCLE

In the axis instruction out of the plane has been specified in a single fixed cycle (G90, G92 and G94).

0331 ILLEGAL AXIS NUMBER IN AX[] In the axis No. of AX [ ], an illegal value has been specified.

0332 ILLEGAL AXIS ADDRESS IN AXNUM[] In AXNUM [ ], an illegal axis address has been specified.

0333 TOO MANY SPINDLE COMMANDS While using an extension spindle name, several spindle

instructions are specified in the same block. There is only one spindle instruction is allowed in one block.

0334 OFFSET IS OUT OF EFFECTIVE RANGE

Offset data exceeding the valid set range has been specified (prevention function for error operation).

0335 PLURAL M CODE In the waiting function of peripheral equipment based on M code, other M codes have been specified in the block where waiting M code is placed.

0336 TOOL COMPENSATION COMMANDED MORE TWO AXES

Without cancel of offset, another axis tries to carry out C-type tool length compensation or axis has not been specified for C-type tool length compensation in G43/G44 block.

0337 EXCESS MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL VALUE

The instruction value has exceeded the max increment value (prevention function for error operation).

0338 CHECK SUM ERROR Error has been found during detection and check (prevention function for error operation).

0340 ILLEGAL RESTART(NANOMETER SMOOTHING)

After manual interference under manual absolute ON status, try to carry out nanometer smooth machining to restart.

0341 TOO MANY COMMAND BLOCK (NANOMETER SMOOTHING)

Specified number of program block has exceeded the allowed continuous specifiable block number under nanometer smooth machining mode.

0342 CUSTOM MACRO INTERRUPT ENABLE IN NANOMETER SMOOTHING

In nanometer smooth machining mode, user macro program interruption is valid. Besides, when user macro program interruption is valid, nanometer smooth machining mode ha been specified.

0343 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN NANOMETER SMOOTHING

G43, G44 and G49 have been specified in nanometer smooth machining.

0344 CANNOT CONTINUE NANOMETER SMOOTHING Instruction for un-continuous nanometer smooth machining

has been specified or the above operation has been done.

0345 TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL Z AXIS POS

Z-axis during tool changing is illegal.



0346 TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL TOOL NUM Tool position has not been established during tool changing.

0347 TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SAME BLK.

Illegal command has been sent during tool changing.

0348 TOOL CHANGE Z AXIS POS NOT

During tool changing, position for Z-axis has not been established.

0349 TOOL CHANGE SPINDLE NOTSTOP Tool changing has started before complete stop of the spindle.

0350 PARAMETER OF THE INDEX OF THE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AXIS SET ERROR.

Setting for axis No, (parameter (No.8180)) for synchronous control is illegal.

0351 BECAUSE THE AXIS IS MOVING,THE SYNC CONTROL IS CAN’T BE USED.

Try to start or release synchronous control by synchronous control axis selection signal while the subject axis under synchronous control is moving.

0352 SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AXIS COMPOSITION ERROR.

1) try to execute synchronous control for the axis already under synchronization /composite/superposition

2) try to further control of relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild to realize synchronous control for great-grandchild

3) When try to start synchronous control before the relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild has been established, the alarm will occur.

0353 THE INSTRUCTION WAS DONE FOR THE AXIS WHICH WAS NOT ABLE TO MOVE.

·synchronization status 1) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8163#7)=1,

movement instruction has been specified for the axis. 2) When movement instruction has been specified for the

slave axis. ·composite status

1) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8163#7)=1, movement instruction has been specified.

2) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8162#7)=1, movement instruction has been specified, and then the alarm occur.

0354 THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTEDIN WITH THE REF POS NOTFIXED IN SYNC MODE

In synchronous control, before reference point for slave axis has been set, G28 has been specified for the master axis under stop status, the alarm will occur.

0355 PARAMETER OF THE INDEX OF THE COMPOSITE CONTROL AXIS SET ERROR.

Setting of axis No. (Parameter (No.8183)) of composite axis is illegal.

0356 BECAUSE THE AXIS IS MOVING, THE COMP CONTROL IS CAN’T BE USED.

Try to start or release composite control by composite control axis selection signal while the subject axis under composite control is moving.

0357 COMPOSITE CONTROL AXIS COMPOSITION ERROR.

Try to execute composite control for the axis already under synchronization /composite/superposition

0359 THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED IN WITH THE REF POS NOT FIXED IN COMP MODE

In composite control, before reference point for composite subject has been set, G28 has been specified for composite axis, the alarm will occur.

0360 PARAMETER OF THE INDEX OF THE SUPERPOS CONTROL AXIS SET ERROR.

Setting for superposition control axis No. (Parameter (No.8186)) is illegal.



0361 BECAUSE THE AXIS IS MOVING, THE SUPERPOS CONTROL IS CAN’T BE USED.

Try to start or release subject axis under superposition control by composite control axis selection signal while the subject axis under composite control is moving.

0362 SUPERPOSITION CONTROL AXIS COMPOSITION ERROR.

1) Try to execute superposition control for the axis already under synchronization /composite/superposition

2) Try to further control of relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild to realize synchronous control for great-grandchild

0363 THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED INTO THE SUPERPOS CONTROL SLAVE AXIS.

When G28 has been specified for the slave axis under superposition control, the alarm will occur.

0364 THE G53 WAS INSTRUCTED IN TO THE SUPERPOS CONTROL SLAVE

Under superposition control, G53 has been specified for the slave axis when master axis is under moving status.

0365 TOO MANY MAXIMUM SV/SP AXIS NUMBER PER PATH

Maximum number for control axis or control spindle within one path has been exceeded (under path of loading device, the axis number for each path has been set to 5 or more, the alarm will occur).

0366 IMPROPER G-CODE IN TURRET METHOD

G43, G43.1, G43.4, G43.5, G43.7 have been specified when turret-type changing tool mode has been selected (parameter TCT (No.5040#3)=0) .

0367 3-D CONV. WAS COMMANDED IN SYNC MODE AS THE PARAMETER PKUx(NO 8162#2) IS 0

In synchronous control, when parameter PKUx(No.8162#2) is 0, three-dimension coordinate change has been conversion has been specified.

0368 OFFSET REMAIN AT OFFSET COMMAND Under ATC changing tool mode (parameter

No.5040#3(TCT)=1) , G43.7 has been specified under G43, G43.1, G43.4 and G43.5 mode, or G43, G43.1, G43.4 and G43.5 have been specified under G43.7 mode.

0369 G31 FORMAT ERROR · In torque limit skip instruction (G31P98/P99), axis instruction has not been specified or axis instruction for 2 or more has been specified.

· In torque limit skip instruction, instruction of address Q has exceeded the range. The instruction range for address shall be 1～99.

0370 G31P/G04Q ERROR Instruction value for address P for G31 has exceeded the rang, and under multilevel skip function, the range for address P shall be 1～4. Instruction value for address Q for G04 has exceeded the rang, and under multilevel skip function, the range for address Q shall be 1～4. Or the option for multilevel skip function has not been adopted, but P1-4 has been specified by G31 and Q1-4 has been specified by G04.

0371 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G10 OR L50

Try to change cryptographic function of cryptographic key

and program by programmable parameter input (parameters

for secret code (No.3220), cryptographic key (No.3221) and

protection range (No.3222, No.3223). please modify the

program.



0372 REFERENCE RETURN INCOMPLETE Try to execute automatic returning of reference point under

the status of manual returning reference point for angular axis mode or that no reference point return has been executed after power on, or reference point return for orthogonal axes has been executed when operation of returning reference point of angular axes has not finished. Execute the reference point return for orthogonal axes when operation of returning reference point of angular axes has finished.

0373 ILLEGAL HIGH-SPEED SKIP SIGNAL SELECTED

In various skip instructions (G31, G31P1～G31P4) and interruption instructions (G04, G04Q1～G04Q4) , same high-speed skip signal has been selected in different paths.

0374 ILLEGAL REGISTRATION OF TOOL MANAGER(G10)

Under following operations and actions, data record of G10L75/L76 has been executed: ·record the data from PMC window. ·record the data from FOCAS2. ·record the data by G10L75/L76 in other paths. After completion of above operation and actions, specify G10L75/L76 again.

0375 CAN NOT ANGULAR CONTROL (SYNC:MIX:OVL)

The axis construction is unavailable for execution of angular axis control. All axes associated with angular axis control has not entered synchronous control or synchronous control has not been applied between angular axes and orthogonal axes 2) All axes associated with angular axis control has not

entered composite control or synchronous control has not been applied between angular axes and orthogonal axes

3) When all axes associated with angular axis control has beenset to superposition control.

0376 SERIAL DCL: ILLEGAL PARAMETER � When parameter OPTx(No.1815#1) for the separate pulse

encode is valid, parameter (No.2002#3) is invalid. ② Parameter for absolute position detector

APCx(No.1815#5) is valid.

0387 ILLEGAL RTM DI/DO VAR There is no DI/DO variable with specified signal address (letters and figures).

0389 ILLEGAL RTM SIGNAL BIT It is unavailable to specify the digits out of 0～7 by DI/DO

signal.

0391 RTM BRANCH OVER The conversion number supported by real-time user macro

programs has been exceeded.

0392 TOO MANY STATEMENT CONTROL

Several key words (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO, ZEND, G65, M99) controlling RTM in real-time user macro programs have been used.

0393 NO STATEMENT CONTROL In real-time user macro programs, no substituted data available.

0394 ILLEGAL STATEMENT CONTROL

Corresponding relation of key words (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO, ZEND, G65, M99) controlling RTM is incorrect.

0395 ILLEGAL NC WORD CONTROL Correct return control code G65 and M99 from subprogram or

words describing subprogram call are unavailable.

0396 ILLEGAL RTM STATEMENT CONTROL

Any key word (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO and ZEND) controlling RTM has been used in non real-time macro program instruction.



0397 RTM BUFFER OVER No free space available from the buffer for real-time macro program instruction. The pre-read block number used to activate real-time macro program instruction during buffering is too big.

0398 ID OVER IN BUFFER In pre-read blocks, there are too many real-time macro program instruction of same ID.

0399 ID EXECUTION IN SAME TIME

Try to execute real-time macro program instruction of same ID as the same NC statement after activation.

0400 ONESHOT CMDOVER While single step, there are too many real-time macro program instructions.

0401 EXEC CMD NUM OVER IN SAME TIME

The number for real-time macro programs which can be executed at the same time has been exceeded.

0402 ILLEGAL TOKEN FOR RTM Signs, variables or functions unsupported by real-time user macro programs have been detected.

0403 ACCESS TO RTM PROTECT Try to read the protected variables. 0404 RTM ERROR Error associated with real-time macro program instruction has

occurred.

0406 CODE AREA SHORTAGE Storage capacity in real-time macro program field is not enough.

0407 DOULE SLASH IN RTM MODE Try to set translate and edit mode again under translate and editmode.

0408 G90 IS NOT PERMITTED It is not allowed to specify absolute instruction. 0409 ILLEGAL AXIS NO Axis No. is not correct. 0410 MIDDLE POINT IS NOT ZERO The specification at the middle of G28 is not 0. 0411 SIMULTANEOUSLY AXES

OVER The maximum simultaneous control axes have been exceeded.

0412 ILLEGAL G CODE G code which cannot be specified has been specified. 0413 ILLEGAL ADDRESS Address which cannot be specified has been specified. 0414 ILLEGAL PMC AXIS NO. PMC axis No. is not correct. 0415 GROUP IS IN USE The group where the specified axis is placed is being used.

0416 UNABLE TO USE THE AXIS It is not allowed to use the specified axis. 0417 AXIS IS UNABLE TO MOVE The specified axis cannot be moved. 0418 ILLEGAL FEED SETTING Setting for feed speed is wrong. 0419 ILLEGAL DISTANCE

SETTING Data for movement amount has exceeded the range.

0420 CONSTANT NUMBER P A subprogram has not been specified by a constant.

0421 ILLEGAL ARGUMENT L IN G65 Illegal independent variable L has been used n G65.

0422 ILLEGAL ARGUMENT IN G65 Illegal independent variable L has been used n G65. 0423 NO PMC AXIS CONTROL Option controlled by PMC axis is unavailable. 0424 MULTIPLE AXES IN ONE One group has been shared by several axes. 0425 ONE AXIS USE MULTIPLE

GROUPSSeveral groups have been used by one axis.

0429 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G10.6 While starting withdrawing during thread cutting program block, withdrawing instruction has been specified along the direction of long axis for thread cutting.

1000 NOT ALL AEXS HAVE GONE BACK REFERENCE POINT

Not all axes have gone back to the reference point, execute the returning reference point action

1004 ATC MOTOR QF16 OFF The motor starter of chain is tripped off, check if short circuit occurs.



1005 X AXIS I IS LOCKED Axis X is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.

1006 Y AXIS IS LOCKED Axis Y is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.

1007 Z AXIS IS LOCKED Axis Z is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.

1010 A AXIS IS LOCKED Axis A is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.

1011 SPINDLE MOTOR FAN QF26 OFF

Check if the air switch of the motor fan in spindle is tripped off and check if short circuit occurs

1012 SPINDLE ORIENTATION INCOMPLETE

Spindle orientation is not completed; check the settings of the spindle orientation parameters

1013 M FUNCTION NOT COMPLETE M code is not completed, execute it again and check the conditions of the incompletion

1014 SPINDLE NOT IN GEAR POSITION Spindle is not in the gear position

1015 SPINDLE HAS NOT CHANGED TO LOW GEAR

Spindle has not changed to the low gear, please change the gear again.

1016 SPINDLE HAS NOT CHANGED TO HIGH GEAR

Spindle has not changed to the low gear, please change the gear again.

1017 MAG NOT BACKWARD Tool magazine not return to the initial state, check the relative reaching signal of tool magazine

1020 SPINDLE TOOL NOT CLAMP Spindle tool not clamped, check the reflecting switch of clamping and positioning signals and confirm the connection of air pipes

1021 SPINDLE TOOL NOT UNCLAMP Spindle tool not unclamped, check the reflecting switch of unclamping and positioning signals and confirm the connection of air pipes

1022 MAG NOT IN POSITION Tool magazine is not in position, check the reflecting signal

1023 MAG DOES NOT ROTATE Tool magazine does not rotate; check if the signal of the counter, the positioning signal of tool cover and the control circuit of tool magazine rotating are correct

1024 MAG DOES NOT STOP RUNNING Tool magazine does not stop running; check if the connection

and the installing position of the counter signal switch are correct, or the switch of counter is damaged

1025 A AXIS HAVE NOT CLAMPED Axis A not clamped; check if the electromagnetic valve is closed, check the clamping positioning reflecting signal of axis A , and check if the pipes are correctly connected

1026 A AXIS HAVE NOT UNCLAMPED Axis A not clamped; check if the electromagnetic valve is

closed, check the unclamping positioning reflecting signal of axis A and check if the pipes are correctly connected

1027 SET "MAG.JOG" SWITCH ON The softswicth MAG.JOG is set to on; Set the softswitch off to eliminate the alarm

1030 HYDRAULIC MOTOR QF7 OFF Hydraulic motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs

1031 HYDRAULIC TEMPRETURE HIGH

Hydraulic motor temperature is high; stop running hydraulic motor to reduce temperature

1032 HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKEDFilter of hydraulic motor is blocked, clean it timely

1033 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW The level of oil in hydraulic station is low; fill the oil timely



1034 HYDRAULIC FAN QF8 OFF Air switch of hydraulic motor fan is off; check if short circuit occurs

1035 HELIX CONYER QF9 OFF Motor starter of spiral chip conveyor is off; check if short circuit occurs

1036 CHAIN CONYER QF11 OFF Motor starter of chain chip conveyor is off; check if short circuit occurs

1037 COOLANT MOTOR QF12 OFF Motor starter of outer cooling is off; check if short circuit occurs

1040

1041 INTERR COOLANT BLOCK Intercoolant water so dirty that the test signal alarm

1042 SPINDLE COOLANT MOTOR QF14 OFF

Spindle cooling motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs

1043 INNER COOLANT Q13F OFF Spindle inner cooling motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs

1044 MAG MOTOR Q15F OFF Tool disc motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs

1045 HEAT EXCHANGE QF21 OFF Heat exchanger air switch is off; check if short circuit occurs

1046 OIL GATHER QF24 OFF Motor starter of oil mist collector is off; check if short circuit occurs

1049

1050 SPINDLE COOLANT MOTOR FAULT Spindle cooling motor is damaged

1051

1052 FRONT DOOR(L) OPEN Front door(left) of protective room is open

1053 FRONT DOOR(R) OPEN Front door(right) of protective room is open

1054 LEFT DOOR OPEN left door of protective room is open

1055 LUBRICATION OIL QF23 OFF Motor starter of lubricating oil is off; check if short circuit occurs

1056

1057 IN ADJUST STATUS:MAG CAN NOT EXCHANGE TOOL AUTO

Tool magazine in adjust status; tool cannot be changed in automatic mode; cancel the adjusting status to confirm the safety

1058

1060 NOT ALL DOOR CLOSED Not all doors are closed; check and close the door of protective room if necessary

1061 IN M06,MAG NOT READY Tool disc is not ready when in M06

1062 MAGAZINE NOT READY Chain is not ready, check the relative reflecting signal status

1063 POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL Tool pocket is not in horizontal position; check the horizontal reflecting signal and the connection of air pipes

1064 IN M06,Z AXIS NOT BACK TO 2RD REF In M06, Z axis not back to the second reference point

1065 IN M06,Z AXIS NOT IN POSITION SWITCH1 In M06, Z axis is not in position switch 1



1066 ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION Chain is not in 0 position, check the signal reflection of 0 position and execute the chain rotating action to 0 position

1067 IN M06,SPINDLE ORIENTATION UNCOMPLETE

In M06, spindle orientation is not completed check the relative parameter and confirm the correct connection of pipes

1068

1069

1070 POCKET HAS NOT TOHORIZANTAL OR MAG HASNOT BACKWARD

Pocket is not in horizontal position or tool disc is not go backward; check the positing reflecting signal and the correct connection of air pipes

1071 POCKET HAS NOT TOVERTICAL OR MAG HAS NOTFORWARD

Pocket is not in vertical position or tool disc is not go forward; check the positing reflecting signal and the correct connection of air pipes

1072 UNCLAMP TOOL HAS NOTCOMPLETED

Spindle tool unclamping is not completed; check the tool unclamping reflecting signal and the correct connection of air pipes; check if the tool unclamping electromagnetic valve is closed

1073 CLAMP TOOL HAS NOT COMPLETED

Spindle tool clamping is not completed; check the tool clamping reflecting signal and the correct connection of air pipes; check if the tool unclamping electromagnetic valve is closed

1074 AIM TOOL NO. IS WRONG Aim tool number is wrong, check the edited programs and change them

1075 MAG NOT BACKWARD Tool disc does not return to the backward position; check the closing of tool disc backward electromagnetic valve, the correct connection of air pipe and the backward positioning reflecting signal

1076 AFTER RETRACTION,SET THE 4TH SOFT SWITCH OFF After retraction, set the 4th softkey off.

1077 Z AIXS NOT IN POSITION SWITCH2, SO ATC FORBIDDEN ROTATING

Z axis is not in the second reference point, so chain rotating is not allowed; move the Z axis to the second reference point.

1078

1079

1080

1081

1082 Z AIXS NOT IN POSITIONSWITCH2,SO MAG FORBIDDENFORWARD

Z axis is not in the second reference point, so tool disc forward is not allowed; move the Z axis to the second reference point.

1083 SPINDLE ALARM,CHECKSPINDLE MODULE Spindle alarms; check spindle module.

1084 PROGRAM CODE M06 ISWRONG Program code M06 is wrong, check and correct it.

1085 SET THE 8TH SOFT SWITCHOFF

Set the 8th softkey off; set the parameter to be on to eliminate the alarm

1086

1087 K PARAMETERS ABOUTMAGZINE SET IS WRONG

Parameter K in PMC parameters concerning of tool magazine controlling is wrong; find the professional personnel to solve the alarm



1090 MECHANICAL BRAKE HASNOT RELEASED Mechanical brake is not released completely; check the

connections of hardware and check if the hardware is damaged

1091 MECHANICAL BRAKE ISWRON,REPLACE THE ROTOR Mechanical brake is damaged, replace the new brake

1092

1093 VOLTAGE OF PROBE BATTERY IS LOW Voltage of probe battery is low, replace the new battery

1094 PROBE IS ERR Probe is err,please check it basis on manual

1095 PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE Parameter write enable

1096 PMC EDIT ENABLE Pmc edit enable

1097

1098

1099

1100 SPINDLE GEAR SIGNAL MISS Spinde gear singnal miss,please check circuit

1101 T_CLAMPED_SIGNAL MISS T_clamped_singnal miss, please check circuit

1102

1103

1104 THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POCKETS SET

ERR THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POCKETS SET ERR,please set#948

1105 LUB INTERVAL IS TOO LONG LUB INTERVAL IS TOO LONG,please set “TMR12=5”

1106 ATC BREAK SIGNAL MISS ATC BREAK SIGNAL MISS,PLEA

1107 ATC 60 SIGNAL MISS ATC 60 SIGNAL MISS

1108

1109

1110 ATC 0 SIGNAL MISS ATC 0 SIGNAL MISS

1111 MAG REF SIGNAL MISS MAG REF SIGNAL MISS

1112 MAG REF & COUNTER SIGNALS IN

REVERSE MAG REF & COUNTER SIGNALS IN REVERSE

1113 LUB PRESS HARD DISCONNECTEDLUB PRESS HARD DISCONNECTED

1114 TURN OFF THE POWER TURN OFF THE POWER

1115 CHANGE T STOPED BECAUSE NO AIRCHANGE T STOPED BECAUSE NO AIR

1116



1117 COOLANT LEVEL LOW,ADD COOLANT

WATER COOLANT LEVEL LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER

1118

1119

1120

1121

1122 SEPARATE OIL FROM WATER QF35

OFF Separate oil from water motor is overload.

1123 PRESELECT TOOL NOT FINISHED After preselecting tool over then changing tool.

1125 THE CHIP FLUSH PUMP SWITCH QF35 OFF The chip flush pump switch QF35 off

1126 THE OIL SEPERATED FROM WATER SWITCH QF 34 OFF The oil separated from water pump switch QF34 off

2001 MACHINE IN ADJUST,IGNORE GO BACK REFERENCE POINT In machine adjusting, do go back to the reference point

2002 PRESS [CYCLE START]KEY AFTER EXCHANGE TOOL Press cycle start key after tool change

2003 MAGAZINE ADJUST Machine is in adjustment

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021



2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

2033

2034

2035

2036

2037

2038

2039

2040 COOLNT LEVEL LOW,CYCLE STOP AFTER 20 MINUTES

Coolant level is low, fill the cooling medium in 20 minutes, else the machine will cycle stop

2041

2042

2043

2044

2045

2046

2047 AIR PRESSURE LOW Air pressure is low; check the external air pressure device

2048

2049

2050

2051 LUB.OIL IS LOW Lubricating oil level is low



2052

2053

2054

2055

2056 LUBRICATION PRESS LOW The pressure of lubricating oil is low; check if any looseness in connections of lubricating pipes connected

2057

2060

2061

2062

2063

2064

2065

2066

2067

2070

2071

2072

2073

2074

2075

2076

2077

2080

2081 SOFT SWITCH MAG.JOG IS ON Soft switch MAG.JOG is 1; set it to off to eliminate the alarm

2082

2083

2074

2085

2086

2087



2090

2091

2092 PLEASE ADD LUB.OIL Please add lub. oil

2120 REPLACE CNC BATTERY QUICKLY AND

BEFORE REPLACE DO NOT POWER OFF

CNC battery voltage is low, replace is quickly before turn off the CNC power.

2121 MAG INITIALIZED OVER Mag initialized over.

2095

2096

2097 LUB PRESS LOW,CHECK LUB ROUTINLUB PRESS LOW,CHECK LUB ROUTIN

2116 THE COOLANT WATER TOO LOW,ADD

COOLANT WATER AT ONCE

THE COOLANT WATER TOO LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER AT ONCE

2120 PLEASE PEPLACE CNC BATTERY

QUICKLY Please replace a new CNC battery

2222 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET

NOT HORIZANTAL CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL

2223 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN SP NOT

CLAMP TOOL CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN SP NOT CLAMP TOOL

2224 CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN NOT

CLAMP TOOL CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN NOT CLAMP TOOL

2225 CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP FAN

QF OFF CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP FAN QF OFF

2226 CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN MAG

NOT BACKWARD CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD

2227 CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP

COOL QF OFF CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL QF OFF

2230 CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN ATC

NOT IN 0 POS CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN ATC NOT IN 0 POS

2231 CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP

COOL IS FAULT CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL IS FAULT

2232 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN THERE IS

ALARM CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN THERE IS ALARM

2233 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN ATC NOT

IN ZERO POSITION CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION

2234 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN MAG NOT

BACKWARD CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD

2235 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET

NOT IN POSITION CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT IN POSITION

2236 ROTATE SPINGLE THEN CYCLE STARTROTATE SPINGLE THEN CYCLE START

2237 CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN

RIGID TAPPING CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN RIGID TAPPING

2240 SET MACHINE IN AUTO TO CYCLE

START SET MACHINE IN AUTO TO CYCLE START

2241 CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN

CHANGING TOOL CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN CHANGING TOOL

2242 CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MAG

WORKING CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MAG WORKING

2243 CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MACHINE

AUTO RUN CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MACHINE AUTO RUN

2244 SET MACHINE IN JOG MODE FIRSTSET MACHINE IN JOG MODE FIRST

2245 SET MACHINE IN FEED HOLD MODESET MACHINE IN FEED HOLD MODE



2246 FEED OVERRIDE IS ZERO FEED OVERRIDE IS ZERO

2247 STOP SPINDLE FIRST THEN UNCLAMP

TOOL STOP SPINDLE FIRST THEN UNCLAMP TOOL

2250 CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN BATTERY

LOW

CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN BATTERY LOW

4010 ILLEGAL REAL VALUE OF OBUF :

Real value of output buffer is not correct.

5006 TOO MANY WORD IN ONE BLOCK

Too many words have been specified in one program block, and the maximum shall be 26 words. However, along with the changes of NC options, the instruction words can be divided into two blocks.

5007 TOO LARGE DISTANCE Movement amount has exceeded the maximum instruction value since it has been applied to compensation, intersection point calculation, interpolation calculation, etc. Confirm the coordinate, compensation value, etc. of the program instruction.

5009 PARAMETER ZERO (DRY RUN)

Parameter (No.1410) for dry-run speed or parameter (No.1430) for max cutting feed speed has been set to 0.

5010 END OF RECORD In program block midway, EOR (record end) code has been specified. While reading the last percentage of NC programs, the alarm will occur too.

5011 PARAMETER ZERO (CUT MAX)

The set value of maximum cutting feed speed (parameter No.1430) has been set to 0.

5014 TRACE DATA NOT FOUND It is unable to transfer the data since no tracing data available. 5015 NO ROTATION AXIS During tool axial handwheel feed or tool normal direction

handwheel feed, it is unable to find the specified rotary axis.

5016 ILLEGAL COMBINATION OF M CODES M code combination belonging to the same group has been

specified in the same block, or M code combination has been specified when there is only a separate M code.

5018 POLYGON SPINDLE SPEED ERROR Under G51.2, it is not allowed to remain the rotation speed

ratio of instruction value because spindle speed or speed of polygon synchronous axis has exceeded the upper limit or is too low. For the polygon machining among spindles, the detailed alarm causes will be displayed on the diagnosis screen No. 471.

5020 PARAMETER OF RESTART ERROR Under dry run, the set value of parameter (No.7310) used to

specify moving to the restart machining position is illegal. The set range shall be from 1 to the number of control axes.

5043 TOO MANY G68 NESTING The instruction used for three-dimension coordinate change has been specified for 3 times or more. When it is necessary to restart coordinate change, you must execute the cancel operation at first.

5044 G68 FORMAT ERROR In the instruction program of three-dimension coordinate change, there are following errors: (1) No. instruction block of three-dimension coordinate

change has specified instruction I, J and K (when option for coordinate system rotation not available).

(2) In instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change, instruction I, J and K all have been set to 0.

(3) In instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change, instruction for rotation angle R has not been specified.



5046 ILLEGAL PARAMETER (S-COMP) The setting of parameters associated with flatness

compensation is incorrect. The possible reasons are as follows: The axis No. not available in the parameters of movement axes or compensation axes has been set. Pitch error compensation between the furthest negative end and furthest positive end of has exceeded 128 points. The compensation points for flatness have not been numbered in order. Compensation points for flatness are out of the range of pitch error compensation points between the furthest negative end and furthest positive end. The specified compensation value for each point is too big or too small.

5050 ILL-COMMAND IN G81.1 MODE

Movement instruction has been specified for cutting axis during cutting.

5058 G35/G36 FORMAT ERROR The instruction for switching long axis has been specified during arc thread cutting or length of long axis has been set to 0.

5060 ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN G02.3/G03.3

The parameter setting for the axis carrying out exponential function interpolation is wrong. Parameter (No.5641): linear axis No. carrying out exponential function interpolation. Parameter (No.5642): rotary axis No. carrying out exponential function interpolation. The set value shall be the number of control axes, but not the same axis No.

5061 ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G02.3/G03.3

Instruction format for exponential function interpolation (G02.3/G03.3) is wrong. Instruction range of address I and J shall be -89.0 ~ -1.0, +1.0 ~ +89.0, but address I and J have not been specified or the specification has exceeded the range, or address R has not been specified or has been set to 0.


Instruction format for exponential function interpolation (G02.3/G03.3) is wrong. The specified values (for example, value within In or 0 or negative values) are not suitable for exponential function interpolation.

5064 DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT Arc interpolation has been specified on the plane consists of axes of different set units.

5065 DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT (PMC AXIS)

In the axis control based on PMC, for same DI/DO group, axes of different set units have been set. Please modify the parameter (No.8010).

5066 RESTART ILLEGAL SEQUENCE NUMBER

In restart of program for return/restart function, while searching the next sequence No. , sequence No. of No. 7000～7999 has been read in.

5068 FORMAT ERROR IN G31P90 Movement axis has not been specified, or 2 or more movement axes have been specified.

5073 NO DECIMAL POINT Decimal has not been input in the instruction where decimal must be specified.

5074 ADDRESS DUPLICATION ERROR

In the same block, 2 or more same addresses have been specified, or 2 or more G codes belonging to the same group have been specified.

5085 SMOOTH IPL ERROR 1 Instruction format of smooth interpolation instruction block is not correct.

5115 ILLEGAL ORDER (NURBS) Specification for layers is not correct. 5116 ILLEGAL KNOT VALUE Knot point has not increased monotonously.



5117 ILLEGAL 1ST CONTROL POINT (NURBS)

The first control point is wrong, or no continuity with the previous block.

5118 ILLEGAL RESTART (NURBS) Try to restart NURBS interpolation after manual interference when manual absolute is on.

5122 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN SPIRAL Spiral interpolation instruction or taper interpolation

instruction is wrong. Especially, the error can be caused by one of the following:

1) L=0 has been specified. 2) Q=0 has been specified 3) R/, R/, C has been specified 4) 0 has been specified as height increment value 0 5) 0 has been specified as height difference 0 6) 3 or more axes have been specified as height axis 7) When there are two height axes, height increment has been specified. 8) While radius difference ＝0, Q has been specified. 9) While radius difference＞0, Q＜0 has been specified. 10) While radius difference ＜0, Q＞0 has been specified. 11) Height increment has been specified in the case that no height axis has been specified.

5123 OVER TOLERANCE OF END POINT IN SPIRAL

Difference between specified end point position and calculated end point position has exceeded the allowed range (parameter No.3471).

5124 CAN NOT COMMAND SPIRALSpiral interpolation or taper interpolation has been specified un the any of the following modes: 1) ratio zoom 2) polar coordinate interpolation 3) end pint=center point in C type tool radius compensation

5130 NC AND SUPERIMPOSE AXIS CONFLICT

In the superposition of PMC axis control, NC instruction and PMC instruction conflict. Please modify the program or ladder-type program.

5131 NC COMMAND IS NOT COMPATIBLE PMC axis control and three-dimension coordinate change or

polar coordinate interpolations have been specified at the same time. Pleased modify the program or la ladder-type program.

5132 CANNOT CHANGE SUPERIMPOSED AXIS

For superposition axis under PMC axis control, superposition has been selected.

5195 DIRECTION CAN NOT BE JUDGED In function B for direct input of tool compensation

measurement value, when under touch sensor of single-contact input, it is uncertain for the stored pulse direction ·to stop under the offset reading mode. ·to be under servo off. ·to be of different directions for pulse change Or tool is moving along two axes (X-axis and Z-axis) at the same time.

5196 ILLEGAL AXIS OPERATION The un-specifiable function has been used while execution of functions associated with the five axes.

5220 REFERENCE POINT ADJUSTMENT MODE The parameter DAT x (No.1819#2) for automatically setting

reference point position has been set to 1. Under the manual execution, position the machine at the reference point, and then execute the operation for returning reference point.



5257 G41/G42 NOT ALLOWED IN MDI MODE

Tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation has been specified by MDI mode (based on setting of parameter MCR (No.5008#4)).

5303 TOUCH PANEL ERROR The connection of the touch panel is not correct, or it is unable to do initialization for the touch panel. Shoot the above troubles, and then power on again.

5305 ILLEGAL SPINDLE NUMBER In the spindle selection functions of address P based on multilevel control, 1) Address P has not been specified. 2) Parameter (No.3781) has not been set in the spindle to be selected. 3) G code which cannot be used with instruction G S_P_; has been specified. 4) Multi spindle is invalid since EMS (No.3702#1) has been set to 1.

5312 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G10 L75/76/77

Instruction formats from G10L75/L76/L77 to G11 are wrong or the instruction value has exceeded the data range. Please modify the program.

5316 TOOL TYPE NUMBER NOT FOUND Tool type No. conforming to specification is available. Please

modify the program or carry out the tool recording.

5317 ALL TOOL LIFE IS OVER The lives of the tools conforming to the specification are all off.Please change the tools.

5320 DIA./RAD. MODE CAN’T BE SWITCHED .

Diameter/radius programming switching has been done under the following statuses: 1) the programs which is under buffering 2) the axis is moving

5329 M98 AND NC COMMAND IN SAME BLOCK In the fixed cycle mode, subprogram call for non separate block

has been specified. Please modify the program.

5360 TOOL INTERFERENCE CHECK ERROR

The alarm may caused by that there is interference between data change of G10 data input and file reading and other tools, or it is tried to change the tool shape data recorded in the material disc.

5361 ILLEGAL MAGAZINE DATA Interference occurs among the tools stored in the material disc. Please re-record the tool in the material disc or change the management data and tool shape data of the tools. While the alarm occurring, no tool interference check will be carried out while recording the tool to the material disc management station. Besides, searching for empty holders cannot be carried normally. It is necessary to cut off the power supply temporarily to release the alarm.

5406 G41.3/G40 FORMAT ERROR (1) Movement instruction has been specified in block of G41.3 and G40.

(2) G code or M code whose buffering has been controlled has been specified in block of G41.3.

5407 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G41.3 (1) In G41.3, G code out of group G00 and G01 has been specified.

(2) In G41.3 mode, offset instruction (G code belonging to group 07) has been specified.

(3) The next block following G41.3 (start) is a block without movement.

5408 G41.3 ILLEGAL START_UP (1) In group 01 mode other than G00 and G01, G41.3 (start) has been specified.

(2) The angle between tool directing vector and movement direction vector is 0º or 180 º.



5420 ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN G43.4/G43.5 The relevant parameter of tool center control is incorrect.


An illegal instruction has been specified in the tool center control. · rotary axes have been specified under the tool center control

(type 2) · in the machine tools with rotation type worktable or

composite machine tools, instruction IJK has been specified in block (G43.5) for tool center control (type 2).

· In G02 mode, the instruction for not moving tool center has been specified (movement instruction for only rotating the axis).

·G43.4/G43.5 has been specified in tool center control mode. · When work-piece coordinate system has been set to

programming coordinate system (parameter WKP (No.19696#5) =1), G02/G03 has been specified when the rotary axis is out of vertical to the plane.

5422 EXCESS VELOCITY IN G43.4/G43.5

Try to make the axis speed exceed the max cutting feed speed by tool center control.

5425 ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE Offset No. is incorrect.

5430 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN 3-D CIR

Under the modal status when three-dimension arc interpolation cannot be specified, three-dimension arc interpolation (G02.4/G03.4) has been specified. Or the code which cannot bespecified under three-dimension arc interpolation has been specified.

5432 G02.4/G03.4 FORMAT ERROR Three-dimension arc interpolation instruction (G02.4/G03.4) is incorrect.

5433 MANUAL INTERVENTION IN G02.4/G03.4 (ABS ON)

Under three-dimension arc interpolation (G02.4/G03.4), when manual absolute switch is ON, manual interference has been done.

5435 PARAMETER OUT OF RANGE (TLAC) Parameter setting is incorrect (within the set range).

5436 ILLEGAL PARAMETER SETTING OF ROTARY AXIS(TLAC)

Parameter setting is incorrect (setting of rotary axes).

5437 ILLEGAL PARAMETER SETTING OF MASTER ROTARY AXIS(TLAC)

Parameter setting is incorrect (setting of master rotary axes).

5445 CAN NOT COMMAND MOTION IN G39 The corner arc interpolation (G39) for tool radius

compensating or tool-tip radius compensation is not a separate instruction, but an instruction specified together with a movement instruction. Please modify the program.

5446 NO AVOIDANCE AT G41/G42 Because under interference avoidance check function for tool radius compensating or tool-tip radius compensation, interference avoidance vector not available, it is unable to avoid the interference

5447 DANGEROUS AVOIDANCE ATG41/G42

Under the interference avoidance check function for tool radiuscompensating or tool-tip radius compensation, it is judged that danger may occur if avoidance action is taken.

5448 INTERFERENCE TO AVD. AT G41/G42

Under the interference avoidance check function for tool radiuscompensating or tool-tip radius compensation, continuous interference for established interference check vector has been carried out.

5456 TOO MANY G68.2 NESTING G68.2 form machining angular planes has been specified for twice or more times. While execution of new coordinate change, cancel the operation at first, and then specify the coordinate change.



5457 G68.2 FORMAT ERROR G68.2 format is wrong.5458 ILLEGAL USE OF G53.1 G53.1 has been specified before specifying G68.2. 5459 MACHINE PARAMETER

INCORRECT · Machine parameter (No.19665~19667, No.19680~19744) is

incorrect. · Set axis in parameter (No.19681, No.19686) is not a rotary

axis. · The basic 3 axes have not been set for parameter (No.1022). · in tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation

(type 2) for 5-axis machining or machining instruction for angular planes, calculate the end point by NC, but in the range specified by parameter (No.19741～

19744), there is not an end point. · End point of rotary axis calculated from tool center control

(type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining is not available; please recheck the construction of the machine and the instructions.

· For the machine whose rotary axis is an imaginary axis, tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining has been specified.

· while it is set to do programming under work-piece coordinate system, tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining has been specified.

5460 ILLEGAL USE OF TRC FOR5-AXIS MACHINE

· Under tool radius compensation (excluding the tool side

offset of machine tool with rotary tools) for 5-axis

machining, movement instruction other than G00/G01 has

been specified.

· When the parameter PTD (No.19746#1) for the machine with

a rotary worktable has been set to 1, an axis other than the

3 basic axes has been used to do the plane selection while

tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining is started.

· When parameter SPG (No.19607#1) has been set to 1, the

machine type set in parameter conflict with the instruction G

code (G41.2/ G42.2/ G41.4/ G42.4/ G41.5/ G42.5) specified

by tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining

· G41.3 has been specified on the machine with non-rotary

tool.

·When parameter WKP(No.19696#5) and TBP (No.19746#4)

both have been set to 0, tool radius compensation for 5-axis

machining and tool center control for 5-axis machining have

been used at the same time.

· Under tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis

machining, a rotary has been specified.

· in the machine tools with rotation type worktable or

composite machine tools, instruction IJK has been specified

in block (G41.6/G42.6) for tool center control (type 2).

· G code which cannot be specified in tool radius compensation

for 5-axis machining has been specified.

· Modal specified for tool radius compensation for 5-axis

machining is wrong.

·While it is set to do programming under work-piece

coordinate system, run the worktable after tool center

control for 5-axis machining has been started, and tool

radius compensation for 5-axis machining has been

specified.



· In tool center control for 5-axis machining and tool radius

compensation for 5-axis machining, the instructions for type

1 and type 2 are different.

· When tool center control for 5-axis machining and tool radius

compensation for 5-axis machining are used at the same

time, cancel the instruction which has been set at first.

5461 ILLEGAL USE OF G41.2/G42.2/G41.5/G42.5

Movement instruction other than G00/G01 has been specified

in tool radius compensation (G41.2/G42.2 or G41.5/G42.5) for

composite machine tools.

5463 ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN TRC FOR 5-AXIS MACHINE

5 Relevant of tool radius compensation for 5 axis machining is

not correct.

· Acceleration/deceleration before interpolation is invalid.

Please correctly set the parameter (No.1660).

· Acceleration/deceleration before rapid movement

interpolation is invalid. Please correctly set the parameter LRP

(No.1401#1), FRP (No.19501#5) and (No.1671, No.1672).



(4) Alarm under read-in status of parameters (SW alarm)

Alarm No. Alarm Information Description

SW0100 PARAMETER ENABLE SWITCH ON

Set the parameter to the enable status.

(Set parameter PWE (No.8900#0)=1) , while you

want to set parameters, please set the parameter to

ON, and otherwise, the parameter shall be set to OFF.



(5) Servo alarms (SV alarm)


SV0001 SYNC ALIGNMENT ERROR In the synchronous control of feed axis, the compensation value during synchronous adjustment has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8325). The alarm only occurs to the slave axis.

SV0002 SYNC EXCESS ERROR ALARM 2 In the synchronous control of feed axis, the synchronous error has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8332). After power on, before the end of synchronous adjustment, the judgment has been done by multiply the value of (No.8332) by the value of parameter (No.8330). The alarm only occurs to the slave axis.

SV0003 SYNCHRONOUS/COMPOSITE/SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL MODE CAN’T BE CONTINUED

A certain servo alarm has occurred to the axis under synchronous control/composite control /superposition control mode, and therefore it is unable to carry out the specified control mode. When some servo alarm has been sent by any axis of the modes, all axes associated with the alarm axis shall be set to servo off status. Send out the alarm, to confirm the cause for servo off.

SV0004 EXCESS ERROR (G31) Position offset value in the action of torque limit skip instruction has exceeded the limit set by parameter (No.6287).

SV0005 SYNC EXCESS ERROR (MCN) During the synchronous running under synchronous control of feed axes, machine coordinate difference of slave axis and master axis has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8314). The alarm may occur to master axis or slave axis.

SV0301 APC ALARM:COMMUNICATION ERROR

The machine position has not been calculated because of communication error of absolute position detector. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects.

SV0302 APC ALARM: OVER TIMEERROR

Because of the overtime error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects.

SV0303 APC ALARM: FRAMING ERROR Because of the frame error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects.

SV0304 APC ALARM: PARITY ERROR Because of the parity error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects.

SV0305 APC ALARM: PULSE ERROR Because of the pulse error of absolute position detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable or servo interface module may have defects.

SV0306 APC ALARM: OVER FLOWERROR

Because of the overflow of position offset value, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly. Please confirm the parameter (No.2084, No.2085).

SV0307 APC ALARM: MOVEMENTEXCESS ERROR

Because that movement amplitude of the machine while power on is bigger, it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly.

SV0360 ABNORMAL CHECKSUM(INT) Check sum alarm occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0361 ABNORMAL PHASE DATA(INT) Alarm for abnormal phase data occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0362 ABNORMAL REV. DATA(INT) Alarm for abnormal speed counting occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.



SV0363 ABNORMAL CLOCK(INT) Alarm for abnormal clock occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0364 SOFT PHASE ALARM(INT) In the built-in pulse encoder, it is detected that digital servo software is abnormal.

SV0365 BROKEN LED(INT) LED abnormal occurs to the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0366 PULSE MISS(INT) Pulse error occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0367 COUNT MISS(INT) Counting error occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0368 SERIAL DATA ERROR(INT) Unable to receive the communication data from the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0369 DATA TRANS. ERROR (INT) CRC error or stop bit error during receiving communication data from the built-in pulse encoder.

SV0380 BROKEN LED(EXT) Error of separate detector.

SV0381 ABNORMAL PHASE (EXT) Alarm for abnormal position data occurs on the separate linear scale.

SV0382 COUNT MISS(EXT) Counting error occurs in the separate detector.

SV0383 PULSE MISS(EXT) Pulse error occurs in the separate detector. SV0384 SOFT PHASE ALARM(EXT) Abnormal data in separate detector has been detected by

digital servo software.

SV0385 SERIAL DATA ERROR(EXT) It is unable to receive the communication data from the separate detector.

SV0386 DATA TRANS. ERROR(EXT) While receiving the communication data from the separate detector, CRC error or stop bit error occurs.

SV0387 ABNORMAL ENCODER(EXT) Separate detector has abnormal status. Please make contact with the manufacturer of the linear scale.

SV0401 IMPROPER V_READY OFF Standby signal (PRDY) for position control is under switch-on status, and the standby signal (VRDY) for speed control has been cut off.

SV0404 IMPROPER V_READY ON Standby signal (PRDY) for position control is under switch-off status, and the standby signal (VRDY) for speed control has been switched on.

SV0407 EXCESS ERROR Offset value of the synchronous axis has exceeded the set value (only limited to the synchronous control).

SV0409 DETECT ABNORMAL TORQUE Abnormal load has been detected in the servo motor or Cs axis or positioning axis of spindle. It is not allowed

SV0410 EXCESS ERROR (STOP) While stop, the position offset value has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.1829). In double-check

SV0411 EXCESS ERROR (MOVING) The position offset value during movement is too much bigger than the set value of the parameter.

SV0413 LSI OVERFLOW Counter for position offset value overflows.

SV0415 MOTION VALUE OVERFLOW The speed exceeding movement speed limit has been specified.

SV0417 ILL DGTL SERVO PARAMETER

The set value of digital servo parameter is not correct.

SV0420 SYNC TORQUE EXCESS In the synchronous running of synchronous control of feed axis, the torque difference between master axis and slave axis has exceeded set value of parameter (No.2031). The alarm only occurs to the master axis.

SV0421 EXCESS ERROR(SEMI-FULL) Feedback difference between SEMI and FULL has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.2118).

SV0422 EXCESS VELOCITY IN TORQUE

The allowed speed specified in the torque control has been exceeded.

SV0423 EXCESS ERROR IN TORQUE In torque control, allowed movement accumulative value has been exceeded.

SV0430 SV MOTOR OVERHEAT The servo motor overheats.

SV0431 CNV. OVERLOAD PSM: overheat series SVU: overheat

SV0432 CNV. LOW VOLT CONTROL PSM: voltage of control power supply drops PSMR: voltage of control power supply drops series SVU: voltage of control power supply drops



SV0433 CNV. LOW VOLT DC LINK PSM: voltage of DC link drops PSMR: voltage of DC link drops. � series SVU: voltage of DC link drops � series SVU: voltage of DC link drops

SV0434 INV. LOW VOLT CONTROL SVM: voltage of control power supply drops

SV0435 INV. LOW VOLT DC LINK SVM: voltage of DC link drops

SV0436 SOFTTHERMAL(OVC) Software thermal protection (OVC) has been detected by digital servo software.

SV0437 CNV. OVERCURRENT POWER PSM: over current has occurred in the input circuit.

SV0438 INV. ABNORMAL CURRENT SVM: over current occurs to the motor � series SVU: over current occurs to the motor � series SVU: over current occurs to the motor

SV0439 CNV. OVER VOLT DC LINK PSM: voltage of DC link too high PSMR: voltage of DC link too high � series SVU: voltage of DC link too high

SV0440 CNV. EX DECELERATION POW.

PSMR: regenerated discharge amount is too big. Series SVU: regenerated discharge amount is too big, or

regenerated discharge circuit is abnormal.

SV0441 ABNORMAL CURRENT OFFSET

Abnormal current has been detected in the detection circuit of motor current by digital servo software.

SV0442 CNV. CHARGE FAILURE PSM: standby discharge circuit of DC link is abnormal.

SV0443 CNV. COOLING FAN FAILURE PSM: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling. PSMR: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling. Series SVU: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling.

SV0444 INV. COOLING FAN FAILURE SVM: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling.

SV0445 SOFT DISCONNECT ALARM Disconnect of pulse encoder has been detected by digital servo software.

SV0446 HARD DISCONNECT ALARM Disconnect of built-in pulse encoder has been detected by a hardware.

SV0447 HARD DISCONNECT(EXT) Disconnect of separate detector has been detected by a hardware.

SV0448 UNMATCHED FEEDBACK ALARM

The sign of the data feedback by built-in pulse encoder mismatches the sign of data feedback by separate detector.

SV0449 INV. IPM ALARM SVM: IPM (Intelligent Power Module) has detected an alarm.

Series SVU: IPM (Intelligent Power Module) has detected an alarm.

SV0453 SPC SOFT DISCONNECT ALARM

Alarm for disconnect of software of pulse encoder. Pull out the cable of pulse encoder under the status that CNC has been cut off temporarily. If alarm occurs again, please change the pulse encoder.

SV0454 ILLEGAL ROTOR POS DETECT Magnetic pole detection function has ended up abnormally. The motor doesn’t move, and it is unable to carry out the position detection for magnetic poles.

SV0456 ILLEGAL CURRENT LOOP The set current control period is illegal. The used amplifier pulse module is not suitable for high-speed HRV or the system has not set restriction conditions meeting HRV control.

SV0458 CURRENT LOOP ERROR Set current control period mismatches actual current control period.

SV0459 HI HRV SETTING ERROR In the two neighbor axes (odd number and even number) of servo axis No. (Parameter (No.1023)), one is able to do high-speed HRV control, and the other cannot.

SV0460 FSSB DISCONNECT Sudden disconnect of FSSB communication. It mainly caused by below mentioned: 1．FSSB communication off or disconnect;



2．Sudden power off of amplifier. 3．A low pressure warning is issued amplifier.

SV0462 SEND CNC DATA FAILED Because of the FSSB communication error, it is unable to for the slave end to receive correct data.

SV0463 SEND SLAVE DATA FAILED Because of the FSSB communication error, it is unable to for the servo software to receive correct data.

SV0465 READ ID DATA FAILED While power on, it is unable to read initial ID information of amplifier.

SV0466 MOTOR/AMP. COMBINATION Max current value of amplifier differs from that of the motor. The causes may be as follows: 1．Specification of the connection of axis and amplifier

is not correct. 2．Set value of parameter (No.2165) is not correct.

SV0468 HI HRV SETTING ERROR(AMP)

For the amplifier control axis which cannot use high-speed HRV, high-speed HRV has been set.

SV0600 INV. DC LINK OVER CURRENT SVM: overcurrent occurs to DC link. � Series SVU: overcurrent occurs to DC link.

SV0601 INV. RADIATOR FAN FAILURE SVM: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling radiator. � Series SVU: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling

radiator.

SV0602 INV. OVERHEAT SVM: the servo amplifier overheats.

SV0603 INV. IPM ALARM(OH) SVM: IPM (intelligent power module) has detected overheat alarm.

�Series SVU: IPM (intelligent power module) has detected overheat alarm.

SV0604 AMP. COMMUNICATIONERROR

Communication between SVM－PSM is abnormal.

SV0605 CNV. EX. DISCHARGE POW. PSMR: overcurrent occurs to the motor

SV0606 CNV. RADIATOR FAN FAILURE PSM: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling outer radiator.

PSMR: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling outer radiator.

SV0607 CNV. SINGLE PHASE FAILURE PSM: phase lack for input power PSMR: phase lack for input power

SV1025 V_READY ON (INITIALIZING ) While servo control is on, standby signal for speed control (VRDY) shall be off, however, it has been connected.

SV1026 ILLEGAL AXIS ARRANGE Servo axis arrangement has not been correctly set. Negative value, repeat value or value bigger than number of control axes has been set for the servo axis No. of each axis (parameter (No.1023)).

SV1055 ILLEGAL TANDEM AXIS In tandem control, the set value of parameter (No.1023) is incorrect.

SV1056 ILLEGAL TANDEM PAIR In tandem control, the parameter (No.1020, No.1025, and No.1026) or TDM (No.1817#6) has been incorrectly set.

SV1067 FSSB:CONFIGURATION ERROR(SOFT)

FSSB configuration error (softkey test) occurs. The type of connected amplifier mismatches the set value of FSSB.

SV1100 S-COMP. VALUE OVERFLOW Flatness compensation value has exceeded the max value 32767.

SV5134 FSSB:OPEN READY TIME OUT While initialization, FSSB has not been set at open standby status, which may be caused by bad axis clip.

SV5136 FSSB: NUMBER OF AMP. IS INSUFFICIENT

Compared with the number of control axes, the number of amplifiers identified by FSSB is not enough. The setting of axis number or connection of the amplifier is wrong.

SV5137 FSSB:CONFIGURATION ERROR FSSB configuration error occurs. Amplifier type connected mismatches FSSB set value.



SV5139 FSSB:ERROR Servo initialization has not ended normally. It may caused by bad cable, or connection error between amplifier and other modules.

SV5197 FSSB:OPEN TIME OUT Although CNC allows FSSB open, FSSB has not been opened. Confirm the connection between CNC and amplifier.

SV5311 FSSB:ILLEGAL CONNECTION 1．Separately connect the two neighbor axes (odd number and even number) of servo axis No. (Parameter (No.1023)) to the amplifier of FSSB of different system, and then assign accordingly, the alarm will occur.

2．When the system is not in accordance with restriction conditions set for high-speed HRV control, the current control periods of the two FSSB are different; in this case, if it is set that FSSB pulse module connected on different systems shall be used, the alarm will occur.



(6) Alarms associated with overtravel (OT alarm)


OT0500 + OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 1 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 1 in the positive end.

OT0501 - OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 1 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 1 in the negative end.

OT0502 + OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 2 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 2 in the positive end or in chuck/ tailstock barrier, positive movement has entered the forbidden area.

OT0503 - OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 2 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 2 in the negative end or in chuck/ tailstock barrier, negative movement has entered the forbidden area.

OT0504 + OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 3 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 3 in the positive end.

OT0505 - OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 3 ) Has exceeded the stored travel check 3 in the negative end.

OT0506 + OVERTRAVEL ( HARD ) The travel limit switch for positive end has been used. When the machine arrives at the travel end point, the alarm occurs. While alarming, if it is under automatic running status, all axes will stop moving, and if it is under manual running, only the axis with alarm will stop.

OT0507 - OVERTRAVEL ( HARD ) The travel limit switch for negative end has been used. When the machine arrives at the travel end point, the alarm occurs. While alarming, if it is under automatic running status, all axes will stop moving, and if it is under manual running, only the axis with alarm will stop.

OT0508 INTERFERENCE:+ Interference with other turrets occurs during positive movement of n axis.

OT0509 INTERFERENCE:- Interference with other turrets occurs during negative movement of n axis.

OT0510 + OVERTRAVEL ( PRE-CHECK )

During travel check before movement, end point position of block is in the forbidden area of positive end travel. Please modify the program.

OT0511 - OVERTRAVEL ( PRE-CHECK )

During travel check before movement, end point position of block is in the forbidden area of negative end travel. Please modify the program.

OT1710 ILLEGAL ACC. PARAMETER(OPTIMUM TORQUE ACC/DEC)

Parameter for optimum torque acceleration /deceleration has not been correctly set. It may caused by following: � the ratio of deceleration to acceleration is equal or

smaller than the control value. � the time for decelerating to 0 has exceeded the maximum

value.



(7) Alarms associated with storage files (IO alarm)


IO1001 FILE ACCESS ERROR Because of abnormal CNC system files (permanent type), it is unable to access the file system (permanent type).

IO1002 FILE SYSTEM ERROR Because of abnormal CNC system files, it is unable to access the file system.

IO1030 CHECK SUM ERROR The check sum of storage of CNC part programs is incorrect.

IO1032 MEMORY ACCESS OVER RANGE

The access exceeding the range of storage of CNC part programs has occurred.



(8) Alarms asking for power off (PW alarm)


PW0000 POWER MUST BE OFF The parameter requiring temporary power off has been set.

PW0001 X-ADDRESS (*DEC) IS NOT ASSIGNED.

Address X of PMV has not been assigned correctly. The causes may be:

·During the setting process of parameter (No.3013), the deceleration limit stop (*DEC) for returning reference point for address X has not been correctly assigned.

PW0002 PMC address is not correct (AXIS).

Address for axis signal assignment is not correct. The causes may be: Setting for parameter (No.3021) is incorrect.

PW0003 PMC address is not correct (SPINDLE).

Address for spindle signal assignment is not correct. The causes may be:: · Setting for parameter (No.3022) is incorrect.

PW0004 SETTING THE LOADER SYSTEM PATH IS NOT CORRECT.

Path for material loading device has not been correctly assigned. The setting of parameter (No.984) is incorrect. path number of material loading device mismatches with the path number of material loading device specified by parameter LCP(No.984#0)

Parameter LCP for path 1 has been set to 1.

PW0006 POWER MUST BE OFF (ILL-EXEC-CHK)

Error operation prevention function has detected the alarm asking for power off.

PW0007 X-ADDRESS(SKIP) IS NOT ASSIGNED

Address X of PMV has not been assigned correctly. The causes may be: · During the setting of parameter (No.3012), it is unable to

correctly assign the skip signal of address X. ·during the setting of parameter (No.3019), it is unable to

correctly assign the signals other than skip signal of address X.

PW1102 ILLEGAL PARAMETER (I-COMP.)

Parameter setting for incline compensation is not correct. the causes may be:

·pitch error compensation points between the furthest positive end and furthest negative end for axis with incline compensation has exceeded 128 points.

·Compensation points for incline compensation has not been numbered in order.

·Compensation points for incline compensation has not been located between the furthest positive end and furthest negative end of pitch error compensation points.

·The specified compensation value for each compensation point is too big or too small.

PW1103 ILLEGAL PARAMETER (S-COMP.128)

Setting for parameter for 128-point flatness compensation or compensation data is incorrect.

PW5046 ILLEGAL PARAMETER (S-COMP.)

Setting for parameter for flatness compensation is incorrect.



(9) Alarms associated with the spindles (SP alarm)


SP0740 RIGID TAP ALARM : EXCESS ERROR

During rigid tapping reading, the position offset during spindle stop has exceeded the set value.

SP0741 RIGID TAP ALARM : EXCESS ERROR

During rigid tapping reading, the position offset during spindle stop has exceeded the set value.

SP0742 RIGID TAP ALARM : LSI OVERFLOW

During rigid tapping reading, LSI overflow occurs to the spindle.

SP0752 SPINDLE MODE CHANGE ERROR

Under the serial spindle control, Cs contour control mode, spindle positioning, rigid tapping reading switching, spindle control switching, etc. have not been ended up normally. If spindle amplifier cannot react correct to the mode change instruction sent by NC, the alarm will occur.

SP0754 ABNORMAL TORQUE Abnormal load has been detected by spindle motor. The alarm can be released by RESET.

SP0755 SAFETY FUNCTION ERROR

CNC CPU has detected that the safety function for the spindle n has not been executed.

SP0756 ILLEGAL AXIS DATA CNC CPU has detected that the connection status of spindle amplifier of spindle n mismatches with the hardware setting of spindle amplifier. When alarm occurs due to that configuration for spindle amplifier has changed, please set the spindle amplifier correctly.

SP0757 SAFETY SPEED OVER CNC CPU has detected that in the safety monitoring (safety monitoring start signal SEV/SEP has been set to “1”) of spindle n, spindle motor speed is higher than the safety speed (parameter (No.4372, No.4438, No.4440 and No.4442). Please run within the safety speed

SP1202 SPINDLE SELECT ERROR Spindle No. other than the valid spindle No. has been selected by selection signal of position encoder based on multi spindle control. Try to select a spindle No. where path for valid spindle doesn’t exist.

SP1210 TOOL CHANGE SP MOTION OVERFLOW

Motion assigned to the spindle is too much (special for FANUC ROBODRILL).

SP1211 TOOL CHANGE SP ORTN EXCESS ERROR

During changing tools, orientation error overflow has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL).

SP1212 TOOL CHANGE SP MOVE EXCESS ERROR

During changing tools, movement error overflow has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL).

SP1213 TOOL CHANGE SP STOP EXCESS ERROR

During changing tools, stop error overflow has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL).

SP1214 TOOL CHANGE SP ILLEGAL SEQUENCE

During changing tools, spindle sequence abnormal has been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC ROBODRILL).

SP1220 NO SPINDLE AMP. Cable connected with serial spindle amplifier is off or serial spindle amplifier has not been well connected.

SP1221 ILLEGAL MOTOR NUMBER

Corresponding relation between spindle No. and motor No. is not correct.

SP1224 ILLEGAL SPINDLE-POSITION

Setting of gear ratio between the spindle and position encoder is incorrect.

SP1225 CRC ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE)

CRC error (communication error) has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.

SP1226 FRAMING ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE)

Framing error has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.



SP1227 RECEIVING ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE)

Receiving error has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.

SP1228 COMMUNICATION ERROR (SERIAL SPINDLE)

Communication error has occurred during the communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.

SP1229 COMMUNICATION ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE AMP.

Communication error has occurred among serial spindle amplifiers (between motor No. 1-2 or between motor No. 3-4).

SP1231 SPINDLE EXCESS ERROR (MOVING)

Position offset value during spindle rotating is bigger than the set value of the parameter.

SP1232 SPINDLE EXCESS ERROR (STOP)

Position offset value during spindle stopped is bigger than the set value of the parameter.

SP1233 POSITION CODER OVERFLOW

Error counter /speed instruction value of position gain encoder overflows.

SP1234 GRID SHIFT OVERFLOW Grid shift overflow.

SP1240 DISCONNECT POSITION CODER

Disconnect the position encoder of analog spindle.

SP1241 D/A CONVERTER ERROR D/A converter error used for analog spindle control.

SP1243 ILLEGAL SPINDLE PARAMETER

Setting for spindle position gain is incorrect.

SP1244 MOTION VALUE OVERFLOW

Motion value assigned to the spindle is too much.

SP1245 COMMUNICATION DATA ERROR

Data communication error has been detected from CNC.





SP1969 SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR

Error occurs in the control software for spindle.


Initialization of spindle control has not ended up normally.





SP1974 ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR


SP1975 ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR

Position encoder abnormal has been detected in the analog spindle.

SP1976 SERIAL SPINDLE COMMUNICATION

Amplifier No. has not been set for serial spindle amplifiers.




Overtime has been detected in the communication between serial spindle amplifiers.


In the communication with serial spindle, communication sequence is incorrect.

SP1980 SERIAL SPINDLE AMP. ERROR

SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier is bad.


Error occurs while data read-in to SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier.


Error occurs while data read-in from SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier.


Unable to delete the alarm from the spindle amplifier.


Error occurs in the re-initialization of spindle amplifier.



SP1985 SERIAL SPINDLE CONTROL ERROR

Automatic setting of parameter fails.




SIC-LSI of CNC is bad.





SP1996 ILLEGAL SPINDLE PARAMETER SETTING

Parameter settings for spindle and spindle motor are illegal. Please confirm the following parameters: (No.3716, 3717)







(10) Alarms associated with serial spindles (SP alarm). When alarm occurs to the serial spindle, CNC will display following alarm No. to alarm:

Notes *1 When the red LED of SPM is on, the alarm will be displayed by a number of two digits. Special attention must be paid to that, when yellow LED is on, the trouble No. for sequence problems displayed (e.g. rotation instruction has been input when e-stop status has not been released.) have different meanings. → For details, please read the error code list (serial spindle).

Alarm No. Alarm Information SPM Display *1

Trouble position and remedy method

Description

SP9001

SSPA:01 MOTOR OVERHEAT

01

� Check and modify the ambient temperature and load conditions.

� If the cooling fan has stopped, please change it.

Motor winding embedding thermostat acts, but the inner temperature of the motor has exceeded the specified standard. The usage has exceeded rated value or cooling unit abnormal.

SP9002

SSPA:02 EX DEVIATION SPEED

02

� Reduce the load by checking and changing cutting conditions

� Modify the parameter (No.4082)

The motor speed cannot match the specified speed. Motor load torque is too big. Middle value between acceleration/deceleration for parameter (No.4082) is insufficient.

SP9003

SSPA:03 DC-LINKFUSE IS BROKEN

03

� Change SPM unit. � Check the insulation status

of the motor. � Change the interface cable.

PSM is standby (display“00”) but voltage on DC link on SPM is not enough. Fuse of DC link inside the SPM is off. (Power parts have been damaged or grounding trouble occurs to the motor). JX1A/JX1B connection cable abnormal.

SP9004 SSPA:04 POWER SUPPLY ERROR

04

Confirm the power status input to PSM.

It is detected that power for PSM lacks a phase (PSM alarm displays 5)

SP9006

THERMAL SENSOR DISCONNECT

06

� Check and modify the parameter.

� Change feedback cables.

Motor temperature sensor is disconnected.

SP9007

SSPA:07 OVER SPEED

07

Check if there is any sequence error (instructions for spindle synchronization, etc. have been specified when the spindle cannot be run)

Motor speed has exceeded the 115% of the speed. When spindle axis is under position control mode, position offset is under extreme accumulation status (when spindle synchronization, cut off SFR and SRV).

SP9009

SSPA:09 OVERHEAT MAIN CIRCUIT

09

� Change the cooling status of the cooling device.

� When the fan of the cooling device has stopped, please change SPM unit.

The temperature of the radiator for cooling power transistor has risen abnormally.



SP9011

SSPA:11 OVERVOLT POWER CIRCUIT

11

�Check the selection of PSM.

�While checking input power voltage and motor deceleration, if the change of power voltage has exceeded (200V series) AC253V or (400V series) AC530V, it is necessary to improve the impedance of the power supply.

Over-voltage has been detected on the DC link of PSM. (PSM alarm displays 7) PSM selection error (maximum output specification of PSM has been exceeded)

SP9012

SSPA:12 OVERCURRENT POWER CIRCUIT

12

� Check the insulation status of the motor

� Check the spindle parameters� Change SPM unit.

Motor output current overflows. The original parameter of the motor mismatches motor model. Insulation of the motor is bad.

SP9013

SSPA:13 CPU DATA MEMORY FAULT

13

Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing.

Part for control circuit of SMP is abnormal (inside RAM of SPM abnormal).

SP9015

SSPA:15 SPINDLE SWITCHING FAULT

15

� Check and modify the ladder sequence.

� Change to MC

Sequence abnormal occurs while spindle switching/output switching. Connection-status check signal of MC for switching mismatches instruction.

SP9016

SSPA:16 RAM ERROR

16


SPM control circuit component abnormal has been detected (RAM used for data abnormal)

SP9018

SSPA:18 SUMCHECK ERROR

18


Parts on SPM control circuit abnormal has been detected (ROM used for data

SP9019

SSPA:19 EXCESS OFFSET CURRENT U

19

Change SPM unit. SPM part abnormal has been detected (initial value for test circuit of U phase current is abnormal)

SP9020

SSPA:20 EXCESS OFFSET CURRENT V

20

Change SPM unit. SPM part abnormal has been detected (initial value for test circuit of V phase current is abnormal)

SP9021

POS SENSOR POLARITY ERROR

21

Check and modify the parameter (No.4000#0, 4001#4)

Parameter for setting polarity of position sensor has not been correctly set.

SP9024

SSPA:24 SERIAL TRANSFER ERROR

24

� Make cable between CNC and spindle far from power cable.

� Change the cable.

CNC current off for CNC has been detected. (normally cable is off or disconnected) Abnormal communication for CNC data has been detected.

SP9027

SSPA:27 DISCONNECT POSITION CODER

27

� Change the cable. � Readjust the BZ sensing

signal.

� Signal from spindle position encoder is abnormal (connector JY4).

� Signal swing of MZ and BZ sensors (connector JY2) is abnormal.

(Cable has not been well connected or parameter setting is incorrect.)



SP9029

SSPA:29 OVERLOAD

29

Check and modify loading status In a certain time, continuous overload has been applied (it may occur even if motor rotation has been restricted under magnetizing status )

SP9030

SSPA:30 OVERCURRENT INPUT CIRCUIT

30

Check and modify loading status voltage of the power supply.

Overcurrent has been detected in main circuit input of PSM (PSM alarm displays 1), and inthis case, the power supply is unbalance. PSM selection error (exceeding PSM max output specification)

SP9031

SSPA:31 MOTOR LOCK OR DISCONNECT DETECTOR

31

�Check and modify loading status

� Change the cable for motor sensor (JY2 or JY5).

The motor cannot run under the specified speed (applied to the status when the rotation instruction always under standard SST) Speed monitoring signal is abnormal.

SP9032

SSPA:32 SIC-LSI RAM FAULT

32


part for SPM control circuit abnormal has been detected (LSI used for serial transferring abnormal)

SP9033

SSPA:33 SHORTAGE POWER CHARGE

33

� Check and modify the voltage of power supply.

� Change PSM unit.

When electromagnetic contactor inside the amplifier is on, undercharge occurs to the DC voltage of power supply of power circuit (phase lack, bad charging resistance, etc.).

SP9034

SSPA:34 ILLEGAL PARAMETER

34

Read the instruction book and modify the parameter values. When the No. is not clear, please connect the spindle check panel to check the displayed parameters

Parameter has been set with a value exceeding allowed values.

SP9036

SSPA:36 OVERFLOW ERROR COUNTER

36

Confirm if position gain value is too big, and do modification accordingly.

Error counter overflows.

SP9037

SSPA:37 ILLEGAL SETTING VELOCITY DETECTOR

37

Please read the instruction book and modify it correctly.

Parameter setting for pulse number of speed detector is incorrect.

SP9041

SSPA:41 ILLEGAL 1REV SIGN OF POSITION CODER

41


� Change the cable � Readjust the BZ sensing

signal.

�1 revolution signal of spindle position encoder (connector JY4) is abnormal.

�1 revolution signal of MZ and BZ sensor (connector JY2) is abnormal.

�Parameter setting is incorrect.



SP9042

SSPA:42 NO 1REV SIGN OF POSITION CODER

42

� Change the cable. � Readjust the BZ sensing

signal.

�1 revolution signal of spindle position encoder (connector JY4) is disconnected.

�1 revolution signal of MZ and BZ sensor (connector JY2) is disconnected.

SP9043

SSPA:43 DISCONNECT POSITION CODER DEF. SPEED

43

Change the cable. In SPM Type3, position encoder signal at differential (connector JY8) is abnormal.

SP9046

SSPA:46 ILLEGAL 1REV SIGN OF SCREW CUT

46



signal.

Alarm equivalent to alarm No. 41 has been detected during thread cutting operation.

SP9047

SSPA:47 ILLEGAL SIGNAL OF POSITION CODER

47


signal. � Improve the cable layout

(close to power cable).

�Signal for A/B phase of spindle encoder (connector JY4)

�Signal for A/B phase of MZ and BZ sensors (connector JY2) is abnormal.

A/B phase signal and 1 revolution signal are incorrect. (Pulse interval is not consistent.)

SP9049

SSPA:49 DEF. SPEED IS OVER VALUE

49

Check if the calculation value of speed difference has exceeded the maximum rotation of the motor.

Under mode of speed difference, converse the speed of the counterpart into its own speed, however, the conversed value has exceeded the allowance value (multiply the speed of the counterpart by gear ratio to calculate the speed difference).

SP9050

SSPA:50 SYNCRONOUS VALUE IS OVER SPEED

50

Check if the calculation value has exceeded the maximum rotation of the motor.

Under spindle synchronous control, calculation value of speed instruction has exceeded allowance range (multiply the speed of the counterpart by gear ratio to calculate the motor speed)

SP9051

SSPA:51 LOWVOLT POWERCIRCUIT

51

�Check and modify the voltage of power supply.

� Change MC.

Input voltage drop has been detected (PSM alarm displays 4) (instant power off or MC contact is bad)

SP9052

SSPA:52 ITP FAULT 1

52

� Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing.

� Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC.

NC interface abnormal has been detected (stop of ITP signal )

SP9053

SSPA:53 ITP FAULT 2

53



NC interface abnormal has been detected (stop of ITP signal )

SP9054 SSPA:54 OVERCURRENT

54 Recheck the loading status. Overcurrent has been detected.



SP9055

SSPA:55 ILLEGAL POWER LINE

55

� Change the electromagnetic contactor.

� Check and modify the sequence.

Status signal for power cable of electromagnetic contactor for spindle switching/output switching is abnormal.

SP9056 COOLING FAN FAILURE

56

Change SPM unit. Cooling fan for control circuit of SPM has stopped.

SP9057

CONV. EX. DECELERATION POW.

57

� Reduce acceleration/deceleration load.

� Check cooling condition (ambient temperature)

� It is necessary to change the resistance when the cooling fan is stopped.

� When resistance value is abnormal, it is necessary to change it.

Regenerated resistance overload (PSMR alarm displays 8) or thermostat overload or instant overload has been detected. It is detected that the regenerated resistance is disconnected or resistance value is abnormal.

SP9058 CNV. OVERLOAD

58 �Check the cooling condition of

PSM . � Change PSM unit.

Abnormal temperature rising occurs to PSM radiator (PSM alarm displays 3)

SP9059 CNV. COOLING FAN FAILURE

59

Change PSM unit. Fan for cooling inside of PSM stops running, (PSM alarm displays 2)

SP9061

SSPA:61 DECODED ALARM

61

Check parameter setting. While using double-position feedback function, errors for semi-closed end and full-closed end overflow.

SP9065


65

�Check parameter setting. �Check the connection and

signal of the sensor and

�Check the connection of power cable.

The movement amount for determining magnetic pole is too big (synchronous spindle)

SP9066

COM. ERROR BETWEEN SP AMPS

66

�Change the cable.

� Check and modify the connection.

Communication between amplifiers is abnormal.

SP9069

SAFETY SPEEDOVER

69

�Check the instruction speed. �Check the parameter setting.

�Check the sequence.

When safety-speed monitoring is valid, the motor speed has exceeded the safety speed or while automatic running is stopped, the abnormal has been detected.

SP9070

ILLEGAL AXISDATA

70

� Check connection (JA7A of the second spindle required a special-purpose connector).

�Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing.

During axis-No. check, the abnormal has been detected.

SP9071

SAFETY PARAMETER ERROR

71


During safety parameter check,the abnormal has been detected.

SP9072

MISMATCH RESULT OF MOTOR SPEED CHECK

72


�Change printing circuit plate for spindle interface of CNC.

The detected SPM safety speed mismatches the result of checked safety speed by CNC.



SP9073

MOTOR SENSOR DISCONNECTED

73

� Change the feedback cable. � Check the shield treatment.


� Adjust the sensor.

Feedback cable of motor sensor had been disconnected.

SP9074 CPU TESTERROR

74 Change SPM circuit plate for controlling printing.

During CPU test, an error has been detected.

SP9076

INEXECUTION OF SAFETY FUNCTIONS

76


SPM has detected that safety function has not been executed.

SP9077

MISMATCH RESULT OF AXIS NUMBER CHECK

77



The test result form SPM for axis No. mismatches the result form CNC for axis No.

SP9078

MISMATCH RESULT OF SAFETY PARAMETER CHECK

78



The test result form SPM for safety parameter mismatches the result form CNC for safety parameter.

SP9080

ALARM AT THE OTHER SP AMP.

80

Release the causes for alarms of communication destination SPM.

While SPM communication, alarms occur at

communication destination SPM.

SP9081

1-ROT MOTOR SENSOR ERROR

81


�Change the feedback cable.

�Adjust the sensor.

1 revolution signal from motor sensor has not been correctly detected.

SP9082 NO 1-ROTMOTOR SENSOR

82


�Adjust the sensor. 1 revolution signal from motor sensor has not been generated.

SP9083 MOTOR SENSOR SIGNAL ERROR

83


�Adjust the sensor. Feed signal of motor sensor is abnormal.

SP9084

SPNDL SENSORDISCONNECTED

84

�Change the feedback cable. �Check the shield treatment.


�Check and modify the parameter.


Feedback signal of spindle sensor has been disconnected.

SP9085

1-ROT SPNDL SENSOR ERROR

85


� Change the feedback cable.


1 revolution signal from motor sensor has not been correctly detected.

SP9086 NO 1-ROT SPNDL SENSOR

86


�Adjust the sensor. 1 revolution signal from motor sensor has not been generated.

SP9087 SPNDL SENSOR SIGNAL ERROR

87

�Change the feedback cable. �Adjust the sensor.

Feedback signal of spindle sensor is abnormal.

SP9088 COOLING RADIFAN FAILURE

88

Change the outside cooling fan of SPM.

Outside cooling fan of SPM has stopped running.

SP9089


89

� Check the connection between SPM and assistant module SM

(SSM). � Change the assistant module

SM (SSM).

Assistant module SM (SSM) is abnormal (synchronous spindle)




SP9110

AMP COMMUNICATION ERROR

b0

� Change the communication cable between the amplifier modules.

� Change SPM or PSM circuit plate for controlling printing.

Communication between amplifier modules is abnormal.

SP9111 CONV. LOW VOLT CONTROL

b1


Voltage of control power supply of converter drops (PSM display＝6)

SP9112

CONV. EX. DISCHARGE POW.

b2

�Check the connection of regenerated resistance.

� Check the motor selection. � Change PSM.

Regenerated power of converter is too big (PSM display＝8)

SP9113 CONV. COOLING FAN FAILURE

b3

Change the cooling fan. Cooling fan of radiator of converter has stopped running. (PSM display＝A)

SP9120

COMMUNICATION DATA ERROR

C0

� Change the communication cable between CNC and SPM



Communication data alarm.

SP9121


C1

�Change the communication cable between CNC and SPM.




SP9122


C2

�Change the communication cable between CNC and SPM.




SP9123

SSPA:C3 DECODED ALARM

C3

Change assistant module SW (SSW)

Assistant module SW (SSW) isabnormal (spindle change).



Error code list (serial spindle) Notes *1

When yellow LED indicating light of SPM is ON, display the error code by a number of two digits. The error code will be displayed at No. 712 of CNC diagnosis data.

Special attention must be paid to that when red LED indicating light of SPM is ON, it will display the alarm No. occurred on the serial spindle with different meanings. → please read the list of alarms (SP alarm) associated with serial spindle.

SPM Display *1

Trouble position and remedy method Description

01

* Not ESP (including e-stop signal, input signal and PSM contact signal) and MRDY (equipment standby signal), but SFR (forward rotation instruction) /SRV (reverse rotation instruction)/ORCM (orientation instruction) have been input.

Please check the sequence of *ESP and

MRDY.

For MRDY, it is necessary to pay attention to the setting of parameter (NO.4001#0) (using or not using the signal).

03

No position sensor (no position control shall be carried out) has been set by the parameter (No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but Cs contour control instruction has been input. At this moment, the motor will not be activated.

Check the parameter setting.

04

No position sensor (no position control shall be carried out) has been set by the parameter (No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but spindle mode (rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning, etc.), and spindle synchronous control instruction have been input At this moment, the motor will not be activated.

Check the parameter setting.

05

Although optional parameter for orientation function has not been set, ORCM (orientation command) has been input.

Check the parameter setting of orientation

function.

06

Although optional parameter for output switching control function has not been set, low-speed characteristic winding (RCH=1) has been selected.

Check parameter setting for r output switching control function and confirmation signal for power cable status (RCH).

07

Although the Cs contour control instruction has been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not available.

Check the sequence.

08

Although servo mode (rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning, etc.) control instruction has been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not available.

Check the sequence.

09

Although spindle synchronous control instructionhas been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not available.

Check the sequence.



10

Although the Cs contour control instruction has been input, other modes have been specified (servo mode, spindle synchronous control, orientation).

Under Cs contour control instruction, please don’t select other modes. Please release Cs contour control instruction at first before switching to other modes.

11

Although servo mode (rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning, etc.) control instruction has been input, other modes have been specified (Cs contour control, spindle synchronous control, orientation).

Under servo mode control instruction, please don’t select other modes. Please release servo mode control instruction at first before switching to other modes.

12

Although spindle synchronous control instructionhas been input, other modes have been specified (Cs contour control, servo mode, orientation).

Under spindle synchronous control instruction, please don’t select other modes. Please release spindle synchronous control instruction at first before switching to other modes.

14 SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction) have been input at the same time.

Please specify a certain direction for rotation.

17

Parameter setting (NO.4011#2,1,0) of speed detector is improper.

☆ No speed detector matching specification is available.

Please check the parameter setting.

18

No position sensor (no position control shall be carried out) has been set by the parameter (No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but position encoder mode orientation has been specified.

Please check the parameter setting and input

signal.

SPM Display *1

Trouble position and remedy method Description

24

When continuous indexing under position encoder mode orientation, after the initial increment action (INCMD=1), absolute position instruction (INCMD=0) has been input thereon.

Check INCMD (increment command). It is necessary to carry out absolute position instruction orientation before absolute position command has been specified.

29

The parameter has been set to use the min time orientation function (No.4018#6=0, No.4320～4323≠0).

Spindle amplifier of i series cannot use min time orientation function. Please use normal mode for orientation.

31

The hardware configuration is not available to use spindle FAD function. At this moment, the motor will not be activated.

Please check the model of CNC.

33

The hardware configuration is not available to use spindle EGB function. At this moment, the motor will not be activated.

Please check the model of CNC.

34

Spindle FAD function and EGB function are both valid. At this moment, the motor will not be activated.

Two functions cannot be used at the same

time. Please set one of the two valid.

36 Trouble of assistant module SM (SSM) or connection between SPM and SSM is abnormal.

Assistant module SM (SSM) is abnormal

(synchronous spindle).

Notes *2

PSM contact signal Contact between ESP1 and ESP2 on PSM open: E-stop status Contact between ESP1 and ESP2 on PSM closed:

Normal running

VMC Series D Recommended Flash Card


D Recommended Flash Card General The max capacity of the program memory files is 2048Mbyte (2Gbyte).

For memory card program running and editing, please use the memory card with the program memory files and which has been formatted by FAT.

This tool can be executed on the PC generally sold in the market.

The corresponding operation systems for this tool are as follows:

Windows(R) NT4.0 Workstation (SP5 or renewal version)

Windows(R) 2000 Professional

Windows XP Professional

The specifications for the corresponding PC are as follows

EMS memory: 32Mbyte or more

Hard disk: 10Mbyte or more free space (besides, it shall be provided with the free space for program memory files.)

Manufacturer Model Capacity

SANDISK

SDCFB-128-801 128MB

SDCFB-256-801 256MB

SDCFB-512-801 512MB

HITACHI

HB28B064C8H 64MB

HB28B128C8H 128MB

HB28B256C8H 512MB

Warning

The above mentioned flash cards are recommended by us, and if flash cards from other manufacturers are used, maybe they cannot work normally.


It is recommended that the flash cards shall be used for data input/output and automatic running of PCMCIA port. For other applications, they cannot work normally.

The flash cards can only be used when micro flash card adapter available.

Usage environment

While using this program please pay attention to the following points:

Confirm that the file folder for installing this tool has no［temp］folder. In the file folder where programs have been installed, this tool has created a［temp］file folder used for work. In some circumstances, the content of the created ［temp］file folder used for work can be deleted due to the tool. Besides, during the process of using the tool, if access of the files created in this file folder, sometimes, it may result in that the file cannot run normally.

VMC Series E Embedded Ethernet Function


E Embedded Ethernet Function The explanation for operation of FTP file transmission function is as

follows:

Steps

1. Press the function key [PRO]

2. Press the softkey［FOLDER］(general view) to display the general

view menu of programs (when the softkey has not appeared, press the

continuity key).

3. Press the softkey［(OPRT)］(operation) .

4. Press the softkey［DEVICE CHANGE］(equipment change) to

change the displayed device. Please press the key for several times

before changing to general view of embedding Ethernet host files. Figure I.1 (a) General view of embedding Ethernet host files

5. When the general view of the files cannot be displayed in one page, it

is available to use the page-turning key to switch the

menu.

6. When the softkey［REFRESH］ (display refresh) has been pressed,

the displayed content will be updated.

7. When the softkey［DETAIL OFF］ (compendium display) has been

pressed, host file list menu (only the file name) will be displayed. When

the softkey［DETAIL ON］ (detailed display) has been pressed, host

file list menu (in details) will be displayed.

8. While selecting a file folder by a cursor, when the key INPUT of

MDI has been pressed, the file folder selected by the cursor will become

the present file folder.

Notes

1. When FTP file transmission function is used, confirm that the valid



equipment is embedded Ethernet port. The connection destination for

host file list menu shall be determined by the following two conditions:

(1) Confirm DEVICE (valid equipment) is EMB PORT (embedded

Ethernet port) . Selection shall be done by “DEVICE SELECTION”

(equipment selection) of Ethernet setting menu.

(2) Select the host from connection destination 1, 2 and 3. The selection

can be done by soft key［HOST］(host).

2. It is unable to display correctly display file name of Chinese,

Japanese hiragana and katakana.

Displayed items

DEVICE (valid equipment)

Display “EMB PORT” (embedded port) or “PCMCIA”.

CONNECT HOST (connection with host)

Display the presently connected host No. and host name which has been

presently selected.

ENTRY PROG NUM (recording program number)

Display the file number in the work file folder connected with the host

and the max file number shall be of 8 digits.

CURRENT FOLDER (current folder name)

Display the currently selected work folder name connected with host.

When display area is too small to display all, the three character

midway can be displayed in the form of “…”, and only the last 10

characters will be displayed.

File name

File name/file folder name has not difference.

Max display character number is 127, but for each line, only the

characters can be display will be displayed.

DETAIL ON, DETAIL OFF (detailed display and compendium display)

Carry out the switching only for detailed display and compendium

display for file names.

REFRESH (display refresh)

Refresh the displayed contents.

READ (read)

Transfer the host files to CNC memory, and only when “9” has been set

in CNC input/output equipment No., it will be displayed.

PUNCH (punching)

Transfer the CNC memory files to the host, and only when“9”has been set in

CNC input/output equipment No., it will be displayed.

DELETE FILE (deleting files)

Delete the host files.

RENAME (rename)

Change the file names or folder names of the host.

DELETE FOLDER (deleting folders)

Delete the host folders.

CREATE FOLDER (create folders)



Create folders in the host.

HOST (host)

Change the connected host.

Input NC programs

Input the files (NC programs) stored in the host into CNC memory.

Steps

1 Display the imbedded Ethernet host file list menu.

2 Set the CNC to EDIT mode.

3 Select the file to be input by the cursor.

4 Press the softkey［READ］(read).

5 Press the softkey［EXEC］ (execution) .

6 During input, the right lower part of the menu will display (flashing)

“INPUT” (input).

Output NC programs

Output the CNC memory files (NC programs) into the host.

Steps

1 Display the imbedded Ethernet host file list menu.

2 Set the CNC to EDIT mode.

3 Input the NC programs to be input by MDI key.

4 Press the softkey［PUNCH］ (punching).

5 Press the softkey［EXEC］ (execution) .

6 During output, the right lower part of the menu will display (flashing)

“OUTPUT” (output).

VMC Series F M Codes List


F M Codes List

M Code No. Definition

M00 Select stop

M01 Select stop and press the “select stop” button on

operation panel; the same effect with M00

M02 Program completed

M03 Spindle forward rotating; usually used with SXX

M04 Spindle reverse rotating; usually used with SXX

M05 Spindle rotating stops

M06 Tool change

M07 Spindle inner cooling

M08 Spindle outer cooling

M09 Relative cooling stops

M10 Spindle unclamping tool (for tool change micro

programs of bucket tool magazine)

M11 Spindle clamping tool (for tool change micro


M12 Spindle air cooling

M13 Spindle inner air cooling

M14 Reserved

M15 Reserved

M16 Door opened

M17 Door closed

M18 Cancel orientation

M19 Spindle orientation

M20 Reserved

M21 Reserved

M22 Reserved

M23 Reserved

M24 Reserved

M25 Reserved

M26 ATC to 0 position (for tool change micro programs

of manipulator tool magazine)

M27 O9003 is called in (for tool change micro programs


M28 O9003 is called in (for tool change micro programs


M29 Rigid

M30 Program completed



M31 Aim tool has changed to spindle (for tool change

micro programs of manipulator tool magazine)

M32 For bucket tool magazine; to make sure no tool on

spindle

M33 For tool magazine controlling program

M34 Reserved

M35 Reserved

M36 Reserved

M37 Reserved

M38 Reserved

M39 Reserved

M40 Reserved

M41 To low gear

M42 To high gear

M43 Reserved

M44 Reserved

M45 Reserved

M46 Reserved

M47 Reserved

M48 Reserved

M49 Reserved

M50 Reserved

M51 Reserved

M52 Reserved

M53 Reserved

M54 Reserved

M55 Reserved

M56 Reserved

M57 Reserved

M58 Reserved

M59 Reserved

M60 Select tool command (for tool change micro




M62 Tool disc forward (for tool change micro programs

of bucket tool magazine)

M63 Tool disc backward (for tool change micro programs

of bucket tool magazine)

M64 Clamps in clamping

M65 Clamps in unclamping

M66 Reserved

M67 Reserved

M68 Tool magazine to zero point




programs of manipulator tool magazine)

M70 Reserved

M71 Reserved

M72 Chain chip conveyor starts or spiral chip conveyor

forward rotating with chain chip conveyor starting

M73 Spiral chip conveyor reverse rotating

M74 Chip conveyor stops

M75 Reserved

M76 Reserved

M77 Reserved

M78 Reserved

M79 Reserved

M80 Reserved

M81 Reserved

M82 Reserved

M83 Reserved

M84 Reserved

M85 Reserved

M86 Reserved

M87 Reserved

M88 Reserved

M89 Reserved

M90 Reserved

M91 X axis mirror

M92 Y axis mirror

M93 Z axis mirror

M94 A axis mirror

M95 Cancel mirror

M96 Reserved

M97 Reserved

M98 Call in sub-program

M99 Sub-program ended

M100 Chip frush motor on (M09 off)

VMC Series G Main Electric Parts List


G Main Electric Parts List

Brand Type Specific-ation

Brand Type Specific-ation

Order No.

Function

ABS103b QF1 Main breaker

SIEMENS 5SJ62027CC20

LG BKN-2A/2P QF2 Breaker for door switch


LG BKN-6A/2P QF4 Breaker for cabinet illumination


LG BKN-6A/2P QF5 GS1 power breaker


LG BKN-6A/2P QF6 GS2 power breaker

SIEMENS 3VU13401MJ00

2.4-4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

2.5-4 QF7 Hydraulic motor starter

LG BKN 3A/3P QF8 Breaker of hydraulic station fan

SIEMENS 3VU13401MG00

1-1.6 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

1-1.6 QF9 Motor starter of left spiral chip conveyor



1-1.6 QF10 Motor starter of right spiral chip conveyor



1-1.6 QF11 Motor starter of chain chip conveyor

SIEMENS 3VU13401MK00

4-6 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

4-6 QF12 Outer cooling motor starter

SIEMENS 3VU13401MN00


13-17 QF13 Inner cooling motor starter

SIEMENS 3VU13401MM00


13-17

SIEMENS 3VU13401MJ00

2.4-4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

2.5-4 QF14 Oil cooling motor starter

SIEMENS 3VU13401MK00


4-6

SIEMENS 3VU13401ML00


6-10



1-1.6 QF15 Tool magazine motor starter

SIEMENS 3VU13401MH00

1.6-2.4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

1.6-2.5



1-1.6 QF16 Manipulator motor starter


1.6-2.4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

1.6-2.5


LG BKN-3A/2P QF17 Breaker for cabinet illuminating lamp


LG BKN-2A/2P QF18 Breaker for machine illuminating lamp


LG BKN 6A/2P QF19 Portable computer power breaker


LG BKN-3A/2P QF20 Cabinet fan breaker

SIEMENS

5SJ62037CC20 (5ST3010-0CC)

LG BKN-3A/2P (AX)

QF21 Heat exchanger breaker

SIEMENS

5SJ62107CC20 (5ST3010-0CC)

LG BKN-10A/2P(AX)

Air conditioner breaker



SIEMENS 3VU13401MD00

0.24-0.4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

0.25-0.4 QF23 Lubricating motor starter


1.6-2.4 LG MMS-32S (FX1A1B)

1.6-2.5 QF24 Oil mist collector motor starter

SIEMENS 5SP4350-7

LG BKN-50A3P QF25 Servo breaker

SIEMENS 5SP4391-7

LG BKH-100A3P


LG BKN-3A/3P QF26 Spindle motor fan breaker

QF27 Paper strip filter motor starter

QF28 Lifting pump motor starter


LG BKN 4A/2P QF29 Servo control power breaker


LG BKN 4A/2P QF30 Z axis brake breaker


LG BKN 6A/2P QF31 GS3 power breaker


LG BKN 6A/2P QF32 Z axis mechanical brake breaker

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM1 Hydraulic station motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM2 Left spiral chip conveying forward contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM3 Left spiral chip conveying reverse contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM4 Right spiral chip conveying forward contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM5 Right spiral chip conveying reverse contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM6 Chain chip conveyor motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM7 Outer cooling motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS32001XB4

LG GMD-18 KM7 Inner cooling motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9

SIEMENS 3TS31001XB4

LG GMD-12

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM9 Oil cooler motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM10 Tool magazine motor forward contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM11 Tool magazine motor reverse contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM12 Manipulator motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM14 Lubricating motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM15 Oil mist collector contactor

SIEMENS 3TF49221XB4

KM16 Servo contactor

SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM17 Paper strip filter motor contactor



SIEMENS 3TS30001XB4

LG GMD-9 KM18 Lifting pump motor contactor

SIEMENS 3TF49221XB4

KM21 Spindle output switching controlling contactor

SIEMENS 3TF49221XB4

KM22 Spindle output switching controlling contactor

Phoenix UM72-R-24DC/11-11-T

Reply

Phoenix UM72-R-24DC/21-21-T

Reply

Phoenix UM72-FL50/16-MR/21-21/0I/CS0608-R

Reply module

Sunshine

FX-50BB Splitter

Phoenix TRIO-PS/1AC/24DC/5-R

Stable power supply

PILZ PNOZ XV1P Safe reply

PILZ PNOZ XV2P Safe reply

Yihua Machine illuminating lamp

META Indicators with three colors

EUCHNER

092-031-STMTN-242B024-M

Door lock

XINLU XLRH-25AR Heat exchanger

POINT CA3S-6046 Air conditioner



H PMC Parameters List 1、 List of parameters K 保持型继电

器功能备注

字节位

K0

0 Tool set level/magazine back off switch is normal close

1 ATC stop switch is normal close

2 ATC buckle tool signal switch is normal close

3 ATC origin signal switch is normal close

4 lubrication liquid position low switch is normal close

5 Lubrication pressure low switch is normal close

6 The pressure of air source is low switch is normal open

7 Work-piece unclamp switch is normal close

K1

0 Work-piece unclamp switch is normal close

1 Clamp tool to the specified location switch is normal close

2 Unclamp tool to the specified location switch is normal close

3 Rotating unclamp to the specified location switch is normal close

4 Rotating clamp to the specified location switch is normal close

5 Inner coolant block switch is normal open

6

7 Spindle box Unclamp button switch is normal close

K2

0 X axis enable

1 Y axis enable

2 Z axis enable

3 A axis enable

4 There are 20 pockets in tool magazine




K3

0 Standard lubrication time is 7 seconds

1 Standard lubrication time is 15 seconds

2 Standard approach press time is 5 seconds

3 Standard approach press time is 12 seconds

4

5

6

7

K4 0 With temperature high switch in hydraulic station



1 With filter block switch in hydraulic station

2 With oil level low switch in hydraulic station

3 With fan in hydraulic station

4 Cancel 2097 alarm

5

6

7

K5

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 Relief to parameter of NC Protection

K6

0 VMC E series input output signal

1 X, Y, Z axis motor encoder in absolute encoder

2 G196 is used as the deceleration signal for reference position return not X9

3 With FANUC MCP

4 0I-D CNC

5 Display data table control table

6 Preselect tool over then pocket go to vertical position in chain magazine.

7 Relief to PLC protection

K7

0 Z axis With mechanical break

1 Inner air coolant

2 ZF gear box when no GR1O or GR2O

3 With clamp tool button and unclamp tool button on spindle box

4 Tool manage on Machine tool Without magazine

5 Not use spindle speed check signal

6 Without position switch CNC

7 With unclamp/ clamp button on spindle box

K8

0 1st tool is big one

1 3rd tool is big one

2 5th tool is big one




6 Low Gear position switch is normal close

7 High Gear position switch is normal close

K9 0 Temperature switch in hydraulic station is normal close



1 Filter block switch in hydraulic station is normal open

2 Oil level low switch in hydraulic station is normal open

3 Coolant box level low switch is normal open

4 Oil cooling fault alarm switch

5 Magazine counter switch

6 Magazine origin switch

7 Tool set uprightness/ magazine onward switch

K10

0

1 With chain magazine

2 With plate magazine

3 With output switche control

4 With output switche control (when no GR1O and GR2O)

5 With non-coded hand-wheel

6 With coded hand-wheel

7

K11

0 With oil separate from water motor

1 With gear box

2 X axis reference direction is minus

3

4

5

6 With spindle coolant motor

7 With tool change micro programs of manipulator tool magazine

K12

0

1

2

3

4 4000rpm output switch，for αiI8/10000，αiI15/12000，αiI12/12000，

5 6000 output switch，forαiIT15/15000

6 Execute M02/M30 open door

7 With raster

K13

0 Without lubrication press low switch

1 With inner coolant

2 Without spindle coolant motor fault switch

3 M30 makes the tool machine power off

4 With helix chip conveyor

5 With chain chip conveyor

6 If door open pressed, spindle stop rotating, cycle stop, Auxiliary motor stop

7 With chip flush

K14 0 When door open, auxiliary motor can ran in JOG mode



1 Override switch coded is Gray

2 Override switch coded is Binary

3

4 To cycle start, Z axis must be in position switch 3

5 Work piece is not clamped can cycle start

6

7 The VMC850 series input/output signal and with YZLJKB01F MCP

K15

0 When execute M00 or M01 stop spindle

1 Chip flush and water gun not use coolant motor

2 Plate magazine With REF switch

3 Water gun

4

5 Spindle must be orientated then clamp or unclamped tool.

6 Cannot rotate spindle in JOG mode

7 CNC execute S instruction make spindle rotate when machine lock.

K16

0 With A axis

1 Hydraulic station is used for gearbox and unclamping tool

2 Hydraulic station is used for clamping work-piece

3 Cancel door lock

4 With air protection

5

6

7 PMC control spindle when it rotate manually

K17

0

1

2 With work-piece measurement

3 With tool measurement

4

5

6

7

K19

0 Version 2 Principle diagram

1 Inner coolant level low switch is normal close

5

6

7

VMC Series H PMC Parameters List


2、 List of parameters D

Data table Meaning D100 Tool number in spindle D101 Tool number in pocket 1 D102 Tool number in pocket 2 D103 Tool number in pocket 3 D104 Tool number in pocket 4 D105 Tool number in pocket 5 D106 Tool number in pocket 6 D107 Tool number in pocket 7 D108 Tool number in pocket 8 D109 Tool number in pocket 9 D110 Tool number in pocket 10 D111 Tool number in pocket 11 D112 Tool number in pocket 12 D113 Tool number in pocket 13 D114 Tool number in pocket 14 D115 Tool number in pocket 15 D116 Tool number in pocket 16 D117 Tool number in pocket 17 D118 Tool number in pocket 18 D119 Tool number in pocket 19 D120 Tool number in pocket 20 D121 Tool number in pocket 21 D122 Tool number in pocket 22 D123 Tool number in pocket 23 D124 Tool number in pocket 24

VMC Series H PMC Paramenters List


3、 List of parameters T

Timer Meaning TMR9 Time of pressing lubrication key to lubricate. TMR11 Time of lubrication automatically.

Automatic Lubricate In automatic lubricate mode, the lubrication pump start one time for some time and then stop some time

automatically.The Stop Time = [C10] *5 minutes.For example: If the PMC parameter Counter 10 is set 3, the stop time will be 15 minutes.The Run Time: T11 (ms) Manual Lubricate

Press the key [LUBRICATE] on the operator panel to start the lubrication pump. The run time of the pump is T9 (ms). There is another method to start lubrication pump. That is press the button on the pump.

VMC Series I List of Soft Switches


I List of Soft Switches

Name of soft switch Meaning when connected

INNER-WC Inner coolant when press

[COOLANT] key

OUTER-WC Outer coolant when press

[COOLANT] key

R.T.BACK Rigid tapping back

OUTER-AC Outer air coolant when press

[BLOW] key

INNER-AC Inner air coolant when press

[BLOW] key

MAG.JOG Enable magazine adjustment

manually

VMC Series J Position of Electris Parts on Machine


J Position of Electric Parts on Machine

VMC Series K Electric Elements Diagram


K Electric Elements Diagram



L The List Of The Directive B About Spindle

Orientation point.

B degree

0 0.00

1 0.09

2 0.18

3 0.26

4 0.35

5 0.44

6 0.53

7 0.62

8 0.70

9 0.79

10 0.88

11 0.97

12 1.05

13 1.14

14 1.23

15 1.32

16 1.41

17 1.49

18 1.58

19 1.67

20 1.76

21 1.85

22 1.93

23 2.02

24 2.11

25 2.20

26 2.29

27 2.37

28 2.46

29 2.55

30 2.64

31 2.72

32 2.81

33 2.90

34 2.99

35 3.08

36 3.16

37 3.25

38 3.34

39 3.43

40 3.52

41 3.60

42 3.69

43 3.78

44 3.87

45 3.96

46 4.04

47 4.13

48 4.22

49 4.31

50 4.39

51 4.48

52 4.57

53 4.66

54 4.75

55 4.83

56 4.92

57 5.01

58 5.10

59 5.19

60 5.27

61 5.36

62 5.45

63 5.54

64 5.63

65 5.71

66 5.80

67 5.89

68 5.98

69 6.06

70 6.15

71 6.24

72 6.33

73 6.42

74 6.50

75 6.59

76 6.68

77 6.77

78 6.86

79 6.94

80 7.03

81 7.12

82 7.21

83 7.29

84 7.38

85 7.47

86 7.56

87 7.65

88 7.73

89 7.82

90 7.91

91 8.00

92 8.09

93 8.17

94 8.26

95 8.35

96 8.44

97 8.53

98 8.61

99 8.70

100 8.79

101 8.88

102 8.96

103 9.05

104 9.14

105 9.23

106 9.32

107 9.40

108 9.49

109 9.58

110 9.67

111 9.76

112 9.84

113 9.93

114 10.02

115 10.11

116 10.20

117 10.28

118 10.37

119 10.46

120 10.55

121 10.63

122 10.72

123 10.81

124 10.90

125 10.99

126 11.07

127 11.16

128 11.25

129 11.34

130 11.43

131 11.51

132 11.60

133 11.69

134 11.78

135 11.87

136 11.95

137 12.04

138 12.13

139 12.22

140 12.30

141 12.39

142 12.48

143 12.57

144 12.66

145 12.74

146 12.83



147 12.92

148 13.01

149 13.10

150 13.18

151 13.27

152 13.36

153 13.45

154 13.54

155 13.62

156 13.71

157 13.80

158 13.89

159 13.97

160 14.06

161 14.15

162 14.24

163 14.33

164 14.41

165 14.50

166 14.59

167 14.68

168 14.77

169 14.85

170 14.94

171 15.03

172 15.12

173 15.21

174 15.29

175 15.38

176 15.47

177 15.56

178 15.64

179 15.73

180 15.82

181 15.91

182 16.00

183 16.08

184 16.17

185 16.26

186 16.35

187 16.44

188 16.52

189 16.61

190 16.70

191 16.79

192 16.88

193 16.96

194 17.05

195 17.14

196 17.23

197 17.31

198 17.40

199 17.49

200 17.58

201 17.67

202 17.75

203 17.84

204 17.93

205 18.02

206 18.11

207 18.19

208 18.28

209 18.37

210 18.46

211 18.54

212 18.63

213 18.72

214 18.81

215 18.90

216 18.98

217 19.07

218 19.16

219 19.25

220 19.34

221 19.42

222 19.51

223 19.60

224 19.69

225 19.78

226 19.86

227 19.95

228 20.04

229 20.13

230 20.21

231 20.30

232 20.39

233 20.48

234 20.57

235 20.65

236 20.74

237 20.83

238 20.92

239 21.01

240 21.09

241 21.18

242 21.27

243 21.36

244 21.45

245 21.53

246 21.62

247 21.71

248 21.80

249 21.88

250 21.97

251 22.06

252 22.15

253 22.24

254 22.32

255 22.41

256 22.50

257 22.59

258 22.68

259 22.76

260 22.85

261 22.94

262 23.03

263 23.12

264 23.20

265 23.29

266 23.38

267 23.47

268 23.55

269 23.64

270 23.73

271 23.82

272 23.91

273 23.99

274 24.08

275 24.17

276 24.26

277 24.35

278 24.43

279 24.52

280 24.61

281 24.70

282 24.79

283 24.87

284 24.96

285 25.05

286 25.14

287 25.22

288 25.31

289 25.40

290 25.49

291 25.58

292 25.66

293 25.75

294 25.84

295 25.93

296 26.02

297 26.10

298 26.19

299 26.28

300 26.37

301 26.46

302 26.54

303 26.63

304 26.72

305 26.81

306 26.89

307 26.98

308 27.07

309 27.16

310 27.25

311 27.33

312 27.42

313 27.51

314 27.60

315 27.69

316 27.77

317 27.86

318 27.95



319 28.04

320 28.13

321 28.21

322 28.30

323 28.39

324 28.48

325 28.56

326 28.65

327 28.74

328 28.83

329 28.92

330 29.00

331 29.09

332 29.18

333 29.27

334 29.36

335 29.44

336 29.53

337 29.62

338 29.71

339 29.79

340 29.88

341 29.97

342 30.06

343 30.15

344 30.23

345 30.32

346 30.41

347 30.50

348 30.59

349 30.67

350 30.76

351 30.85

352 30.94

353 31.03

354 31.11

355 31.20

356 31.29

357 31.38

358 31.46

359 31.55

360 31.64

361 31.73

362 31.82

363 31.90

364 31.99

365 32.08

366 32.17

367 32.26

368 32.34

369 32.43

370 32.52

371 32.61

372 32.70

373 32.78

374 32.87

375 32.96

376 33.05

377 33.13

378 33.22

379 33.31

380 33.40

381 33.49

382 33.57

383 33.66

384 33.75

385 33.84

386 33.93

387 34.01

388 34.10

389 34.19

390 34.28

391 34.37

392 34.45

393 34.54

394 34.63

395 34.72

396 34.80

397 34.89

398 34.98

399 35.07

400 35.16

401 35.24

402 35.33

403 35.42

404 35.51

405 35.60

406 35.68

407 35.77

408 35.86

409 35.95

410 36.04

411 36.12

412 36.21

413 36.30

414 36.39

415 36.47

416 36.56

417 36.65

418 36.74

419 36.83

420 36.91

421 37.00

422 37.09

423 37.18

424 37.27

425 37.35

426 37.44

427 37.53

428 37.62

429 37.71

430 37.79

431 37.88

432 37.97

433 38.06

434 38.14

435 38.23

436 38.32

437 38.41

438 38.50

439 38.58

440 38.67

441 38.76

442 38.85

443 38.94

444 39.02

445 39.11

446 39.20

447 39.29

448 39.38

449 39.46

450 39.55

451 39.64

452 39.73

453 39.81

454 39.90

455 39.99

456 40.08

457 40.17

458 40.25

459 40.34

460 40.43

461 40.52

462 40.61

463 40.69

464 40.78

465 40.87

466 40.96

467 41.04

468 41.13

469 41.22

470 41.31

471 41.40

472 41.48

473 41.57

474 41.66

475 41.75

476 41.84

477 41.92

478 42.01

479 42.10

480 42.19

481 42.28

482 42.36

483 42.45

484 42.54

485 42.63

486 42.71

487 42.80

488 42.89

489 42.98

490 43.07



491 43.15

492 43.24

493 43.33

494 43.42

495 43.51

496 43.59

497 43.68

498 43.77

499 43.86

500 43.95

501 44.03

502 44.12

503 44.21

504 44.30

505 44.38

506 44.47

507 44.56

508 44.65

509 44.74

510 44.82

511 44.91

512 45.00

513 45.09

514 45.18

515 45.26

516 45.35

517 45.44

518 45.53

519 45.62

520 45.70

521 45.79

522 45.88

523 45.97

524 46.05

525 46.14

526 46.23

527 46.32

528 46.41

529 46.49

530 46.58

531 46.67

532 46.76

533 46.85

534 46.93

535 47.02

536 47.11

537 47.20

538 47.29

539 47.37

540 47.46

541 47.55

542 47.64

543 47.72

544 47.81

545 47.90

546 47.99

547 48.08

548 48.16

549 48.25

550 48.34

551 48.43

552 48.52

553 48.60

554 48.69

555 48.78

556 48.87

557 48.96

558 49.04

559 49.13

560 49.22

561 49.31

562 49.39

563 49.48

564 49.57

565 49.66

566 49.75

567 49.83

568 49.92

569 50.01

570 50.10

571 50.19

572 50.27

573 50.36

574 50.45

575 50.54

576 50.63

577 50.71

578 50.80

579 50.89

580 50.98

581 51.06

582 51.15

583 51.24

584 51.33

585 51.42

586 51.50

587 51.59

588 51.68

589 51.77

590 51.86

591 51.94

592 52.03

593 52.12

594 52.21

595 52.29

596 52.38

597 52.47

598 52.56

599 52.65

600 52.73

601 52.82

602 52.91

603 53.00

604 53.09

605 53.17

606 53.26

607 53.35

608 53.44

609 53.53

610 53.61

611 53.70

612 53.79

613 53.88

614 53.96

615 54.05

616 54.14

617 54.23

618 54.32

619 54.40

620 54.49

621 54.58

622 54.67

623 54.76

624 54.84

625 54.93

626 55.02

627 55.11

628 55.20

629 55.28

630 55.37

631 55.46

632 55.55

633 55.63

634 55.72

635 55.81

636 55.90

637 55.99

638 56.07

639 56.16

640 56.25

641 56.34

642 56.43

643 56.51

644 56.60

645 56.69

646 56.78

647 56.87

648 56.95

649 57.04

650 57.13

651 57.22

652 57.30

653 57.39

654 57.48

655 57.57

656 57.66

657 57.74

658 57.83

659 57.92

660 58.01

661 58.10

662 58.18



663 58.27

664 58.36

665 58.45

666 58.54

667 58.62

668 58.71

669 58.80

670 58.89

671 58.97

672 59.06

673 59.15

674 59.24

675 59.33

676 59.41

677 59.50

678 59.59

679 59.68

680 59.77

681 59.85

682 59.94

683 60.03

684 60.12

685 60.21

686 60.29

687 60.38

688 60.47

689 60.56

690 60.64

691 60.73

692 60.82

693 60.91

694 61.00

695 61.08

696 61.17

697 61.26

698 61.35

699 61.44

700 61.52

701 61.61

702 61.70

703 61.79

704 61.88

705 61.96

706 62.05

707 62.14

708 62.23

709 62.31

710 62.40

711 62.49

712 62.58

713 62.67

714 62.75

715 62.84

716 62.93

717 63.02

718 63.11

719 63.19

720 63.28

721 63.37

722 63.46

723 63.54

724 63.63

725 63.72

726 63.81

727 63.90

728 63.98

729 64.07

730 64.16

731 64.25

732 64.34

733 64.42

734 64.51

735 64.60

736 64.69

737 64.78

738 64.86

739 64.95

740 65.04

741 65.13

742 65.21

743 65.30

744 65.39

745 65.48

746 65.57

747 65.65

748 65.74

749 65.83

750 65.92

751 66.01

752 66.09

753 66.18

754 66.27

755 66.36

756 66.45

757 66.53

758 66.62

759 66.71

760 66.80

761 66.88

762 66.97

763 67.06

764 67.15

765 67.24

766 67.32

767 67.41

768 67.50

769 67.59

770 67.68

771 67.76

772 67.85

773 67.94

774 68.03

775 68.12

776 68.20

777 68.29

778 68.38

779 68.47

780 68.55

781 68.64

782 68.73

783 68.82

784 68.91

785 68.99

786 69.08

787 69.17

788 69.26

789 69.35

790 69.43

791 69.52

792 69.61

793 69.70

794 69.79

795 69.87

796 69.96

797 70.05

798 70.14

799 70.22

800 70.31

801 70.40

802 70.49

803 70.58

804 70.66

805 70.75

806 70.84

807 70.93

808 71.02

809 71.10

810 71.19

811 71.28

812 71.37

813 71.46

814 71.54

815 71.63

816 71.72

817 71.81

818 71.89

819 71.98

820 72.07

821 72.16

822 72.25

823 72.33

824 72.42

825 72.51

826 72.60

827 72.69

828 72.77

829 72.86

830 72.95

831 73.04

832 73.13

833 73.21

834 73.30



835 73.39

836 73.48

837 73.56

838 73.65

839 73.74

840 73.83

841 73.92

842 74.00

843 74.09

844 74.18

845 74.27

846 74.36

847 74.44

848 74.53

849 74.62

850 74.71

851 74.79

852 74.88

853 74.97

854 75.06

855 75.15

856 75.23

857 75.32

858 75.41

859 75.50

860 75.59

861 75.67

862 75.76

863 75.85

864 75.94

865 76.03

866 76.11

867 76.20

868 76.29

869 76.38

870 76.46

871 76.55

872 76.64

873 76.73

874 76.82

875 76.90

876 76.99

877 77.08

878 77.17

879 77.26

880 77.34

881 77.43

882 77.52

883 77.61

884 77.70

885 77.78

886 77.87

887 77.96

888 78.05

889 78.13

890 78.22

891 78.31

892 78.40

893 78.49

894 78.57

895 78.66

896 78.75

897 78.84

898 78.93

899 79.01

900 79.10

901 79.19

902 79.28

903 79.37

904 79.45

905 79.54

906 79.63

907 79.72

908 79.80

909 79.89

910 79.98

911 80.07

912 80.16

913 80.24

914 80.33

915 80.42

916 80.51

917 80.60

918 80.68

919 80.77

920 80.86

921 80.95

922 81.04

923 81.12

924 81.21

925 81.30

926 81.39

927 81.47

928 81.56

929 81.65

930 81.74

931 81.83

932 81.91

933 82.00

934 82.09

935 82.18

936 82.27

937 82.35

938 82.44

939 82.53

940 82.62

941 82.71

942 82.79

943 82.88

944 82.97

945 83.06

946 83.14

947 83.23

948 83.32

949 83.41

950 83.50

951 83.58

952 83.67

953 83.76

954 83.85

955 83.94

956 84.02

957 84.11

958 84.20

959 84.29

960 84.38

961 84.46

962 84.55

963 84.64

964 84.73

965 84.81

966 84.90

967 84.99

968 85.08

969 85.17

970 85.25

971 85.34

972 85.43

973 85.52

974 85.61

975 85.69

976 85.78

977 85.87

978 85.96

979 86.04

980 86.13

981 86.22

982 86.31

983 86.40

984 86.48

985 86.57

986 86.66

987 86.75

988 86.84

989 86.92

990 87.01

991 87.10

992 87.19

993 87.28

994 87.36

995 87.45

996 87.54

997 87.63

998 87.71

999 87.80

1000 87.89

1001 87.98

1002 88.07

1003 88.15

1004 88.24

1005 88.33

1006 88.42



1007 88.51

1008 88.59

1009 88.68

1010 88.77

1011 88.86

1012 88.95

1013 89.03

1014 89.12

1015 89.21

1016 89.30

1017 89.38

1018 89.47

1019 89.56

1020 89.65

1021 89.74

1022 89.82

1023 89.91

1024 90.00

1025 90.09

1026 90.18

1027 90.26

1028 90.35

1029 90.44

1030 90.53

1031 90.62

1032 90.70

1033 90.79

1034 90.88

1035 90.97

1036 91.05

1037 91.14

1038 91.23

1039 91.32

1040 91.41

1041 91.49

1042 91.58

1043 91.67

1044 91.76

1045 91.85

1046 91.93

1047 92.02

1048 92.11

1049 92.20

1050 92.29

1051 92.37

1052 92.46

1053 92.55

1054 92.64

1055 92.72

1056 92.81

1057 92.90

1058 92.99

1059 93.08

1060 93.16

1061 93.25

1062 93.34

1063 93.43

1064 93.52

1065 93.60

1066 93.69

1067 93.78

1068 93.87

1069 93.96

1070 94.04

1071 94.13

1072 94.22

1073 94.31

1074 94.39

1075 94.48

1076 94.57

1077 94.66

1078 94.75

1079 94.83

1080 94.92

1081 95.01

1082 95.10

1083 95.19

1084 95.27

1085 95.36

1086 95.45

1087 95.54

1088 95.63

1089 95.71

1090 95.80

1091 95.89

1092 95.98

1093 96.06

1094 96.15

1095 96.24

1096 96.33

1097 96.42

1098 96.50

1099 96.59

1100 96.68

1101 96.77

1102 96.86

1103 96.94

1104 97.03

1105 97.12

1106 97.21

1107 97.29

1108 97.38

1109 97.47

1110 97.56

1111 97.65

1112 97.73

1113 97.82

1114 97.91

1115 98.00

1116 98.09

1117 98.17

1118 98.26

1119 98.35

1120 98.44

1121 98.53

1122 98.61

1123 98.70

1124 98.79

1125 98.88

1126 98.96

1127 99.05

1128 99.14

1129 99.23

1130 99.32

1131 99.40

1132 99.49

1133 99.58

1134 99.67

1135 99.76

1136 99.84

1137 99.93

1138 100.02

1139 100.11

1140 100.20

1141 100.28

1142 100.37

1143 100.46

1144 100.55

1145 100.63

1146 100.72

1147 100.81

1148 100.90

1149 100.99

1150 101.07

1151 101.16

1152 101.25

1153 101.34

1154 101.43

1155 101.51

1156 101.60

1157 101.69

1158 101.78

1159 101.87

1160 101.95

1161 102.04

1162 102.13

1163 102.22

1164 102.30

1165 102.39

1166 102.48

1167 102.57

1168 102.66

1169 102.74

1170 102.83

1171 102.92

1172 103.01

1173 103.10

1174 103.18

1175 103.27

1176 103.36

1177 103.45

1178 103.54



1179 103.62

1180 103.71

1181 103.80

1182 103.89

1183 103.97

1184 104.06

1185 104.15

1186 104.24

1187 104.33

1188 104.41

1189 104.50

1190 104.59

1191 104.68

1192 104.77

1193 104.85

1194 104.94

1195 105.03

1196 105.12

1197 105.21

1198 105.29

1199 105.38

1200 105.47

1201 105.56

1202 105.64

1203 105.73

1204 105.82

1205 105.91

1206 106.00

1207 106.08

1208 106.17

1209 106.26

1210 106.35

1211 106.44

1212 106.52

1213 106.61

1214 106.70

1215 106.79

1216 106.88

1217 106.96

1218 107.05

1219 107.14

1220 107.23

1221 107.31

1222 107.40

1223 107.49

1224 107.58

1225 107.67

1226 107.75

1227 107.84

1228 107.93

1229 108.02

1230 108.11

1231 108.19

1232 108.28

1233 108.37

1234 108.46

1235 108.54

1236 108.63

1237 108.72

1238 108.81

1239 108.90

1240 108.98

1241 109.07

1242 109.16

1243 109.25

1244 109.34

1245 109.42

1246 109.51

1247 109.60

1248 109.69

1249 109.78

1250 109.86

1251 109.95

1252 110.04

1253 110.13

1254 110.21

1255 110.30

1256 110.39

1257 110.48

1258 110.57

1259 110.65

1260 110.74

1261 110.83

1262 110.92

1263 111.01

1264 111.09

1265 111.18

1266 111.27

1267 111.36

1268 111.45

1269 111.53

1270 111.62

1271 111.71

1272 111.80

1273 111.88

1274 111.97

1275 112.06

1276 112.15

1277 112.24

1278 112.32

1279 112.41

1280 112.50

1281 112.59

1282 112.68

1283 112.76

1284 112.85

1285 112.94

1286 113.03

1287 113.12

1288 113.20

1289 113.29

1290 113.38

1291 113.47

1292 113.55

1293 113.64

1294 113.73

1295 113.82

1296 113.91

1297 113.99

1298 114.08

1299 114.17

1300 114.26

1301 114.35

1302 114.43

1303 114.52

1304 114.61

1305 114.70

1306 114.79

1307 114.87

1308 114.96

1309 115.05

1310 115.14

1311 115.22

1312 115.31

1313 115.40

1314 115.49

1315 115.58

1316 115.66

1317 115.75

1318 115.84

1319 115.93

1320 116.02

1321 116.10

1322 116.19

1323 116.28

1324 116.37

1325 116.46

1326 116.54

1327 116.63

1328 116.72

1329 116.81

1330 116.89

1331 116.98

1332 117.07

1333 117.16

1334 117.25

1335 117.33

1336 117.42

1337 117.51

1338 117.60

1339 117.69

1340 117.77

1341 117.86

1342 117.95

1343 118.04

1344 118.13

1345 118.21

1346 118.30

1347 118.39

1348 118.48

1349 118.56

1350 118.65



1351 118.74

1352 118.83

1353 118.92

1354 119.00

1355 119.09

1356 119.18

1357 119.27

1358 119.36

1359 119.44

1360 119.53

1361 119.62

1362 119.71

1363 119.79

1364 119.88

1365 119.97

1366 120.06

1367 120.15

1368 120.23

1369 120.32

1370 120.41

1371 120.50

1372 120.59

1373 120.67

1374 120.76

1375 120.85

1376 120.94

1377 121.03

1378 121.11

1379 121.20

1380 121.29

1381 121.38

1382 121.46

1383 121.55

1384 121.64

1385 121.73

1386 121.82

1387 121.90

1388 121.99

1389 122.08

1390 122.17

1391 122.26

1392 122.34

1393 122.43

1394 122.52

1395 122.61

1396 122.70

1397 122.78

1398 122.87

1399 122.96

1400 123.05

1401 123.13

1402 123.22

1403 123.31

1404 123.40

1405 123.49

1406 123.57

1407 123.66

1408 123.75

1409 123.84

1410 123.93

1411 124.01

1412 124.10

1413 124.19

1414 124.28

1415 124.37

1416 124.45

1417 124.54

1418 124.63

1419 124.72

1420 124.80

1421 124.89

1422 124.98

1423 125.07

1424 125.16

1425 125.24

1426 125.33

1427 125.42

1428 125.51

1429 125.60

1430 125.68

1431 125.77

1432 125.86

1433 125.95

1434 126.04

1435 126.12

1436 126.21

1437 126.30

1438 126.39

1439 126.47

1440 126.56

1441 126.65

1442 126.74

1443 126.83

1444 126.91

1445 127.00

1446 127.09

1447 127.18

1448 127.27

1449 127.35

1450 127.44

1451 127.53

1452 127.62

1453 127.71

1454 127.79

1455 127.88

1456 127.97

1457 128.06

1458 128.14

1459 128.23

1460 128.32

1461 128.41

1462 128.50

1463 128.58

1464 128.67

1465 128.76

1466 128.85

1467 128.94

1468 129.02

1469 129.11

1470 129.20

1471 129.29

1472 129.38

1473 129.46

1474 129.55

1475 129.64

1476 129.73

1477 129.81

1478 129.90

1479 129.99

1480 130.08

1481 130.17

1482 130.25

1483 130.34

1484 130.43

1485 130.52

1486 130.61

1487 130.69

1488 130.78

1489 130.87

1490 130.96

1491 131.04

1492 131.13

1493 131.22

1494 131.31

1495 131.40

1496 131.48

1497 131.57

1498 131.66

1499 131.75

1500 131.84

1501 131.92

1502 132.01

1503 132.10

1504 132.19

1505 132.28

1506 132.36

1507 132.45

1508 132.54

1509 132.63

1510 132.71

1511 132.80

1512 132.89

1513 132.98

1514 133.07

1515 133.15

1516 133.24

1517 133.33

1518 133.42

1519 133.51

1520 133.59

1521 133.68

1522 133.77



1523 133.86

1524 133.95

1525 134.03

1526 134.12

1527 134.21

1528 134.30

1529 134.38

1530 134.47

1531 134.56

1532 134.65

1533 134.74

1534 134.82

1535 134.91

1536 135.00

1537 135.09

1538 135.18

1539 135.26

1540 135.35

1541 135.44

1542 135.53

1543 135.62

1544 135.70

1545 135.79

1546 135.88

1547 135.97

1548 136.05

1549 136.14

1550 136.23

1551 136.32

1552 136.41

1553 136.49

1554 136.58

1555 136.67

1556 136.76

1557 136.85

1558 136.93

1559 137.02

1560 137.11

1561 137.20

1562 137.29

1563 137.37

1564 137.46

1565 137.55

1566 137.64

1567 137.72

1568 137.81

1569 137.90

1570 137.99

1571 138.08

1572 138.16

1573 138.25

1574 138.34

1575 138.43

1576 138.52

1577 138.60

1578 138.69

1579 138.78

1580 138.87

1581 138.96

1582 139.04

1583 139.13

1584 139.22

1585 139.31

1586 139.39

1587 139.48

1588 139.57

1589 139.66

1590 139.75

1591 139.83

1592 139.92

1593 140.01

1594 140.10

1595 140.19

1596 140.27

1597 140.36

1598 140.45

1599 140.54

1600 140.63

1601 140.71

1602 140.80

1603 140.89

1604 140.98

1605 141.06

1606 141.15

1607 141.24

1608 141.33

1609 141.42

1610 141.50

1611 141.59

1612 141.68

1613 141.77

1614 141.86

1615 141.94

1616 142.03

1617 142.12

1618 142.21

1619 142.29

1620 142.38

1621 142.47

1622 142.56

1623 142.65

1624 142.73

1625 142.82

1626 142.91

1627 143.00

1628 143.09

1629 143.17

1630 143.26

1631 143.35

1632 143.44

1633 143.53

1634 143.61

1635 143.70

1636 143.79

1637 143.88

1638 143.96

1639 144.05

1640 144.14

1641 144.23

1642 144.32

1643 144.40

1644 144.49

1645 144.58

1646 144.67

1647 144.76

1648 144.84

1649 144.93

1650 145.02

1651 145.11

1652 145.20

1653 145.28

1654 145.37

1655 145.46

1656 145.55

1657 145.63

1658 145.72

1659 145.81

1660 145.90

1661 145.99

1662 146.07

1663 146.16

1664 146.25

1665 146.34

1666 146.43

1667 146.51

1668 146.60

1669 146.69

1670 146.78

1671 146.87

1672 146.95

1673 147.04

1674 147.13

1675 147.22

1676 147.30

1677 147.39

1678 147.48

1679 147.57

1680 147.66

1681 147.74

1682 147.83

1683 147.92

1684 148.01

1685 148.10

1686 148.18

1687 148.27

1688 148.36

1689 148.45

1690 148.54

1691 148.62

1692 148.71

1693 148.80

1694 148.89



1695 148.97

1696 149.06

1697 149.15

1698 149.24

1699 149.33

1700 149.41

1701 149.50

1702 149.59

1703 149.68

1704 149.77

1705 149.85

1706 149.94

1707 150.03

1708 150.12

1709 150.21

1710 150.29

1711 150.38

1712 150.47

1713 150.56

1714 150.64

1715 150.73

1716 150.82

1717 150.91

1718 151.00

1719 151.08

1720 151.17

1721 151.26

1722 151.35

1723 151.44

1724 151.52

1725 151.61

1726 151.70

1727 151.79

1728 151.88

1729 151.96

1730 152.05

1731 152.14

1732 152.23

1733 152.31

1734 152.40

1735 152.49

1736 152.58

1737 152.67

1738 152.75

1739 152.84

1740 152.93

1741 153.02

1742 153.11

1743 153.19

1744 153.28

1745 153.37

1746 153.46

1747 153.54

1748 153.63

1749 153.72

1750 153.81

1751 153.90

1752 153.98

1753 154.07

1754 154.16

1755 154.25

1756 154.34

1757 154.42

1758 154.51

1759 154.60

1760 154.69

1761 154.78

1762 154.86

1763 154.95

1764 155.04

1765 155.13

1766 155.21

1767 155.30

1768 155.39

1769 155.48

1770 155.57

1771 155.65

1772 155.74

1773 155.83

1774 155.92

1775 156.01

1776 156.09

1777 156.18

1778 156.27

1779 156.36

1780 156.45

1781 156.53

1782 156.62

1783 156.71

1784 156.80

1785 156.88

1786 156.97

1787 157.06

1788 157.15

1789 157.24

1790 157.32

1791 157.41

1792 157.50

1793 157.59

1794 157.68

1795 157.76

1796 157.85

1797 157.94

1798 158.03

1799 158.12

1800 158.20

1801 158.29

1802 158.38

1803 158.47

1804 158.55

1805 158.64

1806 158.73

1807 158.82

1808 158.91

1809 158.99

1810 159.08

1811 159.17

1812 159.26

1813 159.35

1814 159.43

1815 159.52

1816 159.61

1817 159.70

1818 159.79

1819 159.87

1820 159.96

1821 160.05

1822 160.14

1823 160.22

1824 160.31

1825 160.40

1826 160.49

1827 160.58

1828 160.66

1829 160.75

1830 160.84

1831 160.93

1832 161.02

1833 161.10

1834 161.19

1835 161.28

1836 161.37

1837 161.46

1838 161.54

1839 161.63

1840 161.72

1841 161.81

1842 161.89

1843 161.98

1844 162.07

1845 162.16

1846 162.25

1847 162.33

1848 162.42

1849 162.51

1850 162.60

1851 162.69

1852 162.77

1853 162.86

1854 162.95

1855 163.04

1856 163.13

1857 163.21

1858 163.30

1859 163.39

1860 163.48

1861 163.56

1862 163.65

1863 163.74

1864 163.83

1865 163.92

1866 164.00



1867 164.09

1868 164.18

1869 164.27

1870 164.36

1871 164.44

1872 164.53

1873 164.62

1874 164.71

1875 164.79

1876 164.88

1877 164.97

1878 165.06

1879 165.15

1880 165.23

1881 165.32

1882 165.41

1883 165.50

1884 165.59

1885 165.67

1886 165.76

1887 165.85

1888 165.94

1889 166.03

1890 166.11

1891 166.20

1892 166.29

1893 166.38

1894 166.46

1895 166.55

1896 166.64

1897 166.73

1898 166.82

1899 166.90

1900 166.99

1901 167.08

1902 167.17

1903 167.26

1904 167.34

1905 167.43

1906 167.52

1907 167.61

1908 167.70

1909 167.78

1910 167.87

1911 167.96

1912 168.05

1913 168.13

1914 168.22

1915 168.31

1916 168.40

1917 168.49

1918 168.57

1919 168.66

1920 168.75

1921 168.84

1922 168.93

1923 169.01

1924 169.10

1925 169.19

1926 169.28

1927 169.37

1928 169.45

1929 169.54

1930 169.63

1931 169.72

1932 169.80

1933 169.89

1934 169.98

1935 170.07

1936 170.16

1937 170.24

1938 170.33

1939 170.42

1940 170.51

1941 170.60

1942 170.68

1943 170.77

1944 170.86

1945 170.95

1946 171.04

1947 171.12

1948 171.21

1949 171.30

1950 171.39

1951 171.47

1952 171.56

1953 171.65

1954 171.74

1955 171.83

1956 171.91

1957 172.00

1958 172.09

1959 172.18

1960 172.27

1961 172.35

1962 172.44

1963 172.53

1964 172.62

1965 172.71

1966 172.79

1967 172.88

1968 172.97

1969 173.06

1970 173.14

1971 173.23

1972 173.32

1973 173.41

1974 173.50

1975 173.58

1976 173.67

1977 173.76

1978 173.85

1979 173.94

1980 174.02

1981 174.11

1982 174.20

1983 174.29

1984 174.38

1985 174.46

1986 174.55

1987 174.64

1988 174.73

1989 174.81

1990 174.90

1991 174.99

1992 175.08

1993 175.17

1994 175.25

1995 175.34

1996 175.43

1997 175.52

1998 175.61

1999 175.69

2000 175.78

2001 175.87

2002 175.96

2003 176.04

2004 176.13

2005 176.22

2006 176.31

2007 176.40

2008 176.48

2009 176.57

2010 176.66

2011 176.75

2012 176.84

2013 176.92

2014 177.01

2015 177.10

2016 177.19

2017 177.28

2018 177.36

2019 177.45

2020 177.54

2021 177.63

2022 177.71

2023 177.80

2024 177.89

2025 177.98

2026 178.07

2027 178.15

2028 178.24

2029 178.33

2030 178.42

2031 178.51

2032 178.59

2033 178.68

2034 178.77

2035 178.86

2036 178.95

2037 179.03

2038 179.12



2039 179.21

2040 179.30

2041 179.38

2042 179.47

2043 179.56

2044 179.65

2045 179.74

2046 179.82

2047 179.91

2048 180.00

2049 180.09

2050 180.18

2051 180.26

2052 180.35

2053 180.44

2054 180.53

2055 180.62

2056 180.70

2057 180.79

2058 180.88

2059 180.97

2060 181.05

2061 181.14

2062 181.23

2063 181.32

2064 181.41

2065 181.49

2066 181.58

2067 181.67

2068 181.76

2069 181.85

2070 181.93

2071 182.02

2072 182.11

2073 182.20

2074 182.29

2075 182.37

2076 182.46

2077 182.55

2078 182.64

2079 182.72

2080 182.81

2081 182.90

2082 182.99

2083 183.08

2084 183.16

2085 183.25

2086 183.34

2087 183.43

2088 183.52

2089 183.60

2090 183.69

2091 183.78

2092 183.87

2093 183.96

2094 184.04

2095 184.13

2096 184.22

2097 184.31

2098 184.39

2099 184.48

2100 184.57

2101 184.66

2102 184.75

2103 184.83

2104 184.92

2105 185.01

2106 185.10

2107 185.19

2108 185.27

2109 185.36

2110 185.45

2111 185.54

2112 185.63

2113 185.71

2114 185.80

2115 185.89

2116 185.98

2117 186.06

2118 186.15

2119 186.24

2120 186.33

2121 186.42

2122 186.50

2123 186.59

2124 186.68

2125 186.77

2126 186.86

2127 186.94

2128 187.03

2129 187.12

2130 187.21

2131 187.29

2132 187.38

2133 187.47

2134 187.56

2135 187.65

2136 187.73

2137 187.82

2138 187.91

2139 188.00

2140 188.09

2141 188.17

2142 188.26

2143 188.35

2144 188.44

2145 188.53

2146 188.61

2147 188.70

2148 188.79

2149 188.88

2150 188.96

2151 189.05

2152 189.14

2153 189.23

2154 189.32

2155 189.40

2156 189.49

2157 189.58

2158 189.67

2159 189.76

2160 189.84

2161 189.93

2162 190.02

2163 190.11

2164 190.20

2165 190.28

2166 190.37

2167 190.46

2168 190.55

2169 190.63

2170 190.72

2171 190.81

2172 190.90

2173 190.99

2174 191.07

2175 191.16

2176 191.25

2177 191.34

2178 191.43

2179 191.51

2180 191.60

2181 191.69

2182 191.78

2183 191.87

2184 191.95

2185 192.04

2186 192.13

2187 192.22

2188 192.30

2189 192.39

2190 192.48

2191 192.57

2192 192.66

2193 192.74

2194 192.83

2195 192.92

2196 193.01

2197 193.10

2198 193.18

2199 193.27

2200 193.36

2201 193.45

2202 193.54

2203 193.62

2204 193.71

2205 193.80

2206 193.89

2207 193.97

2208 194.06

2209 194.15

2210 194.24



2211 194.33

2212 194.41

2213 194.50

2214 194.59

2215 194.68

2216 194.77

2217 194.85

2218 194.94

2219 195.03

2220 195.12

2221 195.21

2222 195.29

2223 195.38

2224 195.47

2225 195.56

2226 195.64

2227 195.73

2228 195.82

2229 195.91

2230 196.00

2231 196.08

2232 196.17

2233 196.26

2234 196.35

2235 196.44

2236 196.52

2237 196.61

2238 196.70

2239 196.79

2240 196.88

2241 196.96

2242 197.05

2243 197.14

2244 197.23

2245 197.31

2246 197.40

2247 197.49

2248 197.58

2249 197.67

2250 197.75

2251 197.84

2252 197.93

2253 198.02

2254 198.11

2255 198.19

2256 198.28

2257 198.37

2258 198.46

2259 198.54

2260 198.63

2261 198.72

2262 198.81

2263 198.90

2264 198.98

2265 199.07

2266 199.16

2267 199.25

2268 199.34

2269 199.42

2270 199.51

2271 199.60

2272 199.69

2273 199.78

2274 199.86

2275 199.95

2276 200.04

2277 200.13

2278 200.21

2279 200.30

2280 200.39

2281 200.48

2282 200.57

2283 200.65

2284 200.74

2285 200.83

2286 200.92

2287 201.01

2288 201.09

2289 201.18

2290 201.27

2291 201.36

2292 201.45

2293 201.53

2294 201.62

2295 201.71

2296 201.80

2297 201.88

2298 201.97

2299 202.06

2300 202.15

2301 202.24

2302 202.32

2303 202.41

2304 202.50

2305 202.59

2306 202.68

2307 202.76

2308 202.85

2309 202.94

2310 203.03

2311 203.12

2312 203.20

2313 203.29

2314 203.38

2315 203.47

2316 203.55

2317 203.64

2318 203.73

2319 203.82

2320 203.91

2321 203.99

2322 204.08

2323 204.17

2324 204.26

2325 204.35

2326 204.43

2327 204.52

2328 204.61

2329 204.70

2330 204.79

2331 204.87

2332 204.96

2333 205.05

2334 205.14

2335 205.22

2336 205.31

2337 205.40

2338 205.49

2339 205.58

2340 205.66

2341 205.75

2342 205.84

2343 205.93

2344 206.02

2345 206.10

2346 206.19

2347 206.28

2348 206.37

2349 206.46

2350 206.54

2351 206.63

2352 206.72

2353 206.81

2354 206.89

2355 206.98

2356 207.07

2357 207.16

2358 207.25

2359 207.33

2360 207.42

2361 207.51

2362 207.60

2363 207.69

2364 207.77

2365 207.86

2366 207.95

2367 208.04

2368 208.13

2369 208.21

2370 208.30

2371 208.39

2372 208.48

2373 208.56

2374 208.65

2375 208.74

2376 208.83

2377 208.92

2378 209.00

2379 209.09

2380 209.18

2381 209.27

2382 209.36



2383 209.44

2384 209.53

2385 209.62

2386 209.71

2387 209.79

2388 209.88

2389 209.97

2390 210.06

2391 210.15

2392 210.23

2393 210.32

2394 210.41

2395 210.50

2396 210.59

2397 210.67

2398 210.76

2399 210.85

2400 210.94

2401 211.03

2402 211.11

2403 211.20

2404 211.29

2405 211.38

2406 211.46

2407 211.55

2408 211.64

2409 211.73

2410 211.82

2411 211.90

2412 211.99

2413 212.08

2414 212.17

2415 212.26

2416 212.34

2417 212.43

2418 212.52

2419 212.61

2420 212.70

2421 212.78

2422 212.87

2423 212.96

2424 213.05

2425 213.13

2426 213.22

2427 213.31

2428 213.40

2429 213.49

2430 213.57

2431 213.66

2432 213.75

2433 213.84

2434 213.93

2435 214.01

2436 214.10

2437 214.19

2438 214.28

2439 214.37

2440 214.45

2441 214.54

2442 214.63

2443 214.72

2444 214.80

2445 214.89

2446 214.98

2447 215.07

2448 215.16

2449 215.24

2450 215.33

2451 215.42

2452 215.51

2453 215.60

2454 215.68

2455 215.77

2456 215.86

2457 215.95

2458 216.04

2459 216.12

2460 216.21

2461 216.30

2462 216.39

2463 216.47

2464 216.56

2465 216.65

2466 216.74

2467 216.83

2468 216.91

2469 217.00

2470 217.09

2471 217.18

2472 217.27

2473 217.35

2474 217.44

2475 217.53

2476 217.62

2477 217.71

2478 217.79

2479 217.88

2480 217.97

2481 218.06

2482 218.14

2483 218.23

2484 218.32

2485 218.41

2486 218.50

2487 218.58

2488 218.67

2489 218.76

2490 218.85

2491 218.94

2492 219.02

2493 219.11

2494 219.20

2495 219.29

2496 219.38

2497 219.46

2498 219.55

2499 219.64

2500 219.73

2501 219.81

2502 219.90

2503 219.99

2504 220.08

2505 220.17

2506 220.25

2507 220.34

2508 220.43

2509 220.52

2510 220.61

2511 220.69

2512 220.78

2513 220.87

2514 220.96

2515 221.04

2516 221.13

2517 221.22

2518 221.31

2519 221.40

2520 221.48

2521 221.57

2522 221.66

2523 221.75

2524 221.84

2525 221.92

2526 222.01

2527 222.10

2528 222.19

2529 222.28

2530 222.36

2531 222.45

2532 222.54

2533 222.63

2534 222.71

2535 222.80

2536 222.89

2537 222.98

2538 223.07

2539 223.15

2540 223.24

2541 223.33

2542 223.42

2543 223.51

2544 223.59

2545 223.68

2546 223.77

2547 223.86

2548 223.95

2549 224.03

2550 224.12

2551 224.21

2552 224.30

2553 224.38

2554 224.47



2555 224.56

2556 224.65

2557 224.74

2558 224.82

2559 224.91

2560 225.00

2561 225.09

2562 225.18

2563 225.26

2564 225.35

2565 225.44

2566 225.53

2567 225.62

2568 225.70

2569 225.79

2570 225.88

2571 225.97

2572 226.05

2573 226.14

2574 226.23

2575 226.32

2576 226.41

2577 226.49

2578 226.58

2579 226.67

2580 226.76

2581 226.85

2582 226.93

2583 227.02

2584 227.11

2585 227.20

2586 227.29

2587 227.37

2588 227.46

2589 227.55

2590 227.64

2591 227.72

2592 227.81

2593 227.90

2594 227.99

2595 228.08

2596 228.16

2597 228.25

2598 228.34

2599 228.43

2600 228.52

2601 228.60

2602 228.69

2603 228.78

2604 228.87

2605 228.96

2606 229.04

2607 229.13

2608 229.22

2609 229.31

2610 229.39

2611 229.48

2612 229.57

2613 229.66

2614 229.75

2615 229.83

2616 229.92

2617 230.01

2618 230.10

2619 230.19

2620 230.27

2621 230.36

2622 230.45

2623 230.54

2624 230.63

2625 230.71

2626 230.80

2627 230.89

2628 230.98

2629 231.06

2630 231.15

2631 231.24

2632 231.33

2633 231.42

2634 231.50

2635 231.59

2636 231.68

2637 231.77

2638 231.86

2639 231.94

2640 232.03

2641 232.12

2642 232.21

2643 232.29

2644 232.38

2645 232.47

2646 232.56

2647 232.65

2648 232.73

2649 232.82

2650 232.91

2651 233.00

2652 233.09

2653 233.17

2654 233.26

2655 233.35

2656 233.44

2657 233.53

2658 233.61

2659 233.70

2660 233.79

2661 233.88

2662 233.96

2663 234.05

2664 234.14

2665 234.23

2666 234.32

2667 234.40

2668 234.49

2669 234.58

2670 234.67

2671 234.76

2672 234.84

2673 234.93

2674 235.02

2675 235.11

2676 235.20

2677 235.28

2678 235.37

2679 235.46

2680 235.55

2681 235.63

2682 235.72

2683 235.81

2684 235.90

2685 235.99

2686 236.07

2687 236.16

2688 236.25

2689 236.34

2690 236.43

2691 236.51

2692 236.60

2693 236.69

2694 236.78

2695 236.87

2696 236.95

2697 237.04

2698 237.13

2699 237.22

2700 237.30

2701 237.39

2702 237.48

2703 237.57

2704 237.66

2705 237.74

2706 237.83

2707 237.92

2708 238.01

2709 238.10

2710 238.18

2711 238.27

2712 238.36

2713 238.45

2714 238.54

2715 238.62

2716 238.71

2717 238.80

2718 238.89

2719 238.97

2720 239.06

2721 239.15

2722 239.24

2723 239.33

2724 239.41

2725 239.50

2726 239.59



2727 239.68

2728 239.77

2729 239.85

2730 239.94

2731 240.03

2732 240.12

2733 240.21

2734 240.29

2735 240.38

2736 240.47

2737 240.56

2738 240.64

2739 240.73

2740 240.82

2741 240.91

2742 241.00

2743 241.08

2744 241.17

2745 241.26

2746 241.35

2747 241.44

2748 241.52

2749 241.61

2750 241.70

2751 241.79

2752 241.88

2753 241.96

2754 242.05

2755 242.14

2756 242.23

2757 242.31

2758 242.40

2759 242.49

2760 242.58

2761 242.67

2762 242.75

2763 242.84

2764 242.93

2765 243.02

2766 243.11

2767 243.19

2768 243.28

2769 243.37

2770 243.46

2771 243.54

2772 243.63

2773 243.72

2774 243.81

2775 243.90

2776 243.98

2777 244.07

2778 244.16

2779 244.25

2780 244.34

2781 244.42

2782 244.51

2783 244.60

2784 244.69

2785 244.78

2786 244.86

2787 244.95

2788 245.04

2789 245.13

2790 245.21

2791 245.30

2792 245.39

2793 245.48

2794 245.57

2795 245.65

2796 245.74

2797 245.83

2798 245.92

2799 246.01

2800 246.09

2801 246.18

2802 246.27

2803 246.36

2804 246.45

2805 246.53

2806 246.62

2807 246.71

2808 246.80

2809 246.88

2810 246.97

2811 247.06

2812 247.15

2813 247.24

2814 247.32

2815 247.41

2816 247.50

2817 247.59

2818 247.68

2819 247.76

2820 247.85

2821 247.94

2822 248.03

2823 248.12

2824 248.20

2825 248.29

2826 248.38

2827 248.47

2828 248.55

2829 248.64

2830 248.73

2831 248.82

2832 248.91

2833 248.99

2834 249.08

2835 249.17

2836 249.26

2837 249.35

2838 249.43

2839 249.52

2840 249.61

2841 249.70

2842 249.79

2843 249.87

2844 249.96

2845 250.05

2846 250.14

2847 250.22

2848 250.31

2849 250.40

2850 250.49

2851 250.58

2852 250.66

2853 250.75

2854 250.84

2855 250.93

2856 251.02

2857 251.10

2858 251.19

2859 251.28

2860 251.37

2861 251.46

2862 251.54

2863 251.63

2864 251.72

2865 251.81

2866 251.89

2867 251.98

2868 252.07

2869 252.16

2870 252.25

2871 252.33

2872 252.42

2873 252.51

2874 252.60

2875 252.69

2876 252.77

2877 252.86

2878 252.95

2879 253.04

2880 253.13

2881 253.21

2882 253.30

2883 253.39

2884 253.48

2885 253.56

2886 253.65

2887 253.74

2888 253.83

2889 253.92

2890 254.00

2891 254.09

2892 254.18

2893 254.27

2894 254.36

2895 254.44

2896 254.53

2897 254.62

2898 254.71



2899 254.79

2900 254.88

2901 254.97

2902 255.06

2903 255.15

2904 255.23

2905 255.32

2906 255.41

2907 255.50

2908 255.59

2909 255.67

2910 255.76

2911 255.85

2912 255.94

2913 256.03

2914 256.11

2915 256.20

2916 256.29

2917 256.38

2918 256.46

2919 256.55

2920 256.64

2921 256.73

2922 256.82

2923 256.90

2924 256.99

2925 257.08

2926 257.17

2927 257.26

2928 257.34

2929 257.43

2930 257.52

2931 257.61

2932 257.70

2933 257.78

2934 257.87

2935 257.96

2936 258.05

2937 258.13

2938 258.22

2939 258.31

2940 258.40

2941 258.49

2942 258.57

2943 258.66

2944 258.75

2945 258.84

2946 258.93

2947 259.01

2948 259.10

2949 259.19

2950 259.28

2951 259.37

2952 259.45

2953 259.54

2954 259.63

2955 259.72

2956 259.80

2957 259.89

2958 259.98

2959 260.07

2960 260.16

2961 260.24

2962 260.33

2963 260.42

2964 260.51

2965 260.60

2966 260.68

2967 260.77

2968 260.86

2969 260.95

2970 261.04

2971 261.12

2972 261.21

2973 261.30

2974 261.39

2975 261.47

2976 261.56

2977 261.65

2978 261.74

2979 261.83

2980 261.91

2981 262.00

2982 262.09

2983 262.18

2984 262.27

2985 262.35

2986 262.44

2987 262.53

2988 262.62

2989 262.71

2990 262.79

2991 262.88

2992 262.97

2993 263.06

2994 263.14

2995 263.23

2996 263.32

2997 263.41

2998 263.50

2999 263.58

3000 263.67

3001 263.76

3002 263.85

3003 263.94

3004 264.02

3005 264.11

3006 264.20

3007 264.29

3008 264.38

3009 264.46

3010 264.55

3011 264.64

3012 264.73

3013 264.81

3014 264.90

3015 264.99

3016 265.08

3017 265.17

3018 265.25

3019 265.34

3020 265.43

3021 265.52

3022 265.61

3023 265.69

3024 265.78

3025 265.87

3026 265.96

3027 266.04

3028 266.13

3029 266.22

3030 266.31

3031 266.40

3032 266.48

3033 266.57

3034 266.66

3035 266.75

3036 266.84

3037 266.92

3038 267.01

3039 267.10

3040 267.19

3041 267.28

3042 267.36

3043 267.45

3044 267.54

3045 267.63

3046 267.71

3047 267.80

3048 267.89

3049 267.98

3050 268.07

3051 268.15

3052 268.24

3053 268.33

3054 268.42

3055 268.51

3056 268.59

3057 268.68

3058 268.77

3059 268.86

3060 268.95

3061 269.03

3062 269.12

3063 269.21

3064 269.30

3065 269.38

3066 269.47

3067 269.56

3068 269.65

3069 269.74

3070 269.82



3071 269.91

3072 270.00

3073 270.09

3074 270.18

3075 270.26

3076 270.35

3077 270.44

3078 270.53

3079 270.62

3080 270.70

3081 270.79

3082 270.88

3083 270.97

3084 271.05

3085 271.14

3086 271.23

3087 271.32

3088 271.41

3089 271.49

3090 271.58

3091 271.67

3092 271.76

3093 271.85

3094 271.93

3095 272.02

3096 272.11

3097 272.20

3098 272.29

3099 272.37

3100 272.46

3101 272.55

3102 272.64

3103 272.72

3104 272.81

3105 272.90

3106 272.99

3107 273.08

3108 273.16

3109 273.25

3110 273.34

3111 273.43

3112 273.52

3113 273.60

3114 273.69

3115 273.78

3116 273.87

3117 273.96

3118 274.04

3119 274.13

3120 274.22

3121 274.31

3122 274.39

3123 274.48

3124 274.57

3125 274.66

3126 274.75

3127 274.83

3128 274.92

3129 275.01

3130 275.10

3131 275.19

3132 275.27

3133 275.36

3134 275.45

3135 275.54

3136 275.63

3137 275.71

3138 275.80

3139 275.89

3140 275.98

3141 276.06

3142 276.15

3143 276.24

3144 276.33

3145 276.42

3146 276.50

3147 276.59

3148 276.68

3149 276.77

3150 276.86

3151 276.94

3152 277.03

3153 277.12

3154 277.21

3155 277.29

3156 277.38

3157 277.47

3158 277.56

3159 277.65

3160 277.73

3161 277.82

3162 277.91

3163 278.00

3164 278.09

3165 278.17

3166 278.26

3167 278.35

3168 278.44

3169 278.53

3170 278.61

3171 278.70

3172 278.79

3173 278.88

3174 278.96

3175 279.05

3176 279.14

3177 279.23

3178 279.32

3179 279.40

3180 279.49

3181 279.58

3182 279.67

3183 279.76

3184 279.84

3185 279.93

3186 280.02

3187 280.11

3188 280.20

3189 280.28

3190 280.37

3191 280.46

3192 280.55

3193 280.63

3194 280.72

3195 280.81

3196 280.90

3197 280.99

3198 281.07

3199 281.16

3200 281.25

3201 281.34

3202 281.43

3203 281.51

3204 281.60

3205 281.69

3206 281.78

3207 281.87

3208 281.95

3209 282.04

3210 282.13

3211 282.22

3212 282.30

3213 282.39

3214 282.48

3215 282.57

3216 282.66

3217 282.74

3218 282.83

3219 282.92

3220 283.01

3221 283.10

3222 283.18

3223 283.27

3224 283.36

3225 283.45

3226 283.54

3227 283.62

3228 283.71

3229 283.80

3230 283.89

3231 283.97

3232 284.06

3233 284.15

3234 284.24

3235 284.33

3236 284.41

3237 284.50

3238 284.59

3239 284.68

3240 284.77

3241 284.85

3242 284.94



3243 285.03

3244 285.12

3245 285.21

3246 285.29

3247 285.38

3248 285.47

3249 285.56

3250 285.64

3251 285.73

3252 285.82

3253 285.91

3254 286.00

3255 286.08

3256 286.17

3257 286.26

3258 286.35

3259 286.44

3260 286.52

3261 286.61

3262 286.70

3263 286.79

3264 286.88

3265 286.96

3266 287.05

3267 287.14

3268 287.23

3269 287.31

3270 287.40

3271 287.49

3272 287.58

3273 287.67

3274 287.75

3275 287.84

3276 287.93

3277 288.02

3278 288.11

3279 288.19

3280 288.28

3281 288.37

3282 288.46

3283 288.54

3284 288.63

3285 288.72

3286 288.81

3287 288.90

3288 288.98

3289 289.07

3290 289.16

3291 289.25

3292 289.34

3293 289.42

3294 289.51

3295 289.60

3296 289.69

3297 289.78

3298 289.86

3299 289.95

3300 290.04

3301 290.13

3302 290.21

3303 290.30

3304 290.39

3305 290.48

3306 290.57

3307 290.65

3308 290.74

3309 290.83

3310 290.92

3311 291.01

3312 291.09

3313 291.18

3314 291.27

3315 291.36

3316 291.45

3317 291.53

3318 291.62

3319 291.71

3320 291.80

3321 291.88

3322 291.97

3323 292.06

3324 292.15

3325 292.24

3326 292.32

3327 292.41

3328 292.50

3329 292.59

3330 292.68

3331 292.76

3332 292.85

3333 292.94

3334 293.03

3335 293.12

3336 293.20

3337 293.29

3338 293.38

3339 293.47

3340 293.55

3341 293.64

3342 293.73

3343 293.82

3344 293.91

3345 293.99

3346 294.08

3347 294.17

3348 294.26

3349 294.35

3350 294.43

3351 294.52

3352 294.61

3353 294.70

3354 294.79

3355 294.87

3356 294.96

3357 295.05

3358 295.14

3359 295.22

3360 295.31

3361 295.40

3362 295.49

3363 295.58

3364 295.66

3365 295.75

3366 295.84

3367 295.93

3368 296.02

3369 296.10

3370 296.19

3371 296.28

3372 296.37

3373 296.46

3374 296.54

3375 296.63

3376 296.72

3377 296.81

3378 296.89

3379 296.98

3380 297.07

3381 297.16

3382 297.25

3383 297.33

3384 297.42

3385 297.51

3386 297.60

3387 297.69

3388 297.77

3389 297.86

3390 297.95

3391 298.04

3392 298.13

3393 298.21

3394 298.30

3395 298.39

3396 298.48

3397 298.56

3398 298.65

3399 298.74

3400 298.83

3401 298.92

3402 299.00

3403 299.09

3404 299.18

3405 299.27

3406 299.36

3407 299.44

3408 299.53

3409 299.62

3410 299.71

3411 299.79

3412 299.88

3413 299.97

3414 300.06



3415 300.15

3416 300.23

3417 300.32

3418 300.41

3419 300.50

3420 300.59

3421 300.67

3422 300.76

3423 300.85

3424 300.94

3425 301.03

3426 301.11

3427 301.20

3428 301.29

3429 301.38

3430 301.46

3431 301.55

3432 301.64

3433 301.73

3434 301.82

3435 301.90

3436 301.99

3437 302.08

3438 302.17

3439 302.26

3440 302.34

3441 302.43

3442 302.52

3443 302.61

3444 302.70

3445 302.78

3446 302.87

3447 302.96

3448 303.05

3449 303.13

3450 303.22

3451 303.31

3452 303.40

3453 303.49

3454 303.57

3455 303.66

3456 303.75

3457 303.84

3458 303.93

3459 304.01

3460 304.10

3461 304.19

3462 304.28

3463 304.37

3464 304.45

3465 304.54

3466 304.63

3467 304.72

3468 304.80

3469 304.89

3470 304.98

3471 305.07

3472 305.16

3473 305.24

3474 305.33

3475 305.42

3476 305.51

3477 305.60

3478 305.68

3479 305.77

3480 305.86

3481 305.95

3482 306.04

3483 306.12

3484 306.21

3485 306.30

3486 306.39

3487 306.47

3488 306.56

3489 306.65

3490 306.74

3491 306.83

3492 306.91

3493 307.00

3494 307.09

3495 307.18

3496 307.27

3497 307.35

3498 307.44

3499 307.53

3500 307.62

3501 307.71

3502 307.79

3503 307.88

3504 307.97

3505 308.06

3506 308.14

3507 308.23

3508 308.32

3509 308.41

3510 308.50

3511 308.58

3512 308.67

3513 308.76

3514 308.85

3515 308.94

3516 309.02

3517 309.11

3518 309.20

3519 309.29

3520 309.38

3521 309.46

3522 309.55

3523 309.64

3524 309.73

3525 309.81

3526 309.90

3527 309.99

3528 310.08

3529 310.17

3530 310.25

3531 310.34

3532 310.43

3533 310.52

3534 310.61

3535 310.69

3536 310.78

3537 310.87

3538 310.96

3539 311.04

3540 311.13

3541 311.22

3542 311.31

3543 311.40

3544 311.48

3545 311.57

3546 311.66

3547 311.75

3548 311.84

3549 311.92

3550 312.01

3551 312.10

3552 312.19

3553 312.28

3554 312.36

3555 312.45

3556 312.54

3557 312.63

3558 312.71

3559 312.80

3560 312.89

3561 312.98

3562 313.07

3563 313.15

3564 313.24

3565 313.33

3566 313.42

3567 313.51

3568 313.59

3569 313.68

3570 313.77

3571 313.86

3572 313.95

3573 314.03

3574 314.12

3575 314.21

3576 314.30

3577 314.38

3578 314.47

3579 314.56

3580 314.65

3581 314.74

3582 314.82

3583 314.91

3584 315.00

3585 315.09

3586 315.18



3587 315.26

3588 315.35

3589 315.44

3590 315.53

3591 315.62

3592 315.70

3593 315.79

3594 315.88

3595 315.97

3596 316.05

3597 316.14

3598 316.23

3599 316.32

3600 316.41

3601 316.49

3602 316.58

3603 316.67

3604 316.76

3605 316.85

3606 316.93

3607 317.02

3608 317.11

3609 317.20

3610 317.29

3611 317.37

3612 317.46

3613 317.55

3614 317.64

3615 317.72

3616 317.81

3617 317.90

3618 317.99

3619 318.08

3620 318.16

3621 318.25

3622 318.34

3623 318.43

3624 318.52

3625 318.60

3626 318.69

3627 318.78

3628 318.87

3629 318.96

3630 319.04

3631 319.13

3632 319.22

3633 319.31

3634 319.39

3635 319.48

3636 319.57

3637 319.66

3638 319.75

3639 319.83

3640 319.92

3641 320.01

3642 320.10

3643 320.19

3644 320.27

3645 320.36

3646 320.45

3647 320.54

3648 320.63

3649 320.71

3650 320.80

3651 320.89

3652 320.98

3653 321.06

3654 321.15

3655 321.24

3656 321.33

3657 321.42

3658 321.50

3659 321.59

3660 321.68

3661 321.77

3662 321.86

3663 321.94

3664 322.03

3665 322.12

3666 322.21

3667 322.29

3668 322.38

3669 322.47

3670 322.56

3671 322.65

3672 322.73

3673 322.82

3674 322.91

3675 323.00

3676 323.09

3677 323.17

3678 323.26

3679 323.35

3680 323.44

3681 323.53

3682 323.61

3683 323.70

3684 323.79

3685 323.88

3686 323.96

3687 324.05

3688 324.14

3689 324.23

3690 324.32

3691 324.40

3692 324.49

3693 324.58

3694 324.67

3695 324.76

3696 324.84

3697 324.93

3698 325.02

3699 325.11

3700 325.20

3701 325.28

3702 325.37

3703 325.46

3704 325.55

3705 325.63

3706 325.72

3707 325.81

3708 325.90

3709 325.99

3710 326.07

3711 326.16

3712 326.25

3713 326.34

3714 326.43

3715 326.51

3716 326.60

3717 326.69

3718 326.78

3719 326.87

3720 326.95

3721 327.04

3722 327.13

3723 327.22

3724 327.30

3725 327.39

3726 327.48

3727 327.57

3728 327.66

3729 327.74

3730 327.83

3731 327.92

3732 328.01

3733 328.10

3734 328.18

3735 328.27

3736 328.36

3737 328.45

3738 328.54

3739 328.62

3740 328.71

3741 328.80

3742 328.89

3743 328.97

3744 329.06

3745 329.15

3746 329.24

3747 329.33

3748 329.41

3749 329.50

3750 329.59

3751 329.68

3752 329.77

3753 329.85

3754 329.94

3755 330.03

3756 330.12

3757 330.21

3758 330.29



3759 330.38

3760 330.47

3761 330.56

3762 330.64

3763 330.73

3764 330.82

3765 330.91

3766 331.00

3767 331.08

3768 331.17

3769 331.26

3770 331.35

3771 331.44

3772 331.52

3773 331.61

3774 331.70

3775 331.79

3776 331.88

3777 331.96

3778 332.05

3779 332.14

3780 332.23

3781 332.31

3782 332.40

3783 332.49

3784 332.58

3785 332.67

3786 332.75

3787 332.84

3788 332.93

3789 333.02

3790 333.11

3791 333.19

3792 333.28

3793 333.37

3794 333.46

3795 333.54

3796 333.63

3797 333.72

3798 333.81

3799 333.90

3800 333.98

3801 334.07

3802 334.16

3803 334.25

3804 334.34

3805 334.42

3806 334.51

3807 334.60

3808 334.69

3809 334.78

3810 334.86

3811 334.95

3812 335.04

3813 335.13

3814 335.21

3815 335.30

3816 335.39

3817 335.48

3818 335.57

3819 335.65

3820 335.74

3821 335.83

3822 335.92

3823 336.01

3824 336.09

3825 336.18

3826 336.27

3827 336.36

3828 336.45

3829 336.53

3830 336.62

3831 336.71

3832 336.80

3833 336.88

3834 336.97

3835 337.06

3836 337.15

3837 337.24

3838 337.32

3839 337.41

3840 337.50

3841 337.59

3842 337.68

3843 337.76

3844 337.85

3845 337.94

3846 338.03

3847 338.12

3848 338.20

3849 338.29

3850 338.38

3851 338.47

3852 338.55

3853 338.64

3854 338.73

3855 338.82

3856 338.91

3857 338.99

3858 339.08

3859 339.17

3860 339.26

3861 339.35

3862 339.43

3863 339.52

3864 339.61

3865 339.70

3866 339.79

3867 339.87

3868 339.96

3869 340.05

3870 340.14

3871 340.22

3872 340.31

3873 340.40

3874 340.49

3875 340.58

3876 340.66

3877 340.75

3878 340.84

3879 340.93

3880 341.02

3881 341.10

3882 341.19

3883 341.28

3884 341.37

3885 341.46

3886 341.54

3887 341.63

3888 341.72

3889 341.81

3890 341.89

3891 341.98

3892 342.07

3893 342.16

3894 342.25

3895 342.33

3896 342.42

3897 342.51

3898 342.60

3899 342.69

3900 342.77

3901 342.86

3902 342.95

3903 343.04

3904 343.13

3905 343.21

3906 343.30

3907 343.39

3908 343.48

3909 343.56

3910 343.65

3911 343.74

3912 343.83

3913 343.92

3914 344.00

3915 344.09

3916 344.18

3917 344.27

3918 344.36

3919 344.44

3920 344.53

3921 344.62

3922 344.71

3923 344.79

3924 344.88

3925 344.97

3926 345.06

3927 345.15

3928 345.23

3929 345.32

3930 345.41



3931 345.50

3932 345.59

3933 345.67

3934 345.76

3935 345.85

3936 345.94

3937 346.03

3938 346.11

3939 346.20

3940 346.29

3941 346.38

3942 346.46

3943 346.55

3944 346.64

3945 346.73

3946 346.82

3947 346.90

3948 346.99

3949 347.08

3950 347.17

3951 347.26

3952 347.34

3953 347.43

3954 347.52

3955 347.61

3956 347.70

3957 347.78

3958 347.87

3959 347.96

3960 348.05

3961 348.13

3962 348.22

3963 348.31

3964 348.40

3965 348.49

3966 348.57

3967 348.66

3968 348.75

3969 348.84

3970 348.93

3971 349.01

3972 349.10

3973 349.19

3974 349.28

3975 349.37

3976 349.45

3977 349.54

3978 349.63

3979 349.72

3980 349.80

3981 349.89

3982 349.98

3983 350.07

3984 350.16

3985 350.24

3986 350.33

3987 350.42

3988 350.51

3989 350.60

3990 350.68

3991 350.77

3992 350.86

3993 350.95

3994 351.04

3995 351.12

3996 351.21

3997 351.30

3998 351.39

3999 351.47

4000 351.56

4001 351.65

4002 351.74

4003 351.83

4004 351.91

4005 352.00

4006 352.09

4007 352.18

4008 352.27

4009 352.35

4010 352.44

4011 352.53

4012 352.62

4013 352.71

4014 352.79

4015 352.88

4016 352.97

4017 353.06

4018 353.14

4019 353.23

4020 353.32

4021 353.41

4022 353.50

4023 353.58

4024 353.67

4025 353.76

4026 353.85

4027 353.94

4028 354.02

4029 354.11

4030 354.20

4031 354.29

4032 354.38

4033 354.46

4034 354.55

4035 354.64

4036 354.73

4037 354.81

4038 354.90

4039 354.99

4040 355.08

4041 355.17

4042 355.25

4043 355.34

4044 355.43

4045 355.52

4046 355.61

4047 355.69

4048 355.78

4049 355.87

4050 355.96

4051 356.04

4052 356.13

4053 356.22

4054 356.31

4055 356.40

4056 356.48

4057 356.57

4058 356.66

4059 356.75

4060 356.84

4061 356.92

4062 357.01

4063 357.10

4064 357.19

4065 357.28

4066 357.36

4067 357.45

4068 357.54

4069 357.63

4070 357.71

4071 357.80

4072 357.89

4073 357.98

4074 358.07

4075 358.15

4076 358.24

4077 358.33

4078 358.42

4079 358.51

4080 358.59

4081 358.68

4082 358.77

4083 358.86

4084 358.95

4085 359.03

4086 359.12

4087 359.21

4088 359.30

4089 359.38

4090 359.47

4091 359.56

4092 359.65

4093 359.74

4094 359.82

4095 359.91



M The setting up and use of function in prohibited

region

The Setting Up and Use of Function in Prohibited Region function of Prohibited region: when the turntable(K16.0 = 1) or fixture(K16.2 = 1) is on the working platform ,it take effect. at the time it ensure that the spindle or tool could not make collision with the turntable or fixture on the working platform, and the turntable or fixture could not be cut by tool. First.The use of function in the prohibited region 1. the setting up of the length and the radius value of the tool The amount of tools whose length and radius value will be set up can not more than 33,and fill them into the macro variables(#710~#775).The data units of these data is μm ,and the decimal can not be fill in. Under normal circumstances, the length and radius value of tool will be written by the user of the machine.

#710 TOOL 0 radius #711 TOOL 0 length #712 TOOL 1 radius #713 TOOL 1 length #714 TOOL 2 radius #715 TOOL 2 length #716 TOOL 3 radius #717 TOOL 3 length #718 TOOL 4 radius #719 TOOL 4 length #720 TOOL 5 radius #721 TOOL 5 length #722 TOOL 6 radius #723 TOOL 6 length #724 TOOL 7 radius #725 TOOL 7 length #726 TOOL 8 radius #727 TOOL 8 length #728 TOOL 9 radius #727 TOOL 9 length #730 TOOL 10 radius#731 TOOL 10 length#732 TOOL 11 radius#733 TOOL 11 length

VMC Series PMC Parameters List


#734 TOOL 12 radius#735 TOOL 12 length#736 TOOL 13 radius#737 TOOL 13 length#738 TOOL 14 radius#737 TOOL 14 length#740 TOOL 15 radius#741 TOOL 15 length#742 TOOL 16 radius#743 TOOL 16 length#744 TOOL 17 radius#745 TOOL 17 length#746 TOOL 18 radius#747 TOOL 18 length#748 TOOL 19 radius#749 TOOL 19 length#750 TOOL 20 radius#751 TOOL 20 length#752 TOOL 21 radius#753 TOOL 21 length#754 TOOL 22 radius#755 TOOL 22 length#756 TOOL 23 radius#757 TOOL 23 length#758 TOOL 24 radius#759 TOOL 24 length#760 TOOL 25 radius#761 TOOL 25 length#762 TOOL 26 radius#763 TOOL 26 length#764 TOOL 27 radius#765 TOOL 27 length#766 TOOL 28 radius#767 TOOL 28 length#768 TOOL 29 radius#769 TOOL 29 length#770 TOOL 30 radius#771 TOOL 30 length#772 TOOL 31 radius#773 TOOL 31 length#774 TOOL 32 radius#775 TOOL 32 length



2, the use of function in the prohibited region When all the data have been set by users, they can use the functions of the

prohibited regions. A. the use of the machine with tool storage Behind the code "M06;" in the proceedings that when the machine have finished

automatic changing tool,the command"G101;" will be implemented. Then ,the prohibited region will expand that can ensure the tool could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine.

B. the use of the machine with no tool storage When the machine have no tool storage ,it need to unload and load the blade

manually. Firstly,the tool must be arranged whit the number ,such as NO.1 blade ,NO.2 blade…….When it implement the code”T1”in the proceedings, the machine will automatically entered into the feeding-maintain state.The operator will switch the way into JOG, and manually loosen the blade of the spindle .Then,the user loads the NO.1 blade, and press the cycle-starting button.It will implement the command “G101”behind the “T1”.Then, the prohibited region will expand that can ensure the tool could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine.

C. When there is no tool on the spindle, it will implement the command “G100”.Then,the prohibited region will minify that can ensure the spindle could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine.

Second. The alarm of the prohibited regional function Alarm number information content 502 OVER

TRAVEL：+n Exceed over the storage-travel limit of n-axis+direction

503 OVER TRAVEL：-n

Exceed over the storage-travel limit of n-axis-direction

510 OVER TRAVEL：+n

Mobile pre-stroke limit and check if the end of program modules inter into the prohibited region of n-positive side stroke limit.

511 OVER TRAVEL：-n

Mobile pre-stroke limit and check if the end of program modules inter into the prohibited region of n-negative side stroke limit.



N PMC Parameters List –0i-Mate-MD List of parameters K----For 0i-Mate-MD

value Function BYTE bit

K00

0 1 Tool set level/magazine back off switch

1 1 ATC stop switch

2 1 ATC buckle tool signal switch

3 1 ATC origin signal switch

4 1 lubrication liquid position low switch

5 1 Lubrication pressure low switch

6 1 The pressure of air source is low switch

7 1 Work-piece unclamp switch

K01

0 1 Work-piece unclamp switch

1 1 Clamp tool to the specified location switch

2 1 Unclamp tool to the specified location switch

3 1 Rotating unclamp to the specified location switch

4 1 Rotating clamp to the specified location switch

5 1 Internal coolant box liquid position low switch

6

7

K02

0 1 X axis enable

1 1 Y axis enable

2 1 Z axis enable

3 1 A axis enable

4 1 There are 20 pocket in tool magazine



7 1 Z axis with mechanical brake

K03

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

K04

0 1 Hydraulic station temperature alarm switch active

1 1 Hydraulic station filter alarm switch active

2 1 Hydraulic station water level alarm switch active

3 1 Hydraulic Fan active

4 1 Cancel the lub related alarm

5

6



7

K05

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 1 Permit modify the NC parameter

K06

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 1 Permit modify the PLC

K07

0

1 1 With inner air coolant

2

3 1 The pressure of air source is inactive

4 1 Cancel MAG and ATC

5 1 Spindle speed check signal is available

6 1 Cancel the position switch control

7 1 There is a unclamped switch on the spindle box

K08

0 1 The first tool is big tool

1 1 The third tool is big tool

2 1 The fifth tool is big tool

3 1 The seventh tool is big tool

4 1 The ninth tool is big tool

5 1 The eleventh tool is big tool

6 1 Change the way of tool unclamped

7

K09

0 1 Hydraulic station temperature alarm switch

1 1 Hydraulic station filter alarm switch

2 1 Hydraulic station water level alarm switch

3 1 Outer cooling water level low alarm switch

4 1 Oil cooling fault alarm switch

5 1 Magazine counter switch

6 1 Magazine origin switch

7 1 Tool set uprightness/ magazine onward switch

K10

0

1 1 ATC active

2 1 Spindle max 10000 n/min

3 1 Spindle max 10000 r/min

4

5 1 Use the normal handwheel



6 1 Use the handwheel of Japanese

7

K11

0 1 Separate oil from water

1 1 With gear box

2 1 X axis reference direction is minus

3 1 Y axis reference direction is minus

4 1 Z axis reference direction is minus

5 1 A axis reference direction is minus

6

7

K12

0 1 With NC4

1 1 With TS30

2 1 With TS27R

3 1 With RMP60

4 1 With OMP60

5 1 With E83Wa

6 1 With NC4

7 1 With SCALE

0 Without raster

K13

0 1 Without lubrication press low switch

0 With lubrication press low switch

1 1 With inner coolant

0 Without inner coolant

2 1 Without spindle coolant motor fault switch

0 With spindle coolant motor fault switch

3 1 With the M30 makes the tool machine power off

0 Without the M30 makes the tool machine power off

4 1 With helix chip conveyor

0 Without helix chip conveyor

5 1 With chain chip conveyor

0 Without chain chip conveyor

6 1 If door key pressed, spindle stop rotating, cycle stop, Auxiliary motor stop

7 1 With chip flush

0 Without chip flush

K14

0 1 When door open, auxiliary motor can ran in JOG mode

0 When door open, auxiliary motor can not ran in JOG mode

1 1 Override switch coded is Gray

2 1 Override switch coded is Binary

3

4 1 To cycle start, Z axis must be in position switch 3

0 Cycle start has nothing to do with position witch 3

5

6

7

K15 0

1



2 1 With plate magazine REF switch

0 Without plate magazine REF switch

3 1 With water gun

0 Without water gun

4 1 The FANUC standard MCP and sub MCP

0 Without air gun

5 1 To unclamp tool spindle must be orientated

0 Unclamping tool has nothing to do with spindle orientation

6 1 Spindle could not rotate manual

0 Spindle could rotate manual

7 1 When machine locked, S code is executed

0 When machine locked, S code is not executed

K16

0 1 With A axis

0 Without A axis

1 1 Hydraulic station is used for gearbox and unclamping tool

2 1 Hydraulic station is used for clamping work-piece

3 1 Cancel door lock

4 1 With air protection

0 Without air protection

5 1 Fan on the hydraulic station

0 Without fan on the hydraulic station

6 1 Spindle coolant motor run when spindle rotating

0 Spindle coolant motor run when machine is power on

7 1 PMC control spindle when it rotate manually

0 NC control spindle when it rotate manually

Documents

VMC SERIES VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER - پانچ | لوله …online-abzar.com/files/VMC-electrical.pdf · · 2017-01-03VMC SERIES VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER OPERATION MANUAL